Dental Hygiene Manual

October 30, 2017 | Author: Anonymous | Category: N/A
Share Embed


Short Description

4331) TRACKING . Melissa Stutzman 111 dentistry ......

Description

 

 

 

              The  University  of  Oklahoma     College  of  Dentistry     Department  of  Dental  Hygiene     Dental  Hygiene  Manual    

 

i  

 

 

 

Table  of  Contents    

Table  of  Contents   Table  of  Contents  ....................................................................................................................  3   P&P  Section  I-­‐  GOALS  AND  PHILOSOPHY  .................................................................................  7   DEPARTMENT  OF  DENTAL  HYGIENE   GOALS  and  PHILOSOPHY  ............................................................................  7   DEPARTMENT  OF  DENTAL  HYGIENE  MISSION  STATEMENT  AND  GOALS  ........................................................  9   DEPARTMENT  OF  DENTAL  HYGIENE   PHILOSOPHY  ................................................................................................  12   P&P  Section  II-­‐  CURRICULUM  AND  COMPETENCIES  ...............................................................  13   DENTAL  HYGIENE  CURRICULUM  ....................................................................................................................................  13   COMPETENCIES  FOR  THE  ENTRY-­‐LEVEL  DENTAL  HYGIENIST  .........................................................................  14   CLINICAL  COMPETENCIES  BY  STUDENT  LEVEL  ......................................................................................................  19   CLINICAL  PROGRAM  REQUIREMENTS  .........................................................................................................................  20   P&P  Section  III-­‐  ADMINISTRATION  ........................................................................................  21   DH  FACULTY  AND  STAFF  ....................................................................................................................................................  22   P&P  Section  IV-­‐  SCHEDULES  ..................................................................................................  26   FACULTY  SCHEDULES  ..........................................................................................................................................................  26   P&P  Section  V-­‐  ADHA  CODE  OF  ETHICS,  ATTENDANCE,  PROFESSIONALISM,  INCLEMENT   WEATHER  .............................................................................................................................  27   ADHA  BYLAWS  &  CODE  OF  ETHICS  ...............................................................................................................................  27   ATTENDANCE  ...........................................................................................................................................................................  28   ATTITUDE/PROFESSIONALISM  .......................................................................................................................................  29   COLLEGE  OF  DENTISTRY  DRESS  CODE  (PROFESSIONAL  APPEARANCE  POLICY)  ......................................  31   DENTAL  HYGIENE  DEPARTMENT   INCLEMENT  WEATHER  PROCEDURES  ..................................................  33   P&P  Section  VI-­‐  ONSITE  PROVISION  OF  SERVICES  K-­‐12,  FERPA,  D2L.......................................  35   ON-­‐SITE  PROVISION  OF  SERVICES  AT  K  –  12  SCHOOLS  POLICY  .......................................................................  35   FERPA  (FAMILY  EDUCATIONAL  RIGHTS  AND  PRIVACY    ACT)  ............................................................................  36   DESIRE2LEARN  .......................................................................................................................................................................  37   P&P  Section  VII-­‐  BOARD  EXAMS  ............................................................................................  38   DENTAL  HYGIENE  BOARD  EXAMS  ..................................................................................................................................  38   P&P  Section  VIII-­‐  STUDENT  ORGANIZATIONS  ........................................................................  39   DENTAL   HYGIENE   CLASS   OFFICERS  ............................................................................................................................  39   BYLAWS   OF   THE   UNIVERSITY   OF   OKLAHOMA  ....................................................................................................  45   STUDENT   AMERICAN   DENTAL   HYGIENISTS’   ASSOCIATION  .........................................................................  45   P&P  Section  X-­‐  CLINICAL  TRACKING,  REMEDIATION  &  MENTORING  ......................................  48   CLINICAL  DENTAL  HYGIENE  III  (DH  4336  and  DH  4331)  TRACKING  ...........................................................  49   CLINICAL  DENTAL  HYGIENE  IV  (DH  4446  and  4341)  TRACKING  ...................................................................  50   PATIENT  EXPERIENCE  DEFINITION  ..............................................................................................................................  52   CLINICAL  REMEDIATION  PROTOCOL  ...........................................................................................................................  53   PATIENT  CARE  REMEDIATION  AGREEMENT  ...........................................................................................................  54   REMEDIATION  SELF-­‐ASSESSMENT  WORKSHEET  ..................................................................................................  55   MENTORING  .............................................................................................................................................................................  56   STUDENT/FACULTY  MENTOR  MEETING  FORM  .......................................................................................................  57    

3  

 

 

 

P&P  Section  XI-­‐  OKC  SITE  CLINICAL  ROTATIONS  DHI  ..............................................................  59   P&P  Section  XI-­‐  OUCOD  OKC  SITE  CLINICAL  ROTATIONS  DH  II  ...............................................  63   CLINICAL  ASSISTANT  ROTATION  .....................................................................................................................................  64   ASSIST  SENIOR  DENTAL  HYGIENE  ROTATION  ...........................................................................................................  65   CROSSINGS  COMMUNITY  CLINIC  .....................................................................................................................................  66   GOOD  SHEPHERD  MISSION  ................................................................................................................................................  67   IMPLANTOLOGY  ......................................................................................................................................................................  68   ORAL  DIAGNOSIS  ....................................................................................................................................................................  73   PEDIATRIC  DENTISTRY  AND  SEALANT  CLINIC  .........................................................................................................  78   RADIOLOGY  ...............................................................................................................................................................................  82   DH  SCREENER  in  GREEN  CLINIC  .....................................................................................................................................  83   TEACHING  ASSISTANT  in  JUNIOR  CLINIC  ....................................................................................................................  85   TINKER  AIR  FORCE  BASE  ....................................................................................................................................................  86   COMPREHENSIVE  CARE  ......................................................................................................................................................  88   P&P  Section  XII-­‐  SOTC  SITE  CLINICAL  ROTATIONS  ..................................................................  89   IMPLANTOLOGY  ......................................................................................................................................................................  90   RADIOLOGY    ROTATION  ......................................................................................................................................................  95   SOTC  CLINIC  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  95   SCREENING    ROTATION  ......................................................................................................................................................  97   TEACHING   ASSISTANT   in   JUNIOR   CLINIC  ................................................................................................................  99   DENTAL   PRACTICE   OBSERVATIONS  ........................................................................................................................  100   MERCY   MOTHERS’   ORAL   HEALTH   INITIATIVE  ..................................................................................................  101   P&P  Section  XIII-­‐  TCTC  SITE  CLINICAL  ROTATIONS  ...............................................................  102   TEACHING  ASSISTANT  in  JUNIOR  CLINIC  .................................................................................................................  104   CATHOLIC  CHARITIES  ........................................................................................................................................................  105   GREEN  COUNTRY  FREE  DENTAL  CLINIC  ...................................................................................................................  107   OBSERVATIONS  IN  DENTAL  OFFICES  .........................................................................................................................  108   ORAL  SURGERY  &  GENERAL  DENTISTRY  .................................................................................................................  110   PEDIATRIC  DENTISTRY  .....................................................................................................................................................  111   SCREENING  &  STERILIZATION  .......................................................................................................................................  112   FRONT  DESK  ...........................................................................................................................................................................  113   IMPLANTOLOGY  ....................................................................................................................................................................  114   P&P  Section  XIV-­‐  WTC  CLINICAL  ROTATIONS  .......................................................................  120   CLINIC    ASSISTANT  ..............................................................................................................................................................  121   IMPLANTOLOGY  ....................................................................................................................................................................  122   STERILIZATION/SCREENING  .............................................................................................................................................  127   WESTERN   OKLAHOMA   FAMILY   CARE   CENTER  ..................................................................................................  128   HOPE  CLINIC  ...........................................................................................................................................................................  128   TEACHING   ASSISTANT   in   JUNIOR   CLINIC  ...............................................................................................................  129   DH  I  Competencies  &  Clinical  Evaluation  Forms   ..................................................................  130   DISINFECTION  AND  SET-­‐UP  OF  THE  DENTAL  UNIT  AREA  ...............................................................................  131   MOUTH  MIRROR  ...................................................................................................................................................................  133   11/12  &  SHEPHERD’S  HOOK  EXPLORERS  ................................................................................................................  134   EXTRA/INTRA  ORAL  EXAM  .............................................................................................................................................  135   PERIODONTAL  PROBE  .......................................................................................................................................................  136   SICKLE  SCALERS  ...................................................................................................................................................................  137   BARNHART  5/6  .....................................................................................................................................................................  138   GRACEY  1/2  ............................................................................................................................................................................  139   GRACEY  11/12  .......................................................................................................................................................................  140   GRACEY  13/14  .......................................................................................................................................................................  141   PROPHY  CUP  POLISHING  ..................................................................................................................................................  142   SEALANT  APPLICATION  ASSESSMENT  ......................................................................................................................  143    

4  

INSTRUMENT  SHARPENING  -­‐  MANUAL  .....................................................................................................................  145   SIDEKICK  SHARPENING  ....................................................................................................................................................  146   CARE  OF  REMOVABLE  PROSTHESIS  ............................................................................................................................  147   SCALING  COMPETENCY  I  ..................................................................................................................................................  148   POLISHING  COMPETENCY  ................................................................................................................................................  149   DH3313-­‐  CDHI  POST  COMPETENCY  SELF-­‐ASSESSMENT  ...................................................................................  151   ALGINATE IMPRESSION LABORATORY DIAGNOSTIC CASTS LABORATORY

CLINICAL  OPERATIONS  SECTION  II-­‐  DH  II  Competencies  and  Clinical  Evaluation  Forms  ........  154  

AIR POLISHING COMPETENCY TOTAL  TECHNICAL  COMPETENCY  ...............................................................................................................................  156   CALCULUS  DETECTION  COMPETENCY  ......................................................................................................................  159   SCALING  COMPETENCY  II  .................................................................................................................................................  160   COMPETENCY  SELF-­‐ASSESSMENT  WORKSHEET  ..................................................................................................  161   ULTRASONIC  INSTRUMENTATION  COMPETENCY  ...............................................................................................  162   LOCAL  ANESTHESIA  WORKSHEET  ...............................................................................................................................  164   MOCK  WREB  ...........................................................................................................................................................................  173   CHECKLIST  FOR  ADMINISTRATION  OF  NITROUS  OXIDE/OXYGEN  SEDATION  .......................................  175   CLINICAL  EVALUATION  FORM  .......................................................................................................................................  176  

CLINICAL  OPERATIONS  SECTION  III-­‐  Clinical  Evaluation  Criteria  ...........................................  177  

DH  I  CLINICAL  EVALUATION  ..........................................................................................................................................  178   DH  II  CLINICAL  EVALUATION  CRITERIA  ...................................................................................................................  187   DH  I  &  DH  II  CLINICAL  PRODUCT  EVALUATION  TABLE  .....................................................................................  196  

CLINICAL  OPERATIONS  SECTION  IV-­‐  Clinic  Reference  Documents  ........................................  197   ABBREVIATIONS  ...................................................................................................................................................................  198   ASA  PHYSICAL  STATUS  CLASSIFICATION  .................................................................................................................  200   axiUm  CHARTING  LEGEND  ..............................................................................................................................................  201   TREATMENT  NOTE  EXAMPLES  .....................................................................................................................................  202   CARE  PLAN  EXAMPLE    .......................................................................................................................................................  204   DENTAL  CARIES  CHARTING  ............................................................................................................................................  210   EXTRA  ORAL-­‐INTRA  ORAL  EXAM  .................................................................................................................................  211   TERMINOLOGY  ......................................................................................................................................................................  211   INFECTION  CONTROL  TERMINOLOGY  .......................................................................................................................  213   MEDICATION  DOCUMENTATION  EXAMPLE  ............................................................................................................  215   OCCLUSION  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  216   ODONTOGRAM  101  .............................................................................................................................................................  217   PATIENT  SEQUENCE  CHECK  LIST  .................................................................................................................................  220   PTP  MONOLOGUE  .................................................................................................................................................................  222   PERIODONTAL  CLASSIFICATION  ..................................................................................................................................  224   VITAL  SIGN  PROTOCOL  .....................................................................................................................................................  225   GUIDELINES  FOR  PRESCRIBING  DENTAL  RADIOGRAPHS  ................................................................................  226   PATIENTS  WITH  SPECIAL  NEEDS  .................................................................................................................................  227   A1C  LEVEL  CONVERSION  CHART  ..................................................................................................................................  228   CLINICAL  OPERATIONS  SECTION  V-­‐  Patient  Documents  .......................................................  229   ARESTIN  POST  OP  INSTRUCTIONS:  ..............................................................................................................................  230   WHITENING  PROCEDURE  INFORMATION  AND  CONSENT  ...............................................................................  231   IN-­‐OFFICE  WHITENING  ......................................................................................................................................................  232   PATIENT  SURVEY  .................................................................................................................................................................  284   INSTRUCTIONS  FOLLOWING  ROOT  PLANING  .........................................................................................................  285   DIRECTIONS   FOR   CARE   AFTER   TREATMENT   WITH   FLUORIDE   VARNISH  ...........................................  287   PATIENT   RIGHTS   AND   RESPONSIBILITIES  ............................................................................................................  288   CLINICAL  OPERATIONS  SECTION  VI-­‐  Technology  Failure  Back-­‐Up  Documents,  Miscellaneous,   Fees,  etc.   ............................................................................................................................  290   CONSENT  FOR  DENTAL  HYGIENE  PROCEDURES  ...................................................................................................  291   O’LEARY’S  PLAQUE  INDEX  FORM  .................................................................................................................................  294   5  

OKC  DENTAL  HYGIENE  FEES  ..........................................................................................................................................  295   SOTC  DENTAL  HYGIENE  FEES  ........................................................................................................................................  296   TCTC  DENTAL  HYGIENE  FEES  ........................................................................................................................................  297   WTC  DENTAL  HYGIENE  FEES  .........................................................................................................................................  298  

CLINICAL  OPERATIONS  SECTION  VII-­‐  Daily  Operations  .........................................................  299   ROTATION  REPORT  FORM  ................................................................................................................................................  301   FAX   COVER  SHEET  .............................................................................................................................................................  302   MEDICAL  CONSULTATION  FORM  ..................................................................................................................................  303   DENTAL  HYGIENE  PATIENT  PROTOCOL  ....................................................................................................................  305   IDENTIFIED  CLINICAL  DEFICIENCIES  FORM  ..........................................................................................................  309   TREATMENT  PROGRESS  NOTES  ....................................................................................................................................  310   CLINICAL  OPERATIONS  SECTION  VIII-­‐  Student  Sign-­‐Up  Forms  ..............................................  311   CLINICAL  INSTRUCTOR  INFORMATION:  DH  I  .........................................................................................................  312   CLINICAL  INSTRUCTOR  INFORMATION:  DH  II  .......................................................................................................  313   CLINIC  SIGN-­‐UP  FORM  .......................................................................................................................................................  314   RADIOGRAPHY  SIGN-­‐UP  FORM  ......................................................................................................................................  315  

6  

 

 

 

 

Policies  &  Procedures   P&P  Section  I-­‐  GOALS  AND  PHILOSOPHY    

DEPARTMENT  OF  DENTAL  HYGIENE  GOALS  and  PHILOSOPHY     The philosophy of the Dental Hygiene Program at the University of Oklahoma is one of commitment to the education of oral health professionals who are capable of integrating educational, clinical, and individual services that support and promote the total health of the patient as well as optimal oral health. In addition to the broader goals of the University and the College, the following goals have been adopted. Graduates of the Department of Dental Hygiene are expected to: Be competent in recognition, evaluation, and appropriate treatment of oral diseases. In all settings in which responsibility has been delegated, apply scientific principles and an analytic approach to the practice of dental hygiene, educational endeavors, public health and research. Act as an integral member of the dental health team by performing quality preventive and therapeutic dental hygiene services, in a variety of settings, in order to improve the oral health status of the consumer. Function as a valuable member of interdisciplinary teams of health personnel recognizing the unique contributions of each discipline. Communicate effectively with patients and colleagues, develop intellectual curiosity and demonstrate the skills necessary to enhance learning and continue professional development throughout their career. The curriculum is designed and implemented with the goals as a foundation. The facilities offer a good environment for basic science and pre-clinical instruction, laboratory and clinical experiences. Faculty are dedicated to excellence; sensitive to the depth of the curriculum offered; offer a wide range of professional experiences; and attempt to establish an atmosphere of respect and understanding with students. The program goals require that students provide appropriate treatment of oral diseases, apply the scientific principles and an analytic approach to all aspects of dental hygiene practice, act as an integral member of the health team, communicate effectively with patients and colleagues and demonstrate skills necessary to enhance continued professional development. In order to meet the goals of the program, one of the educator's primary challenges is to provide opportunities to foster and improve the students' critical thinking skills. This task falls not just to didactic course directors, but even more importantly to clinical instructors who are most likely to have more occasions to reinforce theoretical concepts and apply what has been learned in the classroom to actuality. The attainment of the program's goals necessitate background knowledge and skills in a variety of curriculum areas but just as importantly, the addition of knowledge of the latest scientific advancements and innovations in dental hygiene practice and health care systems. This essential information on the latest scientific advancements is provided by faculty in the classroom, laboratory, clinic and community projects, but training for student involvement both while in the educational process and later as a professional is provided by requiring active participation by the  

7  

 

 

 

students in the attainment of information (i.e., library assignments, reading updated texts, individual research assignments, sharing of information by peer presentations, etc.). The goals are a living document sensitive to the changing needs of the profession. Each year usually in late summer the goals are reviewed, evaluated and revised as necessary by the faculty during a faculty retreat established for that purpose. The retreat is mandatory for faculty affiliated with and/or holding a teaching appointment in the DH program.

 

8  

 

DEPARTMENT  OF  DENTAL  HYGIENE  MISSION  STATEMENT  AND  GOALS  

DEPARTMENT OF DENTAL HYGIENE MISSION STATEMENT The mission of the Department of Dental Hygiene (DDH) is to improve the health of Oklahomans and shape the future of dentistry by developing highly qualified dental hygienists through excellence in education, patient care, research, community service, faculty, and facilities.   GOAL #1: EDUCATION   Comprehensively prepare students, through appropriate academic and clinical education, to be qualified dental hygiene professionals. 1.1 1.2

1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7

Recruit students of the highest quality who can reasonably be predicted to successfully complete the educational programs of the College within specified time frames. Provide appropriate didactic and clinical instruction through an inter- active, competency-based curriculum that is reviewed regularly through an outcomes assessment process and modified as necessary to address the dynamics of a constantly changing profession. Provide didactic and clinical instruction in a diverse positive learning environment that leads to social and ethical development along with technical competency and practice management skills. Prepare students to integrate critical thinking, evidence-based dental hygiene, and life-long learning throughout their dental hygiene careers. Prepare students to practice in a changing healthcare environment. Integrate biomedical and clinical sciences throughout the curriculum. Incorporate intraprofessional and interprofessional education and practice into the curriculum. GOAL #2: PATIENT CARE

  Provide appropriately supervised dental hygiene treatment of the highest quality. 2.1 2.2 2.3

Provide high quality efficient comprehensive patient-centered care in a humanistic environment throughout the clinical education programs as an integral component of the College's teaching and service missions. Develop and implement a quality assurance program based on measurable criteria that facilitate reliable and valid assessment. Teach the necessity of professional ethics and responsibility in the delivery of patient care. GOAL #3: RESEARCH and SCHOLARLY ACTIVITY

 

 

  Create  a  positive  and  rewarding  academic  environment  that  facilitates  research  and   scholarly  activity  by  both  students  and  faculty.     3.1 Provide  faculty  with  sufficient  time,  guidance  and  resources  to  engage  in  productive   research  and  other  scholarly  activities.   3.2 Integrate  research  with  the  educational  mission  of  the  College  by  providing  students   with  opportunities  for  direct  experience  in  meaningful  research  activities  under  faculty   mentorship.   3.3 Create  a  culture  in  which  achievements  in  research  and  scholarly  activity  by  both   faculty  and  students  are  recognized  and  rewarded.   3.4 Encourage  and  support  collaboration  with  faculty  internal  and  external  to  the  college.   GOAL #4: COMMUNITY SERVICE   Foster opportunities for involvement in service activities that are consistent with the dental hygienist’s responsibility to promote oral health care as an integral component of the overall health and welfare of the community. 4.1  

Promote  participation  in  community  and  professional  organizations  by  students,   faculty  and  staff.   4.2 Identify new, and strengthen existing, relationships between the College's academic programs and the public. 4.3 Encourage student and faculty participation in and support of professional service organizations that promote the service mission of the College and the dental profession. 4.4 Promote programs and service activities that emphasize an interdisciplinary approach between dentistry and other health professions. 4.5 Instill in students a sense of community service through externships and other opportunities that expand their clinical and cultural experiences. GOAL #5: FACULTY Provide students with highly qualified faculty and provide faculty with an environment that facilitates personal and professional growth. 5.1 Recruit and retain highly qualified faculty with the requisite education, knowledge, clinical skills, and motivation to facilitate student achievement of the College's didactic and clinical goals. 5.2 Provide a total compensation package and an environment that are competitive with peer institutions. 5.3 Provide opportunities for faculty development. 5.4 Promote faculty leadership and service within and outside the institution. GOAL #6: FACILITIES Provide a state-of-the-art educational environment.

 

10  

 

 

6.1 Incorporate relevant innovations in information technology and management as an integral facet of the College's goals in the areas of teaching, patient care, research, and service. 6.2 Expose students to advanced dental technology and equipment to best prepare them for practice. 6.3 Initiate an ongoing program for facility maintenance and improvement. Adopted by Faculty July 2015

 

11  

 

 

DEPARTMENT  OF  DENTAL  HYGIENE  PHILOSOPHY    

 

The philosophy of the Dental Hygiene Department is one of commitment to the education of oral health professionals who are capable of integrating a full range of knowledge and skills that support and promote the total health of the patient as well as optimal oral health. Competencies serve as the foundation of the curriculum. Program goals require that students provide appropriate prevention and treatment of oral diseases, apply principles of evidencebased practice, act as an integral member of the health team, communicate effectively with patients and colleagues, and demonstrate continued professional development. In order to meet the goals of the program, one of the educator's primary challenges is to provide opportunities to foster and improve the students' critical thinking skills. Students are required to take active roles and responsibility for their education, including attainment of information and skills and self-assessments.

 

12  

P&P  Section  II-­‐  CURRICULUM  AND  COMPETENCIES   DENTAL  HYGIENE  CURRICULUM   Access  online  at:     http://dentistry.ouhsc.edu/CurrentStudents/AcademicCalendarsSchedulesCourses.aspx

13  

 

 

COMPETENCIES  FOR  THE  ENTRY-­‐LEVEL  DENTAL  HYGIENIST    

 

 

Competence:     That   level   of   skills,   knowledge,   and   values   required   by   new   graduates  to  begin  the  practice  of  dental  hygiene.     CORE  COMPETENCIES  (C):    Reflect  the  ethics,  values,  skills,  and  knowledge  integral  to   all  aspects  of  dental  hygiene  practice.     The  graduate  will  be  able  to:     C.1              Ethics:    Discern  and  manage  ethical  issues  of  dental  hygiene  practice  in  a                                rapidly  changing  environment  and  apply  a  professional  code  of  ethics                              in  all  endeavors.   1.1 Apply  principles  of  ethical  behavior  in  decision-­‐making,  interactions  with                  patients  and  staff,  and  personal  conduct.     1.2 Apply  the  ADHA  Code  of  Ethics  in  the  practice  of  dental  hygiene.     C.2              Jurisprudence:    Adhere  to  state  and  federal  laws,  recommendations,  and                                regulation  in  the  provision  of  oral  health  care.                    2.1      Apply  the  provisions  of  the  Oklahoma  State  Dental  Practice  Act     C.3              Critical  Thinking:    Use  critical  thinking  skills  and  comprehensive  problem-­‐                            solving  to  identify  oral  health  care  strategies  that  promote  patient  health  and                              wellness   3.1 Locate, critically evaluate, and integrate written and electronic sources of scientific information to improve the oral health of the patient.  

C.4

Evidence-based Decision-Making: Use evidence-based decision making to evaluate emerging technology and treatment modalities to integrate into patient dental hygiene care plans to achieve high-quality, cost-effective care. 4.1 Evaluate the safety and efficacy of new diagnostic and treatment modalities and make appropriate decisions regarding the use of new procedures on patients. 4.2 Evaluate and select products for patient care based upon scientific evidence.

C.5

Professional Responsibility: Assume responsibility for dental hygiene actions and care based on accepted scientific theories research, and the accepted standard of care. 5.1 Provide quality dental hygiene services to the public based on current

 

14  

 

 

theory and research C.6

Self-Assessment: Continuously perform self-assessment for life-long learning and professional growth. 6.1 Evaluate clinical, didactic, and practicum performance and identify factors that would result in an improved outcome.

C.7

Theory Integration: Integrate accepted scientific theories and research into educational, preventive, and therapeutic oral health services.

C.8

Professionalism: Promote the values of the dental hygiene profession through service-based activities, positive community affiliations, and active involvement in local organizations

C.9

Quality Assurance: Apply quality assurance mechanisms to insure continuous commitment to accepted standard of care. 9.1 Utilize appropriate standard precautions in preventing transmission of infectious diseases. 9.2 Understand the role of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), and Environment Protection Agency (EPA) in regulating dental practices. 9.3 Implement and evaluate measures to minimize occupational hazards. 9.4 Expose radiographs based on patient need in compliance with current accepted professional guidelines.

  C.10          Communication:    Communicate  effectively  with  diverse  individuals  and                            groups,  serving  all  persons  without  discrimination  by  acknowledging  and                              appreciating  diversity.    

10.1 Evaluate factors that can be used to promote patient adherence to disease prevention and encourage patients to assume responsibility for health and wellness. C.11          Documentation:    Record  accurate,  consistent,  and  complete  documentation  of                                 oral  health  services  provided.  

11.1 Recognize the patient record as a legal document and maintain its accuracy and consistency prior to or during dental hygiene treatment. 11.2    Main  confidentiality  of  patient  health  information  by  compliance  with     HIPAA  regulations.           C.12          Individualize  Care:  initiate  a  collaborative  approach  with  all  patients  when                                developing  individualized  care  plans  that  are  specialized,  comprehensive,                              culturally  sensitive,  and  acceptable  to  all  parties  involved  in  care  planning.         C.13          Professional  Collaboration:    Initiate  consultations  and  collaborations  with                              all  relevant  health  care  providers  to  facilitate  optimal  treatments.     C.14          Medical  Emergencies:    Manage  medical  emergencies  by  using  professional                            judgment,  providing  life  support,  and  utilizing  required  CPR  and  any        

15  

 

 

 

 

 

                         specialized  training  or  knowledge.    

HEALTH  PROMOTION  AND  DISEASE  PREVENTION  (HP):  General  knowledge  of  wellness,   health  determinants,  and  characteristics  of  various  patient  communities.     The  graduate  will  be  able  to:     HP.1 Promote the values of oral and general health and wellness to the public and organizations inside and outside the profession. HP.2 Respect the goals, values, beliefs, and preferences of all patients. HP.3 Refer patients who may have physiological, psychological, or social problems for comprehensive evaluation. HP.4 Identify individual and population risk factors, and develop strategies that promote health-related quality of life. HP.5 Evaluate factors that can be used to promote patient adherence to disease prevention or health maintenance strategies. HP.6 Utilize methods that ensure the health and safety of the patient and the oral health professional in the delivery of care. COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT (CM): Local, state and national roles of dental hygiene graduates. The graduate will be able to:   CM.1 Assess the oral health needs and services of the community to determine action plans and availability of resources to meet health care needs CM.2 Provide screening, referral, and educational services that allow patients to access The resources of the health care system. CM.3 Provide community oral health services in a variety of settings. CM.4 Facilitate patient access to oral health services by influencing individuals or organizations for the provision of oral health care. CM.5 Evaluate reimbursement mechanisms and their impact on patient access to oral health care. CM.6 Evaluate the outcomes of community-based programs, and plan for future activities. CM.7 Advocate for effective oral health care for underserved populations.  

PATIENT CARE (PC): A defined process of care in provision of patient care services and treatment modalities. The graduate will be able to: Assessment: PC.1 PC.2  

Systematically collect, analyze and record diagnostic data on the general, oral, and psychosocial health status of a variety of patients using methods consistent with medico-legal principles. Recognize predisposing and etiologic risk factors that require intervention to prevent disease. 16  

 

PC.3 PC.4

 

Recognize the relationships among systemic disease, medications, and oral health that impact overall patient care and treatment outcomes. Identify patients at risk for a medical emergency, and manage the patient care in a manner that prevents an emergency.

 

Dental Hygiene Diagnosis: PC.5

Use patient assessment data, diagnostic technologies, and critical decision making skills to determine a dental hygiene diagnosis, a component of the dental diagnosis, to reach conclusions about the patient’s dental hygiene care needs.

Planning: PC.6

Utilize reflective judgment in developing a comprehensive patient dental hygiene care plan. PC. 7 Collaborate with the patient and other health professionals as indicated to formulate a comprehensive dental hygiene care plan that is patient-centered and based on the best scientific evidence and professional judgment. PC.8 Make referrals to professional colleagues and other health care professionals as indicated in the patient care plan. PC.9 Obtain the patient’s informed consent based on a thorough case presentation  

Implementation: PC.10 Provide specialized treatment that includes educational, preventive, and therapeutic services designed to achieve and maintain oral health. 10.1 Partner with the patient in achieving oral health goals. Evaluation: PC.11 Evaluate the effectiveness of the provided services, and modify care plans as needed. PC.12 Determine the outcomes of dental hygiene interventions using indices, instrument, examination techniques, and patient self-reports as specified in patient goals. PC.13 Compare actual outcomes to expected outcomes, re-evaluating goals, diagnoses, and services when expected outcomes are not achieved 13.1 Evaluate patient satisfaction with the oral health care received and the oral health status achieved. PROFESSIONAL GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT (PGD): Communication, problemsolving, and critical thinking skills required to positively influence the dental hygiene profession and increase patients’ access to the oral health care system. The graduate will be able to: PGD.1 Pursue career opportunities within health care, industry, education, research, and other roles as they evolve for the dental hygienist. 1.1 Describe the six roles of the dental hygienist as defined by the American  

17  

 

 

Dental Hygienists’ Association. PGD.2 Develop practice management and marketing strategies to be used in the delivery of oral health care. 2.1 Implement and gauge the effectiveness of a re-care system. 2.2 Develop skills to enhance teamwork and efficiency in the dental office. 2.3 Effectively manage business aspects of dental hygiene practice. PGD.3 Access professional and social networks to pursue professional goals. 3.1 Identify the importance of professional organizations through participation in student professional organization. 3.2 Develop mechanisms for professional networking. Adopted  by  Faculty  June  16,  2014  

 

18  

CLINICAL  COMPETENCIES  BY  STUDENT  LEVEL   Pre-Clinic I *Dental  Charting *Medical  History  Infection  Control Oral  Inspection  and  Recording  (EIE)   Multiple  Instrument  Competencies   Prophy  Cup  Polishing  Fluoride  Tray  &  Varnish   Clinic II Sealant  Placement   Instrument  Sharpening  -­‐Manual     Instrument  Sharpening-­‐Sidekick   Care  of  Removable  Prosthesis   *Risk  Assessment Scaling  I   Plaque  Removal/Polishing   Medical  Emergencies   Clinic III Total  Technical  Competency   Ultrasonic  Scaling   Scaling  II   Clinic IV Local  Anesthesia   Nitrous  Oxide/Oxygen  Sedation   Mock  WREB  

*Competency determined by written exam All other competencies examined by clinical exam

19  

CLINICAL  PROGRAM  REQUIREMENTS   Total&Req.&before&Graduation& Cumulative&from&CDH&II9CDH&IV& Radiographs:, 10,FMX,&,5,panoramic, LA:, 10,IAN, 5,PSA, 3,MSA, 3,infraorbital, 2,nasopalatine, 2,greater,palatine, 2,mental, Sealants, 12, Pediatric, 3, Adolescent, 2, Special,needs,2,

CDH&II&(DH&3312&&&3313)& Patients& • 6,Prophylaxis,&,PM Sealants& •4 Radiographs& • 1,FMX • 1,panoramic,survey

Competencies&

Instrument,sharpening,w/stone, Instrument,sharpening,w/sidekick, Patient,specific,dental,hygiene,care, plan/risk,assessment, Care,of,removable,appliance, Polishing, Scaling,I, Sealant,(on,clinical,partner),

Other:& ! mentor,meetings,2X/semester&

CDH&III&(DH&4336&and&4341)&

CDH&IV&(DH&4446&and&4341)&

2,Pediatric,(Erika Cheadle (30502) & Jessica Blackwell (33411) ORAL SURGERY Evanna Avery 14441 Gold Clinic, 3rd floor Dispensary 16532 Dr. Steven M. Sullivan, Chair 50055 > Listina Reygers (30612) & Deena Spaeth (30486) Dr. Kevin Smith, Residency Prog Director 50056 Green Clinic, 4th floor Dispensary 16953 Dr. Alan Miyake > Athina Griffin 30495 vacant 46966 Yellow/Orange Clinic, 4th floor Dispensary 12360 Lisa Nichols, Administrative Coordinator 46964 > Thelma Diaz 33250 Jennifer Romreill, Surg Tech/Team Lead 46971 Evanna Avery, Admin Asst 14441 DEANS Appts: Pre-doct & Post-doc Oral Surg Clin 14079 Dr. Raymond Cohlmia, Dean 15444 Dr. John Dmytryk, Academic Affrs 15444 ORTHODONTICS Terrie Birdsong 16087 Mr. Michael Ferguson, Admin/Finance 15444 Dr. Frans Currier, Chair 46836 Dr. Kevin Haney, Student Affrs 13530 Dr. John Clayton 46837 Dr. Sharukh Khajotia, Research 12929 Dr. Mark Felton 33025 Mrs. Kathy Miller, Quality & Assurance 34143 Dr. Onur Kadioglu, Grad Program Dir 33275 Dr. Paul Mullasseril, Clinical & Preclin Educ 16400 Ortho Clinic (Yellow-Orange) 14148 Dr. Stephen Young, Dean Emeritus 15444 ORTHO, GRAD Terrie Birdsong 14271 Dr. Onur Kadioglu, Director 46836 DIVISION CHAIRS Terrie Birdsong 16087 Dr. Susan Settle, Oral Biology 15988 Dr. Dunn Cumby, Community Dent 14919 OU DENTISTRY 15714 * Dr. Frans Currier, Development Dent 16087 Dr. Paul Mullasseril, Director Dr. Paul Mullasseril, Restorative Dent 16400 *Appointments Press 1 Dr. Steve Sullivan, Oral/Max Surgery 14441 REV. 06/15/2015

25  

P&P  Section  IV-­‐  SCHEDULES   ACADEMIC  CALENDAR,  CLINIC  SCHEDULE,  CLASS  SCHEDULE: Faculty  and  student  access  online  at   http://dentistry.ouhsc.edu/CurrentStudents/AcademicCalendarsSchedulesCourses.aspx  

FACULTY  SCHEDULES   Faculty  access  online  through  D2L  >  faculty  resources  

26  

P&P  Section  V-­‐  ADHA  CODE  OF  ETHICS,  ATTENDANCE,   PROFESSIONALISM,  INCLEMENT  WEATHER   ADHA  BYLAWS  &  CODE  OF  ETHICS   ADHA  Bylaws  and  Code  of  Ethics  is  available  online  at:   http://www.adha.org/sites/default/files/7611_Bylaws_and_Code_of_Ethics.pdf  

27  

ATTENDANCE  

The   methods   of   enforcing   the   attendance   policy   will   be   carried   out   at   the   departmental   level.   Students  will  be  informed  of  departmental  procedures  for  checking  attendance  at  the  beginning  of   each  course.   Unexcused  absences  may  result  in  grade  reduction  or  failure,  at  the  discretion  of  the  department   chairperson  and/or  course  director.   Clinics   Attendance  in  clinic  is  required  unless  the  student  is  excused  by  the  course  director.   If  not  treating  a   patient,  the  student  is  expected  to  assist  in  clinic  or  perform  other  tasks  as  directed  by  clinic  faculty.   Proper  Procedure  for  Reporting  Absences  for  Dental  Hygiene  Students   Unanticipated  absences,  (i.e.,  personal  illness,  family  emergency,  transportation  problems,  etc.)   are   to  be  reported  to  individual  course  directors  and  the  Departmental  Student  Program  Coordinator  at   271-­‐4435  or  specific  Site  Coordinator  on  the  date  the  absence  occurs.   In  the  case  of  unanticipated   absences   necessitating   cancellation   of   patient(s),  it   is  your   responsibility   to  notify  the  patient  and   the  Clinical  and/or  Site  Coordinator.   Anticipated   absences,   (i.e.,   family   events,   advanced   program   interviews,   personal   business,   doctor  appointments,  etc.)  should  be  discussed  with  appropriate  faculty  prior  to  the  time  of  the   absence.   For   any   absence,   individual   course   absence   policies   will   apply   and   arrangements   for   make-­‐up   work  must  be  made  with  individual  course  directors.  

28  

ATTITUDE/PROFESSIONALISM   Members  of  the  health  professions  need  to  exemplify  the  traits  which  they  hold  as   objectives  for  others  if   response  and   cooperation  is   to   be  expected.  As   future  members   of   a  health   profession,  dental  hygiene  students  must  be  willing  to  accept  the  responsibilities   placed   on  them  in  order  to  prove  themselves  capable  of  assuming  future  responsibilities.   The  transition  from  layperson  to  professional   which  must   be   made   during   professional   training   is   not   easy,   but   can   be   facilitated  by  the  individual's  striving  to  learn  and   transferring  this  learning  to  clinical  experiences.   Professional  behavior  is  a  combination  of  technical  skills,  mature  observation  and   judgment,  and   ethics.  Technical  skills  are  achieved  through  the  preclinical  dental  hygiene   course  and  gradually  refined  through  clinical  experiences  until  the  students  achieve  the   level  of  proficiency  required  for   graduation.   Clinical   observation   of   normal   and   abnormal   must   be   mastered,   based   on   the  knowledge   acquired   in   the   didactic   clinical   courses   and   in   clinical   experiences.   Judgment   is  based   on   obtaining   and   utilizing   pertinent   information   gained   through   observation   and   patient  need,  patient-­‐student   interaction,  technical  skills  and  continuing  clinical  experiences.   Professional  ethics  is  concerned  with  the  conscientious  use  of  technical  skills,   observation  and  judgment   affecting   the   patient's   health   and   well-­‐being,   interpersonal   relationships,   community   involvement  and  a  commitment  to  service.   The  following  are  specific  expectations  of  dental  hygiene  students  at  The  University  of   Oklahoma.   A   willing   attitude   on   the   part   of   the   student   to   accept   these   responsibilities   in   a  positive   manner   is   partial   evidence   of   {our   ability   and   sincere   desire   to   become   an   effective  member  of  the  dental  health  team.   General  Clinical  Guidelines   The  clinic  manual  is  available  on  the  OU  COD  website,  and  students  should  follow  all   policies/procedures  therein   Certain  procedures  (i.e.:   asepsis,  appearance,  patient  management,  professionalism,  patient   education,  etc.)  apply  to  each  patient  and  are   considered  part  of  the  total  competency   evaluation  .   The  student  will  utilize  feedback  given  by  instructors  on  all  procedures.   Once  a  student  has  achieved  competency  in  a  certain  procedure,   that  procedure  may  be  subject  to  spot  checks.  An  unsatisfactory  spot  check  will  require  an   additional  demonstration  of  competency  for  that  procedure.   Faculty  must  be  in  clinic  for  any  procedure  to  be  started  on  a  patient.   PTP  is  to  be  obtained  from  a  clinical  instructor  before  procedures  are  begun.   General  Clinic  Conduct   During  clinic  sessions,  students  entering  the  clinic  must  be  in  uniform.   According  to  the  departmental  policy,  food,  drinks,  or  smoking  are  not  allowed  in  the  clinic   area.  

29  

Professional  Conduct   Class,  Laboratory  and  Clinic  Attendance   You  are  expected  to  attend  all  classes,  laboratories,  and  clinic  sessions  and  to  have  patients   for  all  clinic  appointments.   Absenteeism  from  pre-­‐clinic  to  laboratory  and  clinic  sessions  must  be  reported  to  the  dental   hygiene  Student  Program  Coordinator  at  271-­‐4435  and  the  course  director  in  advance  of   the   session  to  be  missed.   Gum  chewing  is  not  permitted  in  any  area  where  patient  contact  is   likely.   Professional  Attitude   Shows  initiative  while  seeking  to  utilize  free  time.   Uses  time  efficiently.   Demonstrates  responsibility  for  the  total  preventive  treatment  of  all   patients  assigned.   Demonstrates  discretion  when  conversing  in  the  clinic.   Protects  patient's  rights  to  privacy.   Upholds  honest  and  ethical  behavior  in  all  situations   Demonstrates  maturity  in  judgment,  actions  and  reactions  during   clinical  situations.   Willingness  to  accept  suggestions  for  improvement  and  evaluation  of  procedures  gracefully.   Continued  eagerness  to  learn.   Placing  the  patient's  welfare  first  when  planning  and  implementing  patient  care.   Attitudes  of  respect,  concern,  and  cooperation  toward  fellow  classmates,  support  personnel,   and  faculty.   Honesty.  

30  

COLLEGE  OF  DENTISTRY  DRESS  CODE  (PROFESSIONAL  APPEARANCE  POLICY)   Clinic  Guidelines   Hair  must  be  kept  clean,  neat,  and  out  of  the  patient's  face  and  operator’s  eyes.   Long  hair  must  be  secured  on  back  of  head,  not  allowing  it  to  fall  forward  while  in  clinic  and   the  pre-­‐clinic  laboratory.   Headbands  may  be  worn  that  are  non-­‐decorative  and  plastic  so  that  they  may  be   decontaminated.   (Embellishments,  such  as  rhinestones,   are  not  allowed.)  Fabric  headbands   that  can  be  laundered  are  also   acceptable.   No  other  hair  adornments  are  permissible  in   clinic.   Hands  must  be  clean  and  well  manicured,  with  fingernails  short  and  free  of  nail  polish,  to   ensure  efficient  work  and  cleanliness.   Nails  must  not  extend  beyond  fingertips.   Artificial  nails  are  not  permitted.   Visible  tattoos  and  any  hair  color  not  found  in  nature  must  be  covered.   Certain  jewelry,  rings  (with  the  exception  of  smooth  surface  wedding  rings),   decorative   watches,  long  necklaces  or  large  earrings  must  be  removed  during  patient  treatment,  to   avoid  unnecessary  collection  of  microorganisms  and   possible  cross-­‐contamination.   Unadorned,  small  watches  and  short,  small   necklaces  are  acceptable,  but  must  be  concealed   by  disposable  gown.   No  jewelry  worn  in  facial  body  piercing  (other  than  ear  lobes)  is  allowed.   Small  earrings  not   extending  beyond  the  ear  lobe  are  acceptable   Scrub  tops  and  pants  are  required  as  general  clinic  attire.  Scrubs  are  issued  as  part  of  your   student  kit.  Students  are  responsible  for  laundering  them.   Scrubs  must  be  ironed  and/or  starched.   Either  a  white  or  a  solid  color  T-­‐shirt,  which  matches  or   compliments  the  scrub  color,  may   be  worn  under  the  scrub  top,   provided  no  writing  or  design  is  visible.   The  shirttail  of  the  T-­‐shirt  is  worn  inside  the  scrub  pants.   Altered  scrubs  must  follow  original  design.   Hems  of  pants  MUST  NOT  touch  the  floor.   Shoes  must  be  clean,  protective  and  in  the  judgment  of  the  attending  clinical   faculty.  Shoes   must  be  made  of  a  non-­‐penetrable  material.   Socks  covering  the  ankles  are  required.   Solid  color  is  permitted,  but  must  be  the  same  color  and  not  patterned!   *No  food,  drink,  chewing  gum,  application  of  cosmetics,  placing/removing  contact lenses,   brushing  teeth  in  the  clinic  area   Violations  of  this  policy  will  be  handled  in  the  following  manner:   31  

First  offense:  verbal/written  warning  (‘A’  on  clinic  eval  form)   Second  offense:  ‘N’  on  clinic  eval  form   Third  offense:  Professional  Concerns  Report/Dismissal  from  clinic  

32  

DENTAL  HYGIENE  DEPARTMENT  INCLEMENT  WEATHER  PROCEDURES   Since   many   dental   hygiene   students   and   faculty   commute   from   different   locations   and   for  various  distances,  there  has  been  a  considerable  degree  of  confusion  expressed   about  what  to  do  when  the  weather  is  snowy  and/or  icy,  and  one  or  more  sites  close  or  are   delayed.   Weather  conditions  have  varying  impact  on  regions  of  the  state   and  occasionally   one  or   more  sites  may  be  OFFICIALLY  closed.  It  is  the  student’s  responsibility  to  determine   whether  their  campus  is  officially  closed,  has  altered  hours  of  operation,  or  will  meet  for   classes  or  clinics  even  if   other   sites   are  closed.      ALL   STUDENTS   should:   Verify  whether  your  site  is  officially  closed  (see  below).   Check     email     and     D2L     sites     for     information     from     specific     course     directors  regarding   classes.  Course   directors   may   choose   to   hold   class   for   those   students   whose  sites  are   open  and  post  a  recording,  cancel  class,  alter  hours,  or  post  an  assignment.   If  your  site  is  open  and  others  are  closed,  confirm  whether  clinic  will  be  held  at  your  site   even  if  classes  are  cancelled.   Carry   the   phone   numbers   of   your   rotations   and   patients   with   you.   In   the   event   the   campus   closes   or   clinic   start   time   is   delayed,   you   must   contact   your   patients   with   the   information.   Official  closing  notification:   HSC   Students:   Check   the   OUHSC   website   at   ouhsc.edu   for   a   weather   announcement   posted  on  the  home  page.  You  can  additionally  call  the  Weather  Line  at  405-­‐271-­‐6499.   TCTC   Students:   If   the   College   closes   or   cancels   classes   due   to   weather   conditions,   Mrs.   Snyder  will  call  the  class  presidents  and  email  TCTC  students.  If  TCTC  is  open,  clinic  may   be  held  even  if  other  sites  are  closed;  students  will  be  notified.   SOTC   Students:   Closure   information   can   be   obtained   on   local   news   channels.   Additionally,   an   SOTC   instructor   will   contact   the   students   either   by   email   or   phone   to   notify  them  of  the  closure  (usually  between  6:00  and  7:00  am).  If  SOTC  is  open,  clinic  will   be  held  even  if  other  sites  are  closed.   WTC   Students:   Students   will   be   notified   of   closures   or   delays   by   text,   phone   call   and/or   email.  WTC  may  hold  clinic  if  the  Weatherford  campus  is  open,  even  if  OU  or  the  main   campus  in  Burns  Flat  is  closed;  students  will  be  notified.   Our  greatest  concern  is  for  safety;  therefore,  each  individual  should  use  his  or  her  best   judgment   as  to   whether   it   is   safe   to   travel   based   upon   individual   circumstances   that   exist.   We  expect   that  all  concerned  are  responsible  and  professional  and  that  they  will  be   cognizant  of  the  problems   that   may   ensue   due   to   an   absence.   Therefore,  if   class,   clinic,   and/or   rotation   is   being   held   as  scheduled,  but  you  feel  that  it  is  not  safe  for  you  to  travel,   you  MUST:   Class:   contact   your   course   director(s),   site   coordinator  and   the   Departmental  Student   Program  Coordinator.   Clinic  or  Rotation:  contact  the  clinical  or  site  coordinator,  your  patient,  AND  the  rotation   site.  

33  

P&P  Section  VI-­‐  ONSITE  PROVISION  OF  SERVICES  K-­‐12,  FERPA,  D2L   ON-­‐SITE  PROVISION  OF  SERVICES  AT  K  –  12  SCHOOLS  POLICY   Application of Policy This policy applies to all employees, residents and students of the University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center and OU-Tulsa who provide University sponsored services on K – 12 school premises. Faculty, staff, or students who volunteer to perform services unrelated to the business of the University to support humanitarian, charitable, or public service activities are not subject to this policy; but are subject to any policies and procedures regarding background checks established by the organization where they volunteer to provide services. Purpose Oklahoma state law prohibits entities that contract with or provide services to school districts from allowing any person to provide services on school premises if the person has been convicted of any sex offense, subject to the Oklahoma Sex Offenders Registration Act (or similar state or federal law), or any felony offense, within the past ten years. The entity providing services is legally responsible for compliance with this law. This policy is intended to ensure the state law requirements for persons providing services on K-12 school premises are met, and the University provided on-site services meet their commitments. Statement of General Policy It is the policy of the University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center and OU-Tulsa that all employees, residents and students who provide on-site services on K – 12 school premises complete the University of Oklahoma Declaration Regarding Prohibition of Sex Offenders and Convicted Felons on School Premises form and have this background information verified prior to and as a condition of providing onsite services to schools. Faculty, staff, or students who volunteer to perform services unrelated to the business of the University to support humanitarian, charitable, or public service activities are not subject to this policy, but are subject to any policies and procedures regarding background checks established by the organization where they volunteer to provide services. This policy applies to all employees, residents and students who provide any University sponsored on-site services to K – 12 schools. Individuals subject to this policy must notify Human Resources and their department if there is any change in their status regarding criminal or violent offender registry. Declining to submit the declaration is grounds for not selecting or allowing an individual to participate in the services. Discovery of violations of University policies shall be handled in accordance with paragraph C, Sanctions for Violation. Appropriate action will be taken by the department in consultation with the applicable campus Human Resources office. University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center Human Resources September 1, 2006

35  

FERPA  (FAMILY  EDUCATIONAL  RIGHTS  AND  PRIVACY    ACT)   Access  FERPA  online  at  any  time:   http://admissions.ouhsc.edu/FERPA.aspx

36  

DESIRE2LEARN   Instructions  for  Students   How  to  Access  Desire2Learn:   Enter the D2L site at https://learn.ouhsc.edu/ Sign-on using campus username and password Click  on  the  course  that  you  wish  to  enter  

37  

P&P  Section  VII-­‐  BOARD  EXAMS   DENTAL  HYGIENE  BOARD  EXAMS   NATIONAL  BOARD  DENTAL  HYGIENE  EXAM  (NBDHE)   211  East  Chicago  Ave  Chicago,  IL  60611-­‐2678   www.ADA.org   800-­‐232-­‐1694   Date:  Must  be  scheduled  during  spring  semester  (not  before  spring  break)  at  Pearson   VUE   Testing  Center.  This  must  be  scheduled  between  the  first  day  of  spring  break  or  prior  to  the   last  day  of  class  in  May,  and  cannot  interfere  with  any  class  or  clinic  sessions   Application  process  online,  after  January  1.     Requires  2  passport  photos  

WESTERN  REGIONAL  BOARD  EXAM  (WREB)   9201  N.  25th  Ave.  Suite  185   Phoenix,  AZ  85201   (602)  944-­‐3315   Fax  (602)  371-­‐8131   Email:  [email protected]     www.wreb.org   Application  process  online  after  January  1  *Must  submit  verification  from  COD  Requires  2   passport  photos   Results  available  usually  2-­‐3  weeks  

OKLAHOMA  BOARD  OF  DENTISTRY   JURISPRUDENCE  EXAM  FOR  STATE  LICENSURE   201  NE  38th  Ter.,  #2   Oklahoma  City,  Ok  73105     (405)  524-­‐9037   www.state.ok.us/dentist/     Date:  3rd  –  4th  week  of  April   Application  process:  form  available  1st  of  March   Requires  physical  exam   Requires  passport  photo     Must  be  notarized  

38  

P&P  Section  VIII-­‐  STUDENT  ORGANIZATIONS   DENTAL  HYGIENE  CLASS   OFFICERS   ELECTION AND DUTIES ELECTION  PROCESS  

• •

The  faculty  advisor  will  call  and  preside  over  a  class  meeting  for  the  purpose  of  electing officers Nominations  will  be  accepted  from  the  floor  and  voted  by  office. Candidates  for  each  office  will  be  provided  two  minutes  to  speak  to



Votes  will  be  counted  by  the  site  faculty  advisor  and  an  appointed  official.



their  colleagues  if  desired.

JUNIOR  CLASS  OFFICER  JOB  DESCRIPTIONS/DUTIES   PRESIDENT     will:     1  AT  EACH  SITE   • • • • • • •

Call  and  preside  over  meetings  of  the  Site  Class Assume  responsibility  for  representing  the  Site  Class  and  act  as  spokesperson  for  the  Site Class  when   indicated Act  as  liaison  between  Dental  Hygiene  Department  Co-­‐Chairs,  Site  Coordinators,  and  the Class Be  responsible  for  informing  DH  Department  Co-­‐Chairs  of  Class  activities,  event,  and functions Coordinate  functions,  schedule  locations  of  events  for  the  Class  with  the  Dental  Hygiene Department,  Dean's  office  and  various  COD  departments  as  necessary Call  a  meeting  in  April  of  the  first  year  to  elect  Senior  Class  Officers Serve  as  member  of  the  Class  Executive  Council

VICE-­‐PRESIDENT  will:   1  AT  EACH  SITE   • • • •

Assume  duties  of  the  President  in  case  of  absence Assist  the  president  in  organization  of  class  functions Carry  out  other  duties  assigned  by  the  president Serve  as  member  of  the  Class  Executive  Council

SECRETARY/  TREASURER  will:  1  AT  EACH  SITE   • • • • • •

Collect  and  deposit  individual  site  class  funds Maintain  an  accounting  system  for  individual  class  funds Work  with  COD  accounting  Department  to  monitor  class  funds  derived  from  the  Student Activity   Fee Record  minutes  from  class  meetings Disburse  funds  on  behalf  of  the  class Serve  as  member  of  the  Class  Executive  Council

Class  Executive  Council  will  consist  of:   Site  Presidents   Site  Vice  Presidents   Site  Secretary/Treasurer   39  

Duties:   • •

Plan  and  coordinate  class  activities,  events,  and  social  functions  (in  collaboration  with   DH  I and  DH  II  Executive  Councils  from  individual  sites  or  jointly  with  all  sites  if   indicated Delegate  class  members  to  arrange  facility,  time,  invitations,  food,  beverages  and  clean   up

DH  I  STUDENT  COUNCIL  REPRESENTATIVES  (2)  will:   *MUST  BE  OKC  SITE  STUDENTS   AS   MEETINGS  OCCUR  ON  WEDNESDAY  AFTERNOONS  AT  5:00PM  AT  COD   OKC  Site  President,  VP  will  represent  all  sites  as  a  voting  members  of  Student  Council   • • • •

Represent  the  DH  I  Class  from  all  sites  on  the  Student  Council  (STUCO). Attend  monthly  STUCO  meetings Volunteer  as  appropriate  in  activities  organized  by  STUCO Keep  classmates  informed  about  the  activities  of  STUCO  and  promote  participation  in  its activities

STAPLES  SOCIETY  REPRESENTATIVE  will:  MUST  BE  OKC  SITE  STUDENT   • • •

Attend  and  participate  in  Staples  Society  meetings Participate  as  appropriate  in  the  various  activities  and  fund  raisers  of  the  Society Keep  classmates  informed  about  activities  of  the  Society  and  promote  participation  in Society   activities

YEAR  BOOK  COMMITTEE  will:   1  AT  EACH  SITE   • •

Responsible  for  collecting  pictures  and  other  information  about  the  class  for  publication  in the  yearbook   Coordinate  items,  photos,  etc.  from  class  to  be  included  in  the  COD  yearbook

SADHA  OFFICERS:   TERM  OF  OFFICE   ADHA  Student  Officers  will  be  elected  fall  semester  junior  year  and  will  continue  these   elected  positions  through  the  senior  year   ELECTION  PROCESS   • • • • • •

Elections  will  occur  separately  at  each  site  on  an  agreed  upon  day The  faculty  advisor(s)  at  each  site  will  call  and  preside  over  a  class  meeting  for  the  purpose of  electing  officers Three  officers*  will  be  elected  at  each  site:  President,  Vice-­‐President,  Secretary-­‐Treasurer Additional  nominations  will  be  accepted  from  the  floor  and  voted  by  office Candidates  for  each  office  will  be  provided  two  minutes  to  speak  to  their  colleagues Site-­‐specific  voting  will  occur  and  votes  counted  by  each  advisor

OFFICER  DUTIES   President-­‐elect  will:   • •

plan  assigned  ADHA  meeting  date  and  speaker  in  collaboration  with  the  Site  ADHA  Student Member  Faculty  Advisor(s)   inform  class  of  ADHA  and  ODHA  (Oklahoma  Dental  Hygienists’  Association)  meeting  dates, activities,  and  national  and  state  issues  

40  

Vice  President-­‐elect  will:   • •

represent  the  president  in  her/his  absence assist  the  president  with  planning  meetings  and  functions

Secretary/Treasurer-­‐elect  will:   • •

record  proceedings  from  ADHA  meetings collect  and  deposit  ADHA  funds

*Additional  officer  positions  may  be  added  based  upon  the  site-­‐specific  need  (i.e., Hospitality  Chair,  Fundraising  Chair,  etc.)   DH  I  CLASS  SITE  FACULTY  ADVISOR  will:   provide  guidance  and  counsel  to  class  officers   approve  individual  site  fund-­‐raising  activities   EPIC  (Empowering  Patients  Through  Interprofessional  Collaboration)  PROJECT   Faculty-­‐appointed  DH  II  (2-­‐4  Students  each  year);  OKC  Site  due  to  dates/times  of  meetings   Four  4-­‐hour  instruction  sessions  in  Fall  semester   Four  Evening  Clinic  sessions  in  Spring  semester  

41  

JUNIOR  YEAR  RESPONSIBILITIES   ALL  STUDENTS   • • •

Fundraising Senior  Sendoff Assist  Seniors  with  WREB  backup  patient  pool

SENIOR  YEAR  RESPONSIBILITIES   ALL  STUDENTS   • • • •

New  Class  Welcome  during  orientation Fundraising Christmas  Party  (Optional) WREB  Backup  patient  pool

42  

CONSTITUTION   OF   THE   UNIVERSITY   OF   OKLAHOMA   STUDENT   MEMBER   ORGANIZATION   OF   THE   AMERICAN   DENTAL   HYGIENISTS’  ASSOCIATION   ARTICLE  I  –  NAME   The   name   of   this   organization   shall   be   the   University   of   Oklahoma   Student   Member   Organization   of   the   American   Dental   Hygienists’   Association,   hereafter   referred   to   as   “the   Organization”  or  this  Organization.   ARTICLE  II  –  OBJECTIVES   The  objectives  of  this  Organization  shall  be  to  cultivate,  promote,  and  sustain  the  art  and  science   of  dental  hygiene,  to  represent  and  safeguard  the  common  interest  of  the   members   of  the   dental  hygiene  profession,  and  to  contribute   toward   the  improvement   of  the  oral  health  of  the   public.   ARTICLE  III  –  ORGANIZATION   The   membership   of   this   Organization   shall   consist   of   an   unlimited   number   of   dental   hygiene   students   who   are   attending   the   accredited   program   of   dental   hygiene   at   the  University  of   Oklahoma  College  of  Dentistry.   ARTICLE  IV  –  OFFICERS   The  elective  officers  of  this  Organization  shall  be  six  (6)  in  number  per  site.   The  3  senior  class   officers  shall  be  the  President,  Vice  President,  and  the  Secretary/Treasurer.   The  3   junior   class   representatives   shall   be   the   President-­‐Elect,   Vice   President-­‐Elect,   and   the   Secretary/Treasurer-­‐Elect.   ARTICLE   V  –     MEETINGS   Meetings  shall  be  held  as  deemed  necessary  by  the  SADHA  Advisors  and  the  Officers  who  shall   determine  the  date,  time,  and  place.   ARTICLE  VI  –  PRINCIPLES  OF  ETHICS   The  Principles  of  Ethics  of  the  American  Dental  Hygienists’  Association  shall  govern  the   professional  conduct  of  all  members.   ARTICLE  VII   –   AMENDMENTS   This  Constitution  may  be  amended  by  a  two-­‐thirds  (2/3)  affirmative  vote  of  the  membership   provided  that  the  proposed  amendments  or  revisions  shall  have  been  presented  in  writing  to   the  Executive  Council  and  advisor  30  days  prior  to  the  voting.  

43  

BYLAWS   OF   THE  UNIVERSITY   OF   OKLAHOMA   STUDENT   AMERICAN   DENTAL   HYGIENISTS’   ASSOCIATION   Adopted,  2001   CHAPTER  I  –  MEMBERSHIP   Section   I   –   Classification.   The   membership   of   the   University   of   Oklahoma   Student   American  Dental  Hygienists’  Association  shall  be  classified  as  Active  Membership.   Section  II  –  Qualifications.   The  active  members  shall  be  dental  hygiene  students  enrolled   in   University  of  Oklahoma,  College  of  Dentistry,  who  are  of  good  moral  character,  who   possess  a  satisfactory  scholastic  standing,  and  who  are  Student  Members  of  the  American   Dental  Hygienists’  Association.   Section   III   –   Privileges.  Members   shall   be   entitled   to   an   annual   membership   card,   a   subscription   to   Journal   of   Dental  Hygiene,   the   Access   news   magazine,   admission   to   any   scientific  session  of  the  Association  at  the  current  student  rate,  and  such  other  services   provided  by  the  American  Dental  Hygienists’  Association  or  the  Oklahoma  Dental   Hygienists’  Association  for  the  benefit  of  student  members.   CHAPTER  II  –  OFFICERS   Section   I   –   Number   and   Title.   The   officers   of   the   University   of   Oklahoma   Student   Member   Organization   shall   be   six   (6)   in   number   per   site.  (President,   Vice   President,   Secretary-­‐Treasurer,   President-­‐Elect   ,Vice   President-­‐Elect,   and   Secretary/Treasurer-­‐   Elect.)   Section  II  –  Qualifications.  Any   active  junior  Class  student  member  of   SADHA  may  be   elected  to  serve  as  President-­‐Elect,  Vice  President-­‐Elect,  or  Secretary/Treasurer-­‐Elect.   Section   III   –   Nominations   and   Elections.   President-­‐Elect,   Vice   President-­‐Elect,   and   Secretary/Treasurer-­‐Elect   officers   are   elected   at   the   beginning   of   their   junior   year   by   floor   nominations   and   class   vote.  The   candidate   receiving   the   majority   of   votes   cast   for   each  office  shall  be  declared  elected.   Section   IV   –   Tenure   of   Office.   The   President-­‐Elect,   Vice    President-­‐Elect,   and   Secretary/Treasurer-­‐Elect   will   serve   until   the   completion   of   their   junior   year,   at   which   time   they   will   automatically   advance   without   election   to   the   offices   of   President,   Vice   President,  and  Secretary/Treasure,  respectfully.   Section   V   –   Vacancies.   In   the   event   of   a   vacancy   in   one   of   the   offices,   the   Executive   Council  and  Student  Advisor(s)  shall  consider  all  factors  which  govern  the  situation,  and   shall  determine  the  course  of  action.   Section  VI  –  Duties   President.   The  duties  of  the  President  shall  be:   To  set  the  date,  time,  and  place  of  all  meetings.   To  preside  at  all  meetings.   45  

To  call  special  meetings.   To  appoint  members  of  all  committees.   To   perform   such   other   duties   as   may   be   expected   of   the   President   or   as  may  be   provided  in  these  bylaws.   To  maintain  communications  with  the  Oklahoma  Dental  Hygienists’  Association  and  the   American  Dental  Hygienists’  Association.   Vice  President.   The  duties  of  the  Vice-­‐President  shall  be:   To  preside  at  all  meetings  in  the  absence  of  the  President.   In   the   event   that   the   President’s   term   of   office   is   terminated,   the   Vice  President  will   preside  as  President  for  the  duration  of  the  President’s  term   of  office.   Secretary/Treasurer.   The  duties  of  the  Secretary/Treasurer  shall  be:   To  announce  all  meeting  information  in  advance  to  the  membership.   To  serve  as  secretary  for  all  meetings,  and  submit  minutes  of  each  meeting  to  the  Advisor.   To  prepare  correspondence.   To  collect  and  preserve  data  relative  to  the  history  of  the  Organization.   To  maintain   an   official  register   of   all   members  with   current   home  addresses,  telephone   numbers,  Social  Security  numbers,  class  level  (1st   yr.,   2nd   yr.,  graduate,  etc.). To  submit   news   of  the   Organization   to   the  school   publications,   and   to  the  publications  of   the  American  Dental   Hygienists’  Association   and   Oklahoma  Dental  Hygienists’  Association.   To  maintain  accurate  financial  records  of  the  Organization.   To   endorse   each   expenditure   of   the   Organization   and   obtain   a   second  signature   of   either   the   SADHA  Advisor   or   the   Senior   Staff  Accountant   at   the  University  of  Oklahoma   College  of  Dentistry.   To  submit   a  financial   report   and  at  the  commencement  and  completion  of  their   office,   at   each   local   meeting,   or   as   requested   by   the   Advisor   or  President.   President-­‐Elect.   This  officer  shall  advance  to  the  office  of  President,  without   election,  at  the  completion  of   the  current  President’s  term.   Vice  President-­‐Elect.   This  officer  shall  advance  to  the  office  of  Vice  President,  without  election,   at  the  completion   of  the  current  Vice  President’s  term.   Secretary/Treasurer-­‐Elect.   This   officer   shall   advance   to   the   office   of   Secretary/Treasurer,   without  election,  at  the   completion  of  the  current  Secretary/Treasurer’s  term.   CHAPTER  III  –  MEETINGS   Section   I   –    Regular   Meetings.   Meetings  shall  be    held   as   deemed    necessary   by   the   SADHA  Advisors  and  Officers.  

46  

Section  II  –  Special  Meetings.   Special  meetings  may  be  held  with  one-­‐week  notice  to  the   members.   Section  III  –  Quorum.   1/2  of  the  active  members  of  the  Organization  shall  constitute  a   quorum  for  the  transaction  of  business.   Section  IV  –  Order  of  Business.   Unless  changed  by  a  quorum  affirmative  vote,  the  order   of   business  at  each  meeting  shall  be:   Call  to  Order   Advisor’s  Report   Unfinished  Business   New  Business   Programs   Adjournment   CHAPTER  IV  –  ACTIVITIES   The  Student  Advisors  and  Officers  shall  determine  the  focus  of    activities.     Proper   protocol   would  then  consist  of  presentation  of  ideas  to  the  general  membership  for  their   discussion  and  approval  through  a  majority  vote.   CHAPTER  V  –  COMMITTEES   The  presidents  shall  appoint  members.   Committees  shall  prepare  goals.   Meetings  on  a  semi-­‐regular  basis  are  recommended.   Committee   activities   should   be   presented   to   the   general   membership   for   their  input,   support,  and  approval.   CHAPTER  VI  –  FINANCES   Section   I   –   Membership   Dues.   Each   member   shall   submit   dues   with   the   membership   application.   Individual  site  dues  will  be  determined  and  collected  for  the  expenditures  of   the  University  of  Oklahoma  component  at  each  site.   Two  (2)  signatures  will  be  required   for   payments   by   check  from   the   SADHA   account.  The  Secretary/Treasurer   will   provide  one   signature,   and   the   other   will   be   either   the   SADHA   Advisor   or   the   Senior   Staff   Accountant  of  the  University  of  Oklahoma  College  of  Dentistry  or  financial  officers  at   each  distant  site.   .   CHAPTER  VII  –  PARLIAMENTARY  AUTHORITY   Robert’s  Rule  of  Order  Newly  Revised  shall  govern  all  meetings  of  this  Organization  in  all   cases  to  which  they  are  applicable  and  in  which  they  are  not  inconsistent  with  these   bylaws.   CHAPTER  VIII  –  AMENDMENTS   These   bylaws   may   be   amended   upon   two-­‐thirds   (2/3)   affirmative   vote   of   the   members   present  and  voting  provided  that  written  notice  has  been  given  to  the  members  seven  days   prior  to  voting.  

47  

P&P  Section  X-­‐  CLINICAL  TRACKING,  REMEDIATION  &  MENTORING  

48  

CLINICAL  DENTAL  HYGIENE  III  (DH  4336  and  DH  4331)       FALL  2015  

Name_________________________________     Mentor  Meeting  Dates/Mentor  signature                

 

 

 

A:   N:   Remediation:  

 

 

 

 

 

Competencies  Avg      X  .60  =       Pt  Experiences  (#/40)    X  .40  =     Total       =     2  Ns  in  any  category                -­‐2   Min.  requirements  not  met                            -­‐5   Mentor  meetings  not  met                        -­‐2   Unexcused  clinic  absence              -­‐2                         GRADE   =    

     

Competencies   Total  Tech       Ultrasonic       Calculus  Detection     Scaling  II       Transitional  Dent.           AVG  =    

   

           

 

                                Prophylaxis   (8)       Periodontal  Maintenance   (6)     NSPT  (1  pt/4quads)   _____________________________     _________________________________     _________________________   _____________________________     _________________________________     _________________________   _____________________________     _________________________________     _________________________   _____________________________     _________________________________     _________________________   _____________________________     _________________________________     Re-­‐evaluation     _____________________________     _________________________________             _____________________________     _________________________________   _____________________________     _________________________________   _____________________________             _____________________________           Other  Requirements                   Impressions   _______   Local  Anesthesia             Study  Cast   _______   5/10  IAN_______  _______  _______  _______  _______    _______     Sealants   _______    _______    _______    _______   2/5  PSA     _______  _______    _______         Pediatric  pt     _______    _______         1/3  MSA  _______    _______           Adolescent  pt  _______   1/3  ASA    _______    _______           Special  Needs  _______    _______   1/3  infraorbital  _______    _______         Desensitization     _______   1/2  nasopalatine  _______    _______         Chemotherapeutics      _______   1/2  greater  palatine  _______    _______     Radiographs   1/2  mental  _______    _______       FMS    _______  _______  _______      PAN  _______  _______    PA  _______               HBW_______  _______  _______  _______  _______  _______  _______               VBW_______  _______  _______  _______  _______  _______  _______    

 

 

 

 

 

 

Patient  Experiences   8/24              AP         8/25a_______   8/25p_______   8/26      _______   8/27      _______   8/31      _______   9/1    a  _______   9/1    p  _______   9/2            _______   9/3            _______   9/7    Holiday   9/8a      _______   9/8p      _______   9/9          _______   9/10                           9/14      AI  Lab   9/15a  _______   9/15p  _______   9/16      _______   9/17        _______   9/21        _______   9/22a    _______   9/22p    _______   9/23        _______   9/24        _______  

9/28      _______       11/2  ______   9/29a_______   11/3a  _______   9/29p_______   11/3p_______   9/30    _______   11/4      ______   10/1                               11/5    _______   10/5                               11/9    _______   10/6a_______   11/10a  ______   10/6p_______   11/10p______   10/7      _______   11/11  ______   10/8      _______   11/12  ______   10/12  LA  LAB   11/16  ______   10/13a  _____    11/17a_____   10/13p______   11/17p______   10/14      _______   11/18______   10/15  _______   11/19  _______   10/19    ______   11/30  _______   10/20a______   12/1p  _______   10/20p_______   12/2  _______   10/21  _______   12/3      _______   10/22    _______   12/7      _______   10/26  BOOST  LAB  12/8a  _______   10/27a    ________   12/8p________   10/27p  _______   12/9  _________   10/28  _______   12/10  _______   10/29  _______    

CLINICAL  DENTAL  HYGIENE  IV  (DH  4446  and  4341)     SPRING  2015  

Name_________________________________   Mentor  Meeting  Dates/Mentor  signature  

A:   N:   Remediation:  

Prophylaxis   (10)   _____________________________   _____________________________   _____________________________   _____________________________   _____________________________   _____________________________   _____________________________   _____________________________   _____________________________   _____________________________  

Comps  total  points:        X  .60  =     Pt  Experiences(      /40)    X  .40  =   Total       =   2  Ns  in  any  category              -­‐2   Min.  requirements  not  met                          -­‐5   Mentor  meetings  not  met            -­‐2   Unexcused  clinic  absence          -­‐2   GRADE  

Periodontal  Maintenance   (6)   _________________________________   _________________________________   _________________________________   _________________________________   _________________________________   _________________________________   _________________________________   _________________________________  

Competencies   Air  Polishing                    _________  X  .10    _________   Transitional  Dent.    ________    X  .10    _________   Calculus  Detection    ________  X  .15    _________   Mock  WREB                      ________  X  .40      _________   Local  Anesthesia          ________  X  .25    _________       N2O                              P/F   Total  Points  

=  

NSPT  (1  pt/4quads)   _________________________   _________________________   _________________________   _________________________   Re-­‐evaluation  

  Requirements   Other  

Sealants   _______    _______    _______    _______   Local  Anesthesia     Pediatric  pt     _______    _______     5/10  IAN_______  _______  _______  _______  _______   Adolescent  pt  _______   2/5  PSA     _______  _______    _______   Special  Needs  _______  _______   1/3  MSA  _______    _______   Desensitization    _______   1/3  ASA    _______    _______   Chemotherapeutics      _______   1/3  infraorbital  _______    _______   Impressions/Study  Casts_________   1/2  nasopalatine  _______    _______   1/2  greater  palatine  _______    _______   Radiographs   1/2  mental  _______    _______     FMS    _______  _______  _______      PAN  _______  _______    PA  _______   HBW_______  _______  _______  _______  _______  _______  _______   VBW_______  _______  _______  _______  _______  _______  _______  

Patient  Experiences   1/11     _______   1/12a  _______   1/12p   _______   1/13     _______   1/14   _______   1/18    Holiday     1/19a  _______   1/19p  _______   1/20      _______   1/21      _______   1/25                             1/26a    _______   1/26p    _______   1/27        _______   1/28   ______   2/1            _______   2/2a        _______   2/2p      _______   2/3          _______   2/4          _______   2/8          _______   2/9a      _______   2/9p        _______   2/10        _______   2/11        _______    4/26p________  

2/12a_______   3/23  ______   2/12p_______   3/24  ______   2/15       3/28  _______   2/16a    _______   3/29a  _______   2/16p  _______   3/29p  _______   2/17      _______   3/30    _______   2/18    _______   3/31    _______   2/22    _______   4/4          _______   2/23a  _______   4/5a    _______   2/23p  _______   4/5p        _______   2/24      _______   4/6      _______   2/25      _______   4/7      _______     2/29      _______   4/11    _______   3/1a        _______   4/12a  _______   3/1p        _______   4/12p  _______   3/2              _______   4/13                     3/7        _______   4/14  Sci  Day   3/8a        _______   4/18    _______   3/8p        _______   4/19a    _______   3/9              _______   4/19p  _______   3/10          _______   4/20  _______   SPRING  BREAK      4/21      _______   3/21  Local  Lab   4/23      _______   3/22a   4/25    ________   3/22p    4/26a  _______   4/27_______   4/28      _________

5/2-­‐5/5:  OPTIONAL  WEEK  

5/6-­‐9    WREB  

PATIENT  EXPERIENCE  DEFINITION   A  ‘Patient  Experience’  is  defined  as  treatment  that  is  being  performed  by  an  OU  dental      hygiene  student,  which   includes  providing  dental  hygiene  treatment  while  applying  the  DH  Process  of  Care.    The  patient  experience  is   supervised  and  evaluated  by  OU  faculty.   Accepted  Patient  Experience   Assessment  in  process/complete   Treatment  in  process/complete   Dental  student  -­‐  Limited  to  2  per  semester   Personal  patient  –  Limited  to  2  per  semester   Pediatric  prophylaxis    (could  have  2  pt.  experiences  in  1  appt.,  if  2  prohys  are  completed)   Adolescent  prophylaxis  (could  have  2  pt.  experiences  in  1  appt.,  if  2  prohys  are  completed)   Sealant  application         Screening  patients  into  clinic  during  clinic  session  as  an  assigned  screener  on  the  rotation  schedule  (since  an  abbreviated   POC  takes  place  for  this  process)  1  pt.  exp.  for  each  screening.   Prophylaxis  on  student  partner  during  regular  clinic  session  if  assessment  is  completed  as  part  of  tx  and  confirmed  by  CI  -­‐   Limited  to  1  per  semester   Treatment  at  Good  Shepherd  Ministries  at  evening  Pedo  Clinics   No  Patient  Experience   No  patient  in  chair  during  clinic  session  for  tx   Student  partners  during  pre-­‐clinic    (Jr.  year)   Injections  on  student  partners   Alginate  impressions  on  student  partners   WREB  pt  screening   Radiology  rotation   OD  rotation   Assisting  in  any  clinic   Oral  surgery  rotation   Teaching  assistant   Tx  at  OKMOM    

PEDO  PROTOCOL   4    Pedo  prophys  -­‐12  and  under  (Cumulative  from  CDHII-­‐CDHIV)   2  adolescent  prophy  patients  (13-­‐18)  Over-­‐flow  adolescent  prophy  patients  do  not  count  toward  adult  prophy   requirements  but  DO  qualify  as  a  “patient  experience”.  (Cumulative  from  CDHII-­‐CDHIV)   12  sealants.    (Cumulative  from  CDHII-­‐CDHIV).      Includes  the  one  sealant  completed  on  student  partner  during  sealant   assessment  junior  year.    4  of  the  12  sealants  can  be  completed  on  patients  over  15  years  of  age;  remaining  8  sealants  must   be  completed  on  patients  age  15  and  under.      

52  

CLINICAL  REMEDIATION  PROTOCOL   If  student  scores  less  than  75%  on  clinical  competencies,  the  student  must  self  assess  errors   and  undergo  remediation  with  the  assigned  faculty  mentor.    The  student  must  retake  the   competency  until  a  score  of  75%  is  achieved.    The  initial  grade  will  stand.   PROTOCOL  for  remediation  of  other  clinical  skills:   Faculty  will  review  clinical  deficiencies  tracking  form  weekly  to  identify  areas  of  concern  and  the  need   for  student  remediation.   JUNIOR  STUDENT   1. After  3  Ns  in  one  category  on  the  Clinical  Evaluation  Form: • 2  points  will  be  deducted  from  the  clinical  course  grade. • Remediation  is  required  with  faculty  mentor. 2. Student must complete a self-assessment of the error prior to meeting with faculty mentor, using the Remediation Self Assessment Worksheet. 3. Mentor  will  give  prescriptive  feedback,  using  the  Remediation  Contract. SENIOR  STUDENT   1. After  2  Ns    in  one  category  on  the  clinical  evaluation  form • 2  points  will  be  deducted  from  the  clinical  course  grade. • Remediation  is  required  with  faculty  mentor. 2. Student  must  do  a  self-­‐assessment  of  the  error  prior  to  meeting  with  faculty  mentor,  using  the Remediation  Self  Assessment  Worksheet. 3. Mentor  will  give  prescriptive  feedback,  using  the  Remediation  Contract.

53  

PATIENT  CARE  REMEDIATION  AGREEMENT   I  ,  

        have  agreed  to  participate  in  one-­‐on-­‐one  remediation  for   the clinical  course.   I  understand  that  I  have  not  progressed  with  the  development  of  my  patient   care  skills  for  the  level  that  is  expected  at  this  time  in  the  dental  hygiene  curriculum,  and  that  I  am  not   performing  these  skills  at  a  level  that  is   required  to  successfully  complete  the  course.   I  also   understand  that  there  is  no  guarantee  that  my  dental  hygiene  mentor  can  bring  my  skills  to  the   required  level  of  performance  through  remediation  sessions.   I  agree  to  meet  on  the  following  date(s)  with  my  faculty  mentor  for  one-­‐on-­‐one  instruction.  

I  understand  that  prior  to  meeting  with  my  mentor  I  will  self-­‐assess  my  skill   deficiency/deficiencies   on  the  self-­‐assessment  worksheet.  I  will  be  evaluated  on  my  self-­‐   assessment  and  ability  to  correct   deficiencies  during  the  remediation  session(s).  My  dental  hygiene  faculty  mentor  will  provide  verbal   and  written  feedback  on  my  progress.   I  understand  that  I  am  the  only  person  who  can  assure  my  success  in  learning  and  retaining  the  skill   level  necessary  for  competent  patient  care.  

Student  

Date  

Clinical  Instructor  Identifying  Deficiency  

Date  

Remediation  Mentor  

Date  

54  

REMEDIATION  SELF-­‐ASSESSMENT  WORKSHEET  

REMEDIATION SELF-ASSESSMENT WORKSHEET Student Name ______________________________ Date_____________________ Clinical Instructor__________________________________

Error

Self-assessment of Error

Remediation Date ________________________ Remediation Mentor ______________________________________ FACULTY COMMENTS:

55  

Correction Method

MENTORING   Faculty   Mentor’s   Role   The  faculty  mentor’s  role  is  to  provide  students  with  guidance  in:   professional  development   academic  and  clinical  concerns  (i.e.,  monitoring  of  grades  and  clinical  tracking  progress)   ethical  issues   The  goal  of  the  mentoring  meetings  is  to  aid  in  student  success  by  proactively  anticipating   challenges  and  promoting  positive  outcomes.   Mentors  strive  to  address  student  needs   pertaining  to  the  dental  hygiene  program  and  may  facilitate  referrals  to  appropriate   academic  and  clinical  resources.   Student’s   Role   in   Mentoring   As  a  partner  in  the  mentoring  relationship,  the  student  is  responsible  for:   Scheduling  and  maintaining  regular  communication  with  his  or  her  assigned  mentor.   Preparing  in  advance  for  mentoring  meetings  by:   setting  daily  and  weekly  goals  for  program  progression   assessing  attainment  of  goals   identifying  impediments  to  achieving  goals   monitoring  grades/and  clinical  tracking   Goals   To  attain  and  maintain  regular  communication  between  students  and  assigned  mentors   regarding  clinical,  didactic,  ethical  and  programmatic  issues.   To  provide  guidance  in  areas  of  clinical  skills  needing  attention  or  development  (“A”  or  “N”   on  clinical  evaluation)   To  provide  remediation  as  stated  in  the  Clinical  Remediation  Protocol.   Meetings   Meetings  must  be  scheduled  a  minimum  of  every  four  (4)  weeks   Meeting  length  should  average  15-­‐30  minutes   Students  will  be  assigned  to  a  new  faculty  mentor  every  eight  (8)  weeks   Mentors  will  advise  appropriate  Clinical  Coordinator  and/or  Program  Chair  of  clinical   outcomes  immediately  following  mentor  meeting   Meeting  format  can  be  face-­‐to-­‐face  or  virtual  meeting  place  (iChat,  Skype,  etc.)  as  agreed  on   by  both  mentor  and  student.   NOTE:   Email  will  not  be  utilized  for  the  mentoring  session.  

56  

STUDENT/FACULTY  MENTOR  MEETING  FORM   Topics  to  address  at  mentoring  session:   Professional  Progress   Positive  outcomes  or  deficiencies*  related  to   Professional  appearance     Punctuality    Attentiveness  to  feedback   Preparedness    Positive  attitude     Ethical  judgment    Respectful  to  others   Confidentiality    Protocol  adherence   Teamwork   Academic  Performance    Current  status  in  didactic  courses  (excellence  and  deficiencies)    Student  goals  for  academic  progression    Impediments  to  achieving  goals    Progress  toward  attainment  of  previous  goals    Need  for  tutoring  (Identify  specific  courses  &  notify  Program  Chair)   Clinical  Performance    Area(s)  of  clinical  competence  attained      Area(s)  of  clinical  deficiencies  noted*     Remediation  required*   Current  goals  for  clinical  progression    Impediments  to  achieving  goals    Progress  toward  attainment  of  previous  goals    Distance  sites:  Attach  completed  chart  audit  form    Advise  Clinical  Coordinator  of  any  deficiencies/remediation   For   remediation   sessions:   complete   the   remediation   agreement,   schedule   remediation   sessions,   and   have   student   complete   Remediation   Self-­‐assessment   Form   prior   to   remediation.   Ethical  Issues*    Aware  of  the  core  values’  (autonomy,  confidentiality,  societal  trust,  non-­‐maleficence,   beneficence,  justice  and  fairness,  and  veracity)  role  in  the  educational  setting.   Practices  professional  responsibility  to  self,  family,  friends,  patients,  peers,  professors,   community  and  society.   *Taken  in  part  from  the  American  Dental  Hygienists’  Association  code  of  Ethics  for Dental  Hygienists.  

57  

MENTORING  NOTES   Date:    

Student   Name  

Professional     Development  

Academics  

Clinical  

Ethical  

Student   Signature  

Faculty   Signature  

58  

P&P  Section  XI-­‐  OKC  SITE  CLINICAL  ROTATIONS  DHI   OUCOD  OKC  SITE  CLINICAL  ROTATIONS DHI   Assist Faculty Practice Assist Graduate Periodontics Assist Implantology Assist Comprehensive Care Assist Oral Diagnosis Assist Senior DH Clinic CLINICAL REQUIREMENTS The Dental Hygiene Clinic Manual contains the goals, requirements and protocol for each rotation site. Students are advised to consult this manual prior to attending each rotation. Orientation to the rotations will be scheduled at the beginning of the semester prior to students' attendance in the rotation.

59  

ASSIST  FACULTY  PRACTICE   GOALS:    To  provide  the  dental  hygiene  student  with  the  opportunity  to:   Assist  the  assigned  hygienist  with  various  duties,  such  as  room  disinfection,  room  set-­‐up   and    break-­‐down,  or  any  other  assisting  tasks  deemed  necessary  by  the  hygienist.       In  the  event  the  RDH  has  a  cancellation,  then  the  student  may  assist  in  the  instrument   sterilization  area,  radiology  or  the  front  office.   REQUIREMENTS:   Attend  scheduled  rotations  as  listed  on  the  CDH  I  Rotation  Schedule.   Faculty  Practice  is  on  the  4th  floor  of  the  COD.    You  are  assigned  according  to  the  rotation   schedule  from  1:00-­‐4:00  pm.   Appropriate  clinic  attire  and  safety  glasses  are  mandatory.    You  will  be  provided  with  any   other  safety  equipment  required.   PROTOCOL:   Students  are  to  report  to  Sherri  Lewis-­‐Eleby  and  present  a  Rotation  Report  Form.  She  will   assign  the  student  to  a  specific  dental  hygienist,  to  perform  room  disinfection,  room  set-­‐up   and  break-­‐down,  as  well  as  assisting  the  RDH  as  needed.    When  the  student  is  not  assisting,   they  are  to  be  observing  the  hygienist.  The  dental  hygiene  student  is  expected  to  be  present   during  the  entire  assigned  time  and  must  be  dismissed  by  Sherri  Lewis.  

ASSIST  GRADUATE  PERIODONTICS   GOAL:    To  provide  the  student  with  the  opportunity  to:   Apply  the  didactic  principles  and  clinical  skills  learned  in  Clinical  Dental  Hygiene  I  to  assist   senior  dental  hygiene  students  or  graduate  periodontics  residents.   REQUIREMENTS   Attend  scheduled  grad  perio  clinic  rotations  as  listed  on  the  Clinic  Rotation  Schedule.   Dress  in  appropriate  clinic  attire  and  bring  safety  glasses.   You  will  assist  a  graduate  periodontics  resident  during  a  surgical  procedure.    Principles  of   four-­‐handed  dentistry  are  to  be  followed  during  assisting.   Also,  you  may  assist  in  the  care,  sterilization  and  disinfection  of  instruments  and   equipment.   PROTOCOL   Students  are  to  report  to  the  Grad  Perio  clinic  before  1:00  pm.    Please  report  to  Jean   Lapham  and  present  your  Rotation  Report  Form.    The  rotation  representative  will  instruct   the  student  as  to  his/her  specific  duties  for  that  clinic  session.    The  dental  hygiene  student   is  expected  to  be  present  during  the  entire  clinic  session.     60  

ASSIST  IMPLANTOLOGY   GOALS:    To  provide  the  dental  hygiene  student  with  the  opportunity  to:   Assist  and  observe  implant  procedures  and/or  maintenance.   REQUIREMENTS:   Attend  scheduled  rotations  as  listed  on  the  Rotation  Schedule.   The  Implantology  Clinic  is  located  on  the  4th  floor  of  the  COD,  in  the  left  side  of  the  Green   Clinic.    Clinic  begins  at  1:00  pm.    You  will  assist  and  observe  a  dental  hygiene  student   during  implant  maintenance  and/or  assist  and  observe  a  dental  student  during  the   completion  of  restorative  care.  Appropriate  clinic  attire  and  safety  glasses  are  mandatory.   PROTOCOL:   Students  are  to  report  to  Mrs.  Miller  and  present  a  Rotation  Report  Form.    Mrs.  Miller  will   then  direct  the  dental  hygiene  student  with  regard  to  his/her  specific  duties  for  the   duration  of  the  clinic  session.    You  are  expected  to  utilize  four-­‐handed  dentistry  methods.   The  dental  hygiene  student  is  expected  to  be  present  during  the  entire  procedure/clinic   session  and  must  be  dismissed  by  Mrs.  Miller.  

ASSIST  COMPREHENSIVE  CARE  CLINIC   GOALS:    To  provide  the  dental  hygiene  student  with  the  opportunity  to:   Assist  and  observe  the  preparation  and  placing  of  amalgam  and  composite  restorations.   REQUIREMENTS:   Attend  scheduled  rotations  as  listed  on  the  Rotation  Schedule.   Comprehensive  Care  Clinic  is  conducted  on  the  3rd  floor  of  the  COD.    Clinic  begins  at  1:00   pm.       You  will  assist  and  observe  a  dental  student  during  the  preparation,  restorative,  and   carving  phases  of  amalgam  or  composite  restorations.       Appropriate  clinic  attire  and  safety  glasses  are  mandatory.   PROTOCOL:   Students  are  to  report  to  the  faculty/dentist  in  charge  in  the  Comprehensive  Care  Clinic   and  present  a  Rotation  Report  Form.  The  dentist  in  charge  will  then  direct  the  dental   hygiene  student  to  assist  a  dental  student  utilizing  four-­‐handed  dental  methods  and   observe  dental  procedures.   The  dental  hygiene  student  is  expected  to  be  present  during  the  entire  procedure/clinic   session  or  until  released  by  the  faculty  of  the  assigned  clinic.  

61  

ASSIST  ORAL  DIAGNOSIS   GOALS:    To  provide  the  dental  hygiene  student  with  the  opportunity  to:   Assist  and  observe  in  the  oral  diagnosis  screening  clinic  and  radiology.       REQUIREMENTS:   Attend  scheduled  rotations  as  listed  on  the  Rotation  Schedule.   The  Oral  diagnosis  clinic  is  located  on  the  2nddfloor  of  the  COD.    Clinic  begins  at  1:00  pm.   You  will  assist  and  observe  a  dental  or  dental  hygiene  student  during  the  oral  diagnosis   screening  clinic.   Appropriate  clinic  attire  and  safety  glasses  are  mandatory.   PROTOCOL:   Students  are  to  report  to  the  dentist  in  charge  to  present  a  Rotation  Report  Form.  The   dentist  in  charge  will  then  direct  the  dental  hygiene  student  to  assist  a  dental  student   utilizing  four-­‐handed  dental  methods.   The  dental  hygiene  student  is  expected  to  be  present  during  the  entire  procedure/clinic   session  or  until  released  by  the  faculty  of  the  assigned  clinic.  

ASSIST  SENIOR  DENTAL  HYGIENE  CLINIC   GOALS:    To  provide  the  student  with  the  opportunity  to:   Apply  the  didactic  principles  and  clinical  skills  learned  in  Clinical  Dental  Hygiene  I  in   assisting  senior  dental  hygiene  students.   REQUIREMENTS   Attend  scheduled  senior  clinic  rotations  as  listed  on  the  Clinic  Rotation  Schedule.   Dress  in  appropriate  clinic  attire  and  bring  safety  glasses.   You  will  assist  a  senior  dental  hygiene  student  during  the  assessment  and  treatment  of  a   patient  utilizing  the  four-­‐handed  dental  methods.  You  will  also  assist  with  axiUm/digital   charting.  When  patient  treatment  has  been  completed,  assist  in  care,  sterilization  and   disinfection  of  instruments  and  equipment.   PROTOCOL   Students  are  to  report  to  DH  Faculty  in  the  Green  Clinic  at  1:00  pm  and  present  a  Rotation   Report  Form.    DH  Faculty  will  instruct  the  student  as  to  his/her  specific  duties  for  the  clinic   session.  The  dental  hygiene  student  is  expected  to  be  present  during  the  entire  clinic   session.     REV.  7-­‐15  

62  

P&P  Section  XI-­‐  OUCOD  OKC  SITE  CLINICAL  ROTATIONS  DH  II   OUCOD  OKC  SITE  CLINICAL  ROTATIONS-­‐  DHII  

Clinic Assistant Crossings Community Clinic Good Shepherd Mission Patient Screener Implantology

Oral Diagnosis Pediatric Dentistry Radiology Tinker Air Force Base Comprehensive Care

CLINICAL REQUIREMENTS 1. Students will provide dental hygiene services to patients during the fall semester above named clinical rotations. In each of these rotations, students will be under the direct supervision of dental, dental hygiene faculty and/or staff. 2. The Dental Hygiene Clinic Manual contains the goals, requirements and protocol for each rotation site. Students are advised to consult this manual prior to attending each rotation. Orientation to the rotations will be scheduled at the beginning of the semester prior to students' attendance in the rotation. 3. Student use of local anesthesia and nitrous oxide analgesia is prohibited until notification by the course director that the student has attained a passing grade in the didactic and clinical exams for the use of local anesthesia and nitrous oxide analgesia.

63  

CLINICAL  ASSISTANT  ROTATION   GOALS To allow each student the opportunity to experience dental assistant duties. The duties involve skills necessary for: l) efficient maintenance of the clinic and 2) chairside assistance in dental hygiene procedures. Students will serve as clinical assistants in the event that there is no patient available during clinic. REQUIREMENTS: 1. Dispensing instruments and supplies to dental hygiene students prn. 2. Assist clinicians/instructors, as requested, with procedures such as periodontal charting and ultrasonic scaling. Duties: Students assigned to clinic assistant position will perform the following infection control procedures: l. Observe asepsis protocol in clinic. 2. Procure and distribute equipment and supplies in accordance with asepsis protocol. 3. Abide by clinical asepsis protocol when assisting clinician chairside oral stations. 4. Wear appropriate barrier equipment when handling contaminated, caustic or otherwise dangerous materials. These materials will be labeled. See section on Safety Protocol. 5. Properly sterilize, disinfect, sanitize equipment, instruments, and counters. Students assigned to be clinic assistant should report to the clinic 15 minutes before the clinic begins and should remain on duty until the close of the clinic period when all students and patients have left the clinic area. Reporting: The clinic assistant should report to the Clinical Coordinator to receive specific duties. However, any faculty member may request the student's help.

ASSIST  SENIOR  DENTAL  HYGIENE  ROTATION  

GOALS To provide the student with the opportunity to: Apply the didactic principles and clinical skills learned in Clinical Dental Hygiene I and II in assisting senior dental hygiene students.

REQUIREMENTS Attend scheduled senior clinic rotations as listed on the Clinic Rotation Schedule. Dress in appropriate clinic attire and bring safety glasses. Assist a senior dental hygiene student during the assessment and treatment of a patient. (Principles of four-handed dentistry are to be followed during assisting.) Assist in care, sterilization and disinfection of instruments and equipment.

PROTOCOL Students are to report to the Clinical Coordinator and present a rotation report form to her. She will instruct the student as to his/her specific duties for that clinic session. The dental hygiene student is expected to be present during the entire clinic session.

65  

CROSSINGS  COMMUNITY  CLINIC  

DENTAL  CLINIC   10255 N Pennsylvania Ave, The Village, OK 73120 (405) 749-0800 Mrs. Carolyn Ray, R.D.H., Professor Mrs. Melissa Stutzman, R.D.H., Clinical Assistant Professor Dr. John DuPlessis, Supervising Dentist Kortni Howerton, Dental Assistant/Scheduling Coordinator (M) 405-823-9415 GOAL To provide the dental hygiene student with the opportunity to: Apply the didactic principles from Clinical Dental Hygiene and Dental Hygiene Process of Care to providing dental hygiene services to adults from the community. REQUIREMENTS Dress in appropriate clinic attire and bring your safety glasses/loupes. Bring all necessary forms. Check out ultrasonic unit from Green Clinic Bring package of Arestin (syringe will be provided) Petite syringe if needed Bring Kit C and either Kit A or B (need 2 kits) ultrasonic inserts PROTOCOL Students should report to The Crossings Community Center 30 minutes prior to first scheduled appointment at 8:30 a.m. (8:00 a.m.) Students will be required to provide the following services (but not exclusively) for adult periodontal patients during the scheduled clinic session: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Assess and/or update the medical history. Charting as needed Provide patient education and oral hygiene instruction. Provide a prophylaxis, NSPT (non surgical periodontal therapy; scaling & root planing) fluoride treatment, chemotherapeutics and desensitization as needed. Expose and process radiographs as indicated by dental faculty. Administer local anesthesia as needed, following successful completion of DH 4472 Anxiety and Pain Control.

A Rotation Report Form must be signed by supervising faculty and turned in by noon on Friday of the week of the rotation for credit.

66  

GOOD  SHEPHERD  MISSION   The Mission Clinics-Good Shepherd Ministries, OKC, Inc. 1201 North Robinson Ave Street (12 & Robinson) Oklahoma City, Ok 73103 (405) 232-8631 Dr. Jeannie Bath, D.D.S.- Dental Clinic Director Dr. Leta Langford, D.D.S.- Supervising Dentist Kathy Rogers, R.D.H. Clinical Assistant Professor (405) 271-5579 ext 46525 (405) 410-6367 (M) www.goodshepherdokc.org th

GOAL: To provide the dental hygiene student with the opportunity to: Apply the didactic principles from Developmental Dentistry and Clinical Dental Hygiene to providing dental hygiene services to children from the community. REQUIREMENTS Dress in appropriate clinic attire and bring your safety glasses/loupes. Bring all necessary forms. (Clinic Evaluation, Local Anesthesia form, Rotation Form, Competency form.) Ultrasonic units will be provided at GSM. Bring C kit and either A or B kit, (two kits needed), hand piece and ultrasonic inserts. Bring package of Arestin (syringe will be provided). Petite syringe if needed. PROTOCOL Students should report to The Good Shepherd Mission no later than 8:30 am for 9:00 a.m. Tuesday and 12:30 for 1:00 p.m. Thursday clinics. Students will be required to provide the following services (but not exclusively) for dental hygiene patients during the scheduled clinic session: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Assess and/or update the medical history. Hard tissue charting as needed. Perform comprehensive periodontal examination. Provide patient education and oral hygiene instruction. Provide a prophylaxis, periodontal maintenance, NSPT, chemotherapeutics, desensitization, fluoride treatment, and sealants as needed. 6. Expose digital radiographs as indicated by faculty. 7. Administer local anesthesia as needed, following successful completion of DH 4472 Pain Control. A Rotation Report Form, Clinic Evaluation Form with any Competency Forms and Local Anesthesia Forms must be signed by supervising faculty and turned in by noon on Friday of the week of the rotation for credit.

67  

IMPLANTOLOGY   4th floor, Green Clinic Mrs. Kathy Miller, R.D.H., M.Ed Professor and Assistant Dean For Quality Assurance And Compliance, Director of Patient Relations Clinical Faculty Department of Implantology (405) 271-8001 x 34143 GOAL To provide the dental hygiene student with the opportunity to: Apply the didactic principles from Clinical Dental Hygiene to providing dental hygiene services to patients with dental implants. REQUIREMENTS Attend scheduled implantology rotations as listed on the Clinic and Rotation Schedule. Dress in appropriate clinic attire and bring your safety glasses. Specific implant instruments will be available in the clinic PROTOCOL Implantology Rotation Orientation for DH II’s ♦ Arrive at 8:30 a.m. to prepare for clinic. ♦ We are on the north side of the Green Clinic on the 4th floor. ♦ Oral hygiene products are in the red/black cabinet and in the upper cabinets. ♦ Bring your Midwest handpiece, personal safety eyewear (loupes w/light if you have them), and a watch with a second hand. ♦ Complete the PTP guide and see Mrs. Miller for PTP as you would in general clinic (follow laminated guide sheet). Have your PTP notes entered into axiUm. ♦ Radiographs are exposed and developed in Oral Radiology on the 2 floor. ♦ No dental charting; chart recall perio prn on perio chart; EIE findings are noted in the clinical notes. ♦ Follow appointment procedure guidelines on clinic laminate. ♦ Recall appointments are scheduled by Mrs. Miller at the end of the appointment. ♦ You will escort the patient to the Implantology front desk to pay for that day’s service. ♦ Be sure to complete a clinical performance assessment form (the same one you use in general clinic). ♦ A rotation form only needs to be completed if you did not provide any direct patient care. ♦ Distance students need to have parking cards validated in the Dean’s office. nd

68  

                       IMPLANT  MAINTENANCE  RECALL   Department  of  Oral  Implantology   Implant  Maintenance  Prophylaxis/Oral  Hygiene  Instructions   Complete  Denture/Fixed  Detachable   Oral  Hygiene  Products  Needed:     Ø Tapered  end  tuft  brush  (bent  under  hot  water  at  the  appropriate  angle  for  the  patient,  set   with  cold  water)   Ø 2  row  sulcus  brush   Ø Conventional  toothbrush   Ø Implant  Superfloss  -­‐  use  the  single  dose  packet  at  chairside  to  ensure  the  patient  has  the   motor  skills  to  use  this  product  and  then  dispense  a  take-­‐home  package.    This  product  is  now   available  at  Walmart.   Ø Denture  brush   Ø Toothpaste   Optional  Oral  Hygiene  Products:   Ø Proxabrush  (if  the  patient  is  unable  to  use  the  superfloss  or  merely  prefers  these  over  the   superfloss)   Ø Tongue  cleaner  (if  the  patient  is  unable  to  adequately  clean  their  tongue  with  a  toothbrush)   Prophylaxis  Instructions   Ø Place  the  maxillary  denture  in  the  ultrasonic  cleaner  following  the  posted  instructions.   Ø Intraorally,  debride  any  soft  accretions  first  by  brushing  and  flossing.       Ø Use  the  tapered  end  tuft  brush  for  the  lingual  aspect  and  the  two-­‐row  sulcus  brush  for  the   facial  aspect  of  the  base  of  the  fixed  prosthesis  and  the  posts.    Use  a  very  small  amount  of   toothpaste  and  then  rinse  the  brushes  and  re-­‐brush  with  water  only  to  remove  any   toothpaste  residue.   Ø Use  a  wet  conventional  toothbrush  to  clean  the  fixed  prosthesis  acrylic  (NO  toothpaste).   Ø Floss  all  appropriate  areas  including  underneath  the  distal  extensions.   Ø Scale  any  calculus  found  on  metal  structures  with  a  titanium  curette.    Be  sure  to  dry   thoroughly  with  compressed  air  and  effectively  use  light  reflection  and  indirect  vision  during   your  assessment.   Ø Re-­‐toothbrush  polish  scaled  areas.   Ø Clean  the  maxillary  denture  as  outlined  in  the  posted  instructions  and  store  in  the   water/Crest  Pro  Health  rinse  in  the  denture  cup  until  Mrs.  Miller  has  completed  her  patient   examination.

69  

DEPARTMENT  OF  ORAL  IMPLANTOLOGY   Implant  Maintenance  Prophylaxis/Oral  Hygiene  Instructions   Complete  Denture/Complete  Denture  with  Bar  and  Clip(s)   Oral  Hygiene  Products  Needed:     Ø Tapered  end  tuft  brush  (bent  slightly  under  hot  water  at  the  appropriate  angle  for  the   patient,  set  with  cold  water)   Ø Implant  Superfloss  -­‐  use  the  single  dose  packet  at  chairside  to  ensure  the  patient  has  the   motor  skills  to  use  this  product  and  then  dispense  a  take-­‐home  package.   Ø Denture  brush   Ø Toothpaste   Optional  Oral  Hygiene  Products:   Ø Proxabrush  (if  the  patient  is  unable  to  use  the  superfloss  or  merely  prefers  these  over  the   superfloss)   Ø Tongue  cleaner  (if  the  patient  is  unable  to  adequately  clean  their  tongue  with  a  toothbrush)   Prophylaxis  Instructions   Ø Place  both  dentures  in  the  ultrasonic  cleaner  following  the  posted  instructions.   Ø Intraorally,  debride  any  soft  accretions  first  by  brushing  and  flossing.       Ø Use  a  very  small  amount  of  toothpaste  and  then  rinse  the  brush  and  re-­‐brush  with  water  only   to  remove  any  toothpaste  residue.   Ø Floss  under  the  bar  and  around  the  posts.   Ø Scale  any  calculus  found  with  a  titanium  curette.    Be  sure  to  dry  thoroughly  with  compressed   air  and  effectively  use  light  reflection  and  indirect  vision  during  your  assessment.   Ø Re-­‐toothbrush  polish  scaled  areas.   Ø Clean  the  dentures  as  outlined  in  the  posted  instructions  and  store  in  the  water/Crest  Pro   Health  rinse  in  the  denture  cup  until  Mrs.  Miller  has  completed  her  patient  examination.  

70  

• • •



• • • • • • • • • •

• • • • •

WORK FLOW FOR IMPLANT MAINTENANCE RECALL APPTS. Jana indicates on the schedule that the patient is present by selecting “pt checked in”. The student indicates that the pt. has been seated by right clicking on the appt. and selecting “Pt seated”. Student completes the MedHx ONLY in the EHR under the forms tab. The pt. should not sign the MedHx until after it has been reviewed by faculty. If updating an existing MedHx, use Control R to advance to each question with unchanged answers to (this enters the new date of review). Be sure to include all information on drugs being taken. Student completes the PTP template note in the EHR under the tx history tab. Select new note and select the PTP template note (continuing care) from the General Notes bundle. Be sure to select the location as Green Clinic 1/Implantology. Be sure to include the presence or absence of a chief concern in the comments on the PTP note and notify faculty if there is a potential need for a lab repair. Student enters the codes for the procedures for that appt.(i.e. D6080 for implant maintenance, D0330 for pano). The faculty approves the planned tx codes at ptp. If pano is needed, student should inform patient of the cost of this additional service. PTP is presented at chairside and faculty has the pt. sign the MedHx and approves the MedHx, the planned procedure codes, and the PTP note. Student fills out paper Radiology slip and takes patient to Radiology if a panoramic radiograph is needed. Student places any removable prostheses in the ultrasonic following the posted instructions. Student performs the Extra-Intraoral Examination (EIE) including evaluating the status of the implants, stability of the prosthesis(es), adequate closure of access holes, and the status of the health of the supporting tissues. Student records periodontal/perimplant findings and plaque on the perio chart as needed. Be sure to name the examination. Implant maintenance prophylaxis is completed (see reference laminate) and OHI delivered. Complete implant system/prosthesis adjustments as may be necessary. Perform fluoride tx for natural dentition if indicated. Student completes the clinical template note (attaching it to the procedure code). Select the Implant Maintenance procedure code (D6080) and right click; Near the top of the selection list is “add tx note”, select this option and select the Implant Maintenance note in the Implantology bundle in template notes. Student selects the procedures completed and right clicks on the procedure and indicates it as completed. When recall card appears, click on the plus sign and close the card. Faculty examines the patient; approves the note and completed procedure codes. Mrs. Miller schedules the next recall appt. Pt is checked out with Jana. Commonly used codes:

D6080

Implant Maintenance

D6078 Fixed Detachable Prosthesis D6053 Implant retained over-denture D5110 Conventional max. denture

D0330 Panoramic Film D5867 Replace Implant part

71  

PTP Pt presents as a

yr old

(ethnicity) female/male

Pt’s medical hx includes Date and nature of last visit with physician If Diabetic, has the pt. taken meds today? Yes Has pt eaten today? Yes (following pt’s normal regimen)

No No

Pt’s current meds are for

(condition)

Dental considerations with these meds are Pt’s vital signs are: BP

Resp

Pulse Pt does/does not have a chief complaint Pt’s last pano was taken Pt has no changes in address or phone / pt has changes in address or phone.

72  

ORAL  DIAGNOSIS  

2nd floor, OD clinic 271-4945 Dr. Susie Beavers-Clinic Faculty Dr. Farah Masood- Clinic Faculty Dr. Emile Farha-Clinic Faculty Dr. Lida Radfar-Clinic Faculty Dr. Doug Rockwood-Clinic Faculty

Dr. Susan Settle, Chair Listina Reygers, Clinic Coordinator Donna Harrison- Radiology Technician Pam Lujan - Radiology Technician James Price - Radiology Technician

GOALS To provide the dental hygiene student with the opportunity to: Perform oral examinations on patients applying for dental treatment at the College of Dentistry. Assist dental students in providing emergency dental care to patients. Purpose of screenings: • Provide suitable patients for dental hygiene and dental students • Provide students with a diagnostic experience • Increase awareness of oral conditions beyond patients assigned to you REQUIREMENTS Attend oral diagnosis rotations as listed in the Clinic and Rotation Schedule. Dress in scrubs and bring your safety glasses/loupes. Comply with College of Dentistry Infection Control Policies.

73  

OD PATIENT SCREENING ORIENTATION Clinic hours 9:00 to 12:00; 1:00 to 4:00 10 minutes prior to set up your chair and orientation

• • •

NO AUTOMATIC BLOOD PRESSURE CUFFS STUDENT AND PATIENT CELLPHONES ON SILENT **BE SURE ARM REST IS DOWN before seating or dismissing the patient**

Settings on patient chairs 0 is down for patient to be seated and dismissed 1 MAXILLARY 2 MANDIBULAR When removing water bottles to fill, please make sure the unit is turned off. FLUSH EVACUATIONS AND AIR/WATER SYRINGES FOR 20 – 30 SECONDS. Students are to stay until everyone on rotation is through with screenings. Please do not leave the CLINIC area while waiting for your patient to come back from Radiology or while waiting for the next screening patient to show. If you need to leave the clinic please let the Faculty know. If another student is with a patient and needs assisting please help. When wiping down the units always use provided disinfecting towelettes. Never wear your gloves when coming up to the dispensary to get your supplies, because you should remove gloves and wash your hands after wiping down the unit area. EXAM KITS and AIR/WATER TIPS are at the counter in the dispensary. SAFETY GLASSES please clean and place back in tub in dispensary. Patients only in clinic if possible, due to HIPAA, never discuss any health history questions or procedures in waiting room. Patients are appointed during FALL SEMESTER: Monday-Thursday 9:00, 10:30, 1:00, 2:30 Friday 9:00, 10:30 and 1:00

74  

If you do not have a patient you must assist someone. NO Immediate Dentures of any kind. You may request the patient that you screened during the week of your rotation. You will make a comment in the comment section on screening form as follows: “Please consider assignment to John Smith” It should be the last notation. It is not a guarantee that the patient will be assigned to you. Clinic Operations will make that decision. Remember mask and glasses go on before your gloves. Once you have the gloves on do not touch your mask, glasses and/or hair. There is a list of patients in the order that they came on the counter. After seating the patient you will need to go over the OUCOD Policy, Health History and take blood pressure. Right click on the patient’s name on the schedule and click Seat Patient. It will then turn black on the schedule. Double click on patient and input your student ID. Then go to the PHR, Tx History, Add, Macro Codes,(in Macro codes there are three codes that you will normally use so they are all together there; pano, bitewings and exam. Click Screening Pt and then click on the tooth symbol. Click OD Template Notes for screening. Click Forms, new record, OUCOD screening form, go over medical info and screening form with patient. Add form, click radiology request for facility to approve. If the patient is approved go to tx history and plan a FMX for the work up appointment which has to be approved. Then add template note, OD template screening end note. (If you need help with the computer the clinic coordinator, facility, or a fellow student can help). Next you will do the exam and chart missing teeth and existing. Probe and type your findings. Follow the list of medical history questions and note medications. Once you have an idea of what the patient might need you will then present your case. YOU MUST BE READY TO PRESENT WITHIN 30 MINUTES OF SEATING THE PATIENT. You and the Faculty will decide what, if any, radiographs are needed. Faculty will do an exam before they approve x-ray request. Faculty will approve the Radiograph Request, along with noting what x-rays are needed. You will seat the patient back in the waiting room and go set up a chair in Radiology. You will then return to waiting room from the radiology side and retrieve your patient to take the x-rays yourself. (Someone in Radiology will HELP you). Review the x-rays and then talk to the faculty to decide if the patient is accepted. Then let the patient know if they are accepted or not. Once you and the Faculty have made the decision whether or not the patient will be tentatively accepted or rejected make sure you tell the Clinic Coordinator if the patient is accepted or rejected because she notes that in the computer. The Clinic Coordinator also does the referrals in axiUm. If the patient is accepted for the Dental student program you will tell them they are “TENTATIVELY” accepted. If the patient is not accepted make notes in the computer.

75  

If patient was “TENTATIVELY” accepted and may need more films then they will get a FMX at their first work up appointment. There are NO REFUNDS of screening fees. If they have an emergency they must seek help with a private dentist or call 271-7744 (the communication office) and make an appointment. If a patient is to be placed straight on the Endo list, we must make sure that we have a PA of the tooth. Then note in the screening comments as follows: PLACE ON ENDO LIST #24. And if you would like to have it assigned to you then just note John Smith would like to do the Endo. But remember it is not a guarantee that it will be assigned to you and Endo department has the final say wither or not treatment can be completed at OUCOD. Patients being screened with teeth that need to be extracted for dentures and having more than 6 teeth will be rejected. If they have 6 teeth or less we may tentatively accept. Patient rejected due to High Blood Pressure, we can credit the screening fee to their account. Refer the patient to their Physician; after patient has seen Physician and has a letter they can call the communication office for another screening. REFERRAL TO GRADUATE PROGRAMS Inform patient of the cost difference for the Grad programs before calling AEGD or GRADUATE PERIO to request a provider in the graduate program to examine patient. Alert the scheduling coordinator of any referrals made. Patient will be contacted by the referred department. For AEGD referrals, we will then give the patient AEGD business card, and the program will call patient about a screening appointment. Always note in comments the explanation of the rejection, for example: PATIENT REJECTED DUE TO RAMPANT CARIES or FIXED UNITS EXCEED REQUIREMENTS. If the patient would like a copy of x-rays and/or paper work, you will need to take patient to Clinic Operations to fill out request for copies and to pay the fee. At the end of the day please set units back up and place rheostat back in chair.

76  

Friday at 2:30 you will do a CASE PRESENTATION. Any down time during your week of rotation you will need to write up the treatment plan. Other than that the cases MAY NOT LEAVE THE DEPARTMENT, for any reason. Thank you FALL SEMESTER ONLY DS III will do a Screening Competency. Not on totally edentulous patients.

77  

PEDIATRIC  DENTISTRY  AND  SEALANT  CLINIC   4TH floor, Yellow/Orange Clinic (405) 271-­‐5579 X 46525 Dr. Theresa White, Chair, Department of Pediatric Dentistry Mrs. Kathy Rogers, R.D.H. Clinical Faculty Department of Pediatric Dentistry GOAL To provide the dental hygiene student with the opportunity to: Apply the didactic principles from Developmental Dentistry and Clinical Dental Hygiene to providing dental hygiene services to children and adolescents. REQUIREMENTS Attend scheduled pediatric dentistry rotations as listed on the Clinic and Rotation Schedule. Dress in appropriate clinic attire. Each student should bring handpiece and instrument kit. PROTOCOL Students should report to Yellow/Orange clinic no later than 12:30 p.m. for Wednesday afternoon clinic. DENTAL HYGIENE STUDENT ORIENTATION FALL SEMESTER PEDIATRIC DENTISTRY Pediatric Dentistry Recalls – Wednesday afternoons in the Yellow/Orange Clinic ◆ One patient will be seen every 90 minutes; use chairs 1, A, B, and C. ◆ Protocol review for BWX: ◆ One year or longer since last BWX ◆ Caries history ◆ Interproximal incipient caries/watch areas from last visit ◆ Diagnostic integrity of last BWX ◆ No BWX if bands and brackets are in place Objectives: 1.

Identify eruption patterns and morphology of the primary dentition and mixed dentition.

2.

Classify occlusion and recognize malocclusion.

3.

Implement and refine communication skills with parents and the child/ 78  

adolescent patient. 4.

Recognize indications and contraindications of the patient’s health history and/or oral status and be able to modify treatment plan accordingly.

5.

Expose and evaluate radiographs on the child/ adolescent patient.

6.

Apply clinical guidelines to determine if new radiographs are necessary at recall appointments.

7.

Enhance clinical skills for delivery of care for the pediatric/ adolescent patient and orthodontic patient. This includes instrumentation skills.

8.

Refine dental charting skills.

9.

Implement diagnostic skills for detecting hard and soft tissue lesions/ anomalies.

10. Educate parents and the child/adolescent patient on preventive home care techniques. 11. Implement clinical judgment in the determining type of topical fluoride, indications and contraindications for use. 12. Develop clinical skills for applying sealants and maintenance instruction.

PROTOCOL FOR PEDO DENTAL HYGIENE RECALL

1. Review the patient’s health history before collecting the patient from the reception area. The Health History will be online. Also determine if new radiographs are needed. Remember, no radiographs will be taken if patient has ortho brackets and wires. 2. Call the patient’s name, introduce yourself, check with parent on any health concerns that were reported in history and ask if there have been any changes in health, any medications that are currently being taken, any concerns or teeth that we need to check today. 3. Take the patient back to the clinic and proceed to the chair or radiograph room to expose digital films. 4. Complete a PTP note and get it approved. Add a radiograph request, if needed. 5. Begin with hard/soft tissue exam and check the odontogram for accuracy. Make any changes on the odontogram based on the patient’s current status. i.e; the patient may have a permanent tooth where there was a primary on the last visit. 6. Be sure to note any soft or hard tissue findings and/or crowding, malocclusion, so that you can present those to the attending pedo and ortho faculty upon their exam. 79  

7. Do the Gingival and Plaque Index. You will add the “Pedo Oral Hygiene Assessment” and complete the form. 8. Review Oral Hygiene instructions with patient. 9. Scale/ultrasonic as needed. Rubber cup or toothbrush polish. Have DH faculty check the patient. 10. Complete the 3 codes for the procedures done that day, periodic exam, prophy, fluoride. Get codes approved. Add and complete the “Pedo Recall Exam” template note. 11. Have Pedo faculty perform exam. Add codes for any return procedures. 12. Deliver Fluoride treatment (either foam, gel, or varnish). 13. Walk patient out to parent. Discuss findings with parent and/or any recommendations. Walk parent and patient to PSC if the patient needs to schedule a return visit for restorative that was found. Thank the patient and parent. * We will have the parent pre-pay the proper fee before you see the patient, so that they don’t have to wait in line to check out at the end of the appointment. However, if the patient needs to schedule a return appointment for restorative, they will need to be brought to PSC desk.

80  

ASSIST PEDIATRIC DENTISTRY GOAL: To provide the dental hygiene student with the opportunity to: Assist DH II students in unit set-up, four-handed dentistry, and unit break-down during treatment of children, adolescents and young adults. REQUIREMENTS: Attend scheduled pediatric dentistry rotations as listed on the Clinical Rotation Schedule. Dress in appropriate clinic attire. PROTOCOL: Students should report to DH Faculty in pedo clinic for student assignment.

81  

RADIOLOGY  

2nd Floor, OD Clinic (405) 271-5687 Ms. Donna Harrison-Radiology Tech Ms. Pam Lujan- Radiology Tech M r . James Price - Radiology Tech GOALS To provide the dental hygiene student with experiences that will develop proficiency in intraoral radiographic technique, patient management, radiation protection, infection control, quality evaluation, and diagnostic analysis. Students will be familiarized with panoramic and extraoral technique, darkroom care, film processor maintenance, and radiographic duplication. REQUIREMENTS 1. Attend scheduled Oral Radiology Clinic sessions as assigned on the Clinic and Rotation Schedule. 2. 3.

Complete a minimum of ten complete intraoral radiographic surveys with a 70% score or better. Complete other radiographic procedures as directed during rotations.

PROTOCOL 1. Report to the Radiographic Technicians in the Oral Radiology Clinic for room and patient assignment. 2.

Prepare the cubical and x-ray unit for the patient.

3.

Comply with “Radiation Use Policy” upheld by the University of Oklahoma College of Dentistry.

4.

Expose and process films in compliance with The University of Oklahoma College of Dentistry Infection Control Policy.

5.

Evaluate radiographic quality, document this evaluation and determine the number and type of retake radiographs necessary with the agreement of the teaching faculty.

6.

Complete the rotation report form, recording the names of patients and the number and type of radiographs. Turn this form in to the Senior Clinical Coordinator for credit.

82  

DH  SCREENER  in  GREEN  CLINIC  

GOAL To provide the dental hygiene student with the skills to screen prospective patients for DH2 clinic. **Remove Sidekicks from cabinet, place on desk behind unit 20 for use and replace them at the end of clinic. **Acquire sensors from dispensary personnel and return at the end of clinic. REQUIREMENTS Attend scheduled Screener sessions as assigned on the Clinic Rotation Schedule. FORMS Screener should have these forms at operatory 1. Patient recruitment flyers 2. DH Consent for treatment, page 1 and 2 in plastic sheet for patient to read (DHCON will be signed after DH assessment, diagnosis and treatment planning) 4. Rotation Report Form PROTOCOL • • • • • •

Patients will be scheduled through the Communications Center. Screener will see patients at 1:00, 2:00 and 3:00 pm (9:00, 10:00, 11:00 on Thursday) Screener to check the 'screener schedule' in axiUm the day prior to assignment to confirm that there are patients scheduled. If not, contact DH SPC to schedule one of your assigned patients. Patients will check in at the Communications Center on 3rd floor to complete Notice of Privacy Practices, Payment Policy & pay the screening fee, which includes prescribed bitewings. (2- 4) Set up assigned unit & request exam sets from the dispensary personnel Green Clinic. These are in the locked cabinets. (Includes 11/12 explorer, mirror, probe). You may set up an extra chair if one is available. Check with dispensary personnel to verify a chair is available.

In axiUm, add the following codes and notes: D0191H Hygiene screening "SCREMR" D0274.1 (4 bwx) Rad Request "RADREQ" PTP note At end of appt: add template note, general note, and add long text SEQUENCE •

Seat patient 83  

Obtain vitals Request PTP from CI. Expose prescribed radiographs (2- 4 BWX) Click on 'screening tab' and select 'perio findings' Quickly probe and record deepest pd in each sextant (PSR index) Explain treatment needed, time involved and fees. Place instruments in autoclave bag & write your Student Name Green Clinic Screener Exam Kit (Place these in the basket for sterilization on the cart at the dispensary) • Fill our Rotation Report Form & have CI sign. Screener will assist other students in clinic when available and will stay until all have finished in clinic to assist with clean up etc.

• • • • • • •

84  

TEACHING  ASSISTANT  in  JUNIOR  CLINIC   Senior Clinic Coordinator GOAL To provide the student with the opportunity to apply the didactic principles and clinical skills learned in Clinical Dental Hygiene I, II, III, and IV in assisting and mentoring junior dental hygiene students. REQUIREMENTS Review all class/lab/clinic material(s) prior to attending the rotation. Attend DH-I & DH-II lectures, as instructed to do so by faculty. Attend scheduled junior clinic rotations (see ‘Clinic Rotation Schedule’). Dress in appropriate clinic attire and bring safety glasses. Write a summary of the clinic experience and upload to D2L at the end of the day. DUTIES: Fall Assist and mentor DH I students in lab and clinical exercises Assist clinical faculty as requested Spring 1. 2. 3. 4. • • • • 5.

Check instrument sharpening at the beginning of each clinic session. Assist and mentor radiographic technique Assist and mentor DH I student in organization and treatment sequencing (DH II student is not allowed to record probing depths or hard tissue until notification by faculty) Assist clinical faculty upon request by: evaluating work-ups and documenting results on evaluation form. evaluating polishing and documenting results on evaluation form. providing instrumentation technique feedback and documenting prn providing individualized mentoring at chairside for students Dental hygiene faculty must co-sign all record documentation entries

Write  a  one-­‐page  reflection  regarding  your  clinical  experience  as  a  TA,  including   thoughts  on  professionalism,  instrumentation,  time  management,  patient   communication,  and  clinician  preparedness.  Please  do  not  include  the  names  of  the   students  you  were  assisting.    Place  reflection  in  dropbox  on  D2L  by  Friday  of  the   same  week  you  experienced  this  opportunity.   This rotation is for the duration of the academic year (fall and spring semesters).

85  

TINKER  AIR  FORCE  BASE   72 Dental Squadron 7050 Air Depot Blvd Bldg 1094 TAFB, OK 73145 (405) 582-6474 (dental clinic) (405) 736 -3324 FAX (405) 736-2072 Diana Mills, R.D.H. Staff Dental Hygienist Cell 405.650.7349 [email protected] GOALS To provide the dental hygiene student with experiences that will develop competency in the areas of patient assessment, treatment planning, patient care and adjunct services in an environment similar to a private practice setting. REQUIREMENTS Attend scheduled Tinker rotations as assigned on the Clinic Rotation Schedule. Need to provide: TB test results/vaccine history Dtap and flu vaccine dates OUCOD HIPAA security training Proof of liability (malpractice insurance) Needlestick insurance Automobile registration and proof of insurance CPR card Records may be requested by DH Department Administrative Secretary from: OU Family Medicine Student Health Clinic 900 N.E. 10th St Oklahoma City, Ok 73104; (405) 271-2577 Fax#: (405) 271-4059 Dress in street clothes or wear your scrubs and change into provided clinic attire (provided by Tinker) at the rotation site. Wear your clinic shoes. Take your own instruments and ultrasonic inserts. Be prepared to finish by 3:30…clinic closes at 4:00 Provide patient treatment according to the guidelines established in the TAFB manual. PROTOCOL for Pass and ID (do this prior to rotation, NOT on day of rotation) Enter at Air Depot Gate Get in left hand lane after going through gate & park in visitor parking lot. Acquire Pass and ID at the Visitor's Center located at SE 29th and Air Depot Center is open 24/7. Take driver's license and application for ID card. You will need: 86  

2 forms picture identification Current driver’s license (names must match) Current proof of vehicle insurance Current vehicle registration Current vehicle tag Students should report at 1:00 p.m for the afternoon clinic. First patient will be seen at 1:30. Locker assignments and name tags provided. NO cell phone use while driving on base Watch speed!!! Do not park in reserved spots (cars will be towed) Bldg 1094 Important Keep ID safe and secure at ALL times (don't leave it in cars or just laying around). The first one is made at no charge. If lost, the student and Mrs. Mills have to report it to Security Forces (military police) & the Dental Squadron Commander Colonel Stetson. Another will be made with HIS permission & it will cost the student $50.

87  

COMPREHENSIVE  CARE    

3rd  Floor  Clinics,  OUCOD   Ms.  Donna  Wood,  Sr.  Clinic  Coordinator   Office:  271-­‐4445   GOAL: To provide the dental hygiene student with the opportunity to: Apply the didactic and clinical principles learned in CDH Theory I, II and Dental Hygiene Process of Care, to provide dental hygiene services to patients from the community in a comprehensive care setting. REQUIREMENTS Attend scheduled comprehensive care rotations as listed on the Clinic and Rotation Schedule. Dress in appropriate clinic attire. Each student is required to bring his/her reference documents, handpiece, ultrasonic inserts, and instruments with them to their assigned clinic. Students will be required to provide the following services (but not exclusively) for adult periodontal patients during the scheduled clinic session: 1. Assess and/or update the medical history. 2. Charting as needed 3. Provide patient education and oral hygiene instruction. 4. Provide a prophylaxis, NSPT (non surgical periodontal therapy; scaling & root planing) fluoride treatment, chemotherapeutics and desensitization as needed. 5. Expose radiographs as indicated by dental or dental hygiene faculty. 6. Administer local anesthesia, or N2O2 analgesia as needed, following successful completion of DH 4472 Anxiety and Pain Control. 7. Students must complete clinical evaluation form documenting patient services rendered and return form to Senior Clinic Coordinator by noon on Thursday, the week of the scheduled rotation, to receive credit. PROTOCOL Students should report to assigned clinic no later than 12:30 p.m. for Tuesday afternoon clinic.

88  

P&P  Section  XII-­‐  SOTC  SITE  CLINICAL  ROTATIONS   SOTC   CLINICAL   ROTATIONS            ARDMORE  SITE  CLINICAL  ROTATIONS  

CLINICAL  REQUIREMENTS   1. Students will provide dental hygiene services to patients during the fall and spring semesters in clinical rotation sites as assigned. In each of these rotations, students will be under the direct supervision of dental, dental hygiene faculty and/or staff. 2. The Dental Hygiene Clinic Manual contains the goals, requirements and protocol for each rotation site. Students are advised to consult this manual prior to attending each rotation. Orientation to the rotations will be scheduled at the beginning of the semester prior to students' attendance in the rotation. 3. Student use of local anesthesia and nitrous oxide analgesia is prohibited until notification by Sr. Clinical Coordinator that the student has attained a passing grade in the didactic and clinical exams for the use of local anesthesia and nitrous oxide analgesia. •Note: Administration of local anesthesia must be documented on the Local Anesthesia Report Form to receive credit. CLINICAL ROTATIONS Implantology Radiology Screening Teaching Assistant Dental Practice Observation Mercy Mothers' Oral Health Initiative

89  

IMPLANTOLOGY   4th floor, Green Clinic Mrs. Kathy Miller, R.D.H., M.Ed Professor and Assistant Dean For Quality Assurance And Compliance, Director of Patient Relations Clinical Faculty Department of Implantology (405) 271-8001 x 34143 GOAL To provide the dental hygiene student with the opportunity to: Apply the didactic principles from Clinical Dental Hygiene by providing dental hygiene services to patients with dental implants. REQUIREMENTS Attend scheduled implantology rotations as listed on the Clinic and Rotation Schedule. Dress in appropriate clinic attire and bring your safety glasses. Specific implant instruments will be available in the clinic PROTOCOL Implantology Rotation Orientation for DH II’s ♦ Arrive at 8:30 a.m. to prepare for clinic. ♦ We are on the north side of the Green Clinic on the 4th floor. ♦ Oral hygiene products are in the red/black cabinet and in the upper cabinets. ♦ Bring your Midwest handpiece, personal safety eyewear (loupes w/light if you have them), and a watch with a second hand. ♦ Complete the PTP guide and see Mrs. Miller for PTP as you would in general clinic (follow laminated guide sheet). Have your PTP notes entered into axiUm. ♦ Radiographs are exposed and developed in Oral Radiology on the 2 floor. ♦ No dental charting; chart recall perio prn on perio chart; EIE findings are noted in the clinical notes. ♦ Follow appointment procedure guidelines on clinic laminate. ♦ Recall appointments are scheduled by Mrs. Miller at the end of the appointment. ♦ You will escort the patient to the Implantology front desk to pay for that day’s service. ♦ Be sure to complete a clinical performance assessment form (the same one you use in general clinic). ♦ A rotation form only needs to be completed if you did not provide any direct patient care. ♦ Distance students need to have parking cards validated in the Dean’s office. nd

90  

                       IMPLANT  MAINTENANCE  RECALL   Department  of  Oral  Implantology   Implant  Maintenance  Prophylaxis/Oral  Hygiene  Instructions   Complete  Denture/Fixed  Detachable   Oral  Hygiene  Products  Needed:     Ø Tapered  end  tuft  brush  (bent  under  hot  water  at  the  appropriate  angle  for  the  patient,  set   with  cold  water)   Ø 2  row  sulcus  brush   Ø Conventional  toothbrush   Ø Implant  Superfloss  -­‐  use  the  single  dose  packet  at  chairside  to  ensure  the  patient  has  the   motor  skills  to  use  this  product  and  then  dispense  a  take-­‐home  package.    This  product  is  now   available  at  Walmart.   Ø Denture  brush   Ø Toothpaste   Optional  Oral  Hygiene  Products:   Ø Proxabrush  (if  the  patient  is  unable  to  use  the  superfloss  or  merely  prefers  these  over  the   superfloss)   Ø Tongue  cleaner  (if  the  patient  is  unable  to  adequately  clean  their  tongue  with  a  toothbrush)   Prophylaxis  Instructions   Ø Place  the  maxillary  denture  in  the  ultrasonic  cleaner  following  the  posted  instructions.   Ø Intraorally,  debride  any  soft  accretions  first  by  brushing  and  flossing.       Ø Use  the  tapered  end  tuft  brush  for  the  lingual  aspect  and  the  two-­‐row  sulcus  brush  for  the   facial  aspect  of  the  base  of  the  fixed  prosthesis  and  the  posts.    Use  a  very  small  amount  of   toothpaste  and  then  rinse  the  brushes  and  re-­‐brush  with  water  only  to  remove  any   toothpaste  residue.   Ø Use  a  wet  conventional  toothbrush  to  clean  the  fixed  prosthesis  acrylic  (NO  toothpaste).   Ø Floss  all  appropriate  areas  including  underneath  the  distal  extensions.   Ø Scale  any  calculus  found  on  metal  structures  with  a  titanium  curette.    Be  sure  to  dry   thoroughly  with  compressed  air  and  effectively  use  light  reflection  and  indirect  vision  during   your  assessment.   Ø Re-­‐toothbrush  polish  scaled  areas.   Ø Clean  the  maxillary  denture  as  outlined  in  the  posted  instructions  and  store  in  the   water/Crest  Pro  Health  rinse  in  the  denture  cup  until  Mrs.  Miller  has  completed  her  patient   examination.

91  

DEPARTMENT  OF  ORAL  IMPLANTOLOGY   Implant  Maintenance  Prophylaxis/Oral  Hygiene  Instructions   Complete  Denture/Complete  Denture  with  Bar  and  Clip(s)   Oral  Hygiene  Products  Needed:     Ø Tapered  end  tuft  brush  (bent  slightly  under  hot  water  at  the  appropriate  angle  for  the   patient,  set  with  cold  water)   Ø Implant  Superfloss  -­‐  use  the  single  dose  packet  at  chairside  to  ensure  the  patient  has  the   motor  skills  to  use  this  product  and  then  dispense  a  take-­‐home  package.   Ø Denture  brush   Ø Toothpaste   Optional  Oral  Hygiene  Products:   Ø Proxabrush  (if  the  patient  is  unable  to  use  the  superfloss  or  merely  prefers  these  over  the   superfloss)   Ø Tongue  cleaner  (if  the  patient  is  unable  to  adequately  clean  their  tongue  with  a  toothbrush)   Prophylaxis  Instructions   Ø Place  both  dentures  in  the  ultrasonic  cleaner  following  the  posted  instructions.   Ø Intraorally,  debride  any  soft  accretions  first  by  brushing  and  flossing.       Ø Use  a  very  small  amount  of  toothpaste  and  then  rinse  the  brush  and  re-­‐brush  with  water  only   to  remove  any  toothpaste  residue.   Ø Floss  under  the  bar  and  around  the  posts.   Ø Scale  any  calculus  found  with  a  titanium  curette.    Be  sure  to  dry  thoroughly  with  compressed   air  and  effectively  use  light  reflection  and  indirect  vision  during  your  assessment.   Ø Re-­‐toothbrush  polish  scaled  areas.   Ø Clean  the  dentures  as  outlined  in  the  posted  instructions  and  store  in  the  water/Crest  Pro   Health  rinse  in  the  denture  cup  until  Mrs.  Miller  has  completed  her  patient  examination.  

92  

• • •



• • • • • • • • • •

• • • • •

WORK FLOW FOR IMPLANT MAINTENANCE RECALL APPTS. Jana indicates on the schedule that the patient is present by selecting “pt checked in”. The student indicates that the pt. has been seated by right clicking on the appt. and selecting “Pt seated”. Student completes the MedHx ONLY in the EHR under the forms tab. The pt. should not sign the MedHx until after it has been reviewed by faculty. If updating an existing MedHx, use Control R to advance to each question with unchanged answers to (this enters the new date of review). Be sure to include all information on drugs being taken. Student completes the PTP template note in the EHR under the tx history tab. Select new note and select the PTP template note (continuing care) from the General Notes bundle. Be sure to select the location as Green Clinic 1/Implantology. Be sure to include the presence or absence of a chief concern in the comments on the PTP note and notify faculty if there is a potential need for a lab repair. Student enters the codes for the procedures for that appt.(i.e. D6080 for implant maintenance, D0330 for pano). The faculty approves the planned tx codes at ptp. If pano is needed, student should inform patient of the cost of this additional service. PTP is presented at chairside and faculty has the pt. sign the MedHx and approves the MedHx, the planned procedure codes, and the PTP note. Student fills out paper Radiology slip and takes patient to Radiology if a panoramic radiograph is needed. Student places any removable prostheses in the ultrasonic following the posted instructions. Student performs the Extra-Intraoral Examination (EIE) including evaluating the status of the implants, stability of the prosthesis(es), adequate closure of access holes, and the status of the health of the supporting tissues. Student records periodontal/perimplant findings and plaque on the perio chart as needed. Be sure to name the examination. Implant maintenance prophylaxis is completed (see reference laminate) and OHI delivered. Complete implant system/prosthesis adjustments as may be necessary. Perform fluoride tx for natural dentition if indicated. Student completes the clinical template note (attaching it to the procedure code). Select the Implant Maintenance procedure code (D6080) and right click; Near the top of the selection list is “add tx note”, select this option and select the Implant Maintenance note in the Implantology bundle in template notes. Student selects the procedures completed and right clicks on the procedure and indicates it as completed. When recall card appears, click on the plus sign and close the card. Faculty examines the patient; approves the note and completed procedure codes. Mrs. Miller schedules the next recall appt. Pt is checked out with Jana. Commonly used codes:

D6080

Implant Maintenance

D6078 Fixed Detachable Prosthesis D6053 Implant retained over-denture D5110 Conventional max. denture

D0330 Panoramic Film D5867 Replace Implant part

93  

PTP Pt presents as a

yr old

(ethnicity) female/male

Pt’s medical hx includes Date and nature of last visit with physician If Diabetic, has the pt. taken meds today? Yes Has pt eaten today? Yes (following pt’s normal regimen)

No No

Pt’s current meds are for

(condition)

Dental considerations with these meds are Pt’s vital signs are: BP

Resp

Pulse Pt does/does not have a chief complaint Pt’s last pano was taken Pt has no changes in address or phone / pt has changes in address or phone.

94  

RADIOLOGY    ROTATION   SOTC  CLINIC   GOALS To provide the dental hygiene student with the opportunity to: Expose radiographs on patients that have been accepted for dental treatment at the clinic. Purpose of radiology rotation: • Provide students with a diagnostic experience • Increase skill in radiograph exposure REQUIREMENTS Attend rotation as listed in the Clinic and Rotation Schedule. Dress in scrubs and bring your safety glasses. Comply with College of Dentistry Infection Control Policies. PROTOCOL Students are to report to clinic promptly at 8:30 a.m. for morning clinics and 12:30 p.m. for afternoon sessions. You will utilize this time to expose FMXs and BWXs as needed to use less general clinic time. Dental hygiene students assigned to clinics designated for screening patients applying for dental treatment at the clinic will perform the following: •

Prior to clinic: o Ensure both rooms are disinfected with barriers set up. o Ensure computers in both rooms are on, ready to log in to Eaglesoft. o Ensure panoramic machine and computer is on o Expose test image on skull with panoramic machine o Assist classmates as needed. • 9:00 or 1:00: o Seat patient and review health history. o If questions regarding pre med etc., contact faculty. o Take vital signs (blood pressure, pulse and respirations). o Ask faculty if they would like to briefly examine patient at that time o HHx reviewed by faculty, obtain PTP. o Request appropriate radiographs if not prescribed already. Expose and process radiographs as directed by faculty. o Review films and findings with faculty. o If time allows, films may be evaluated for retakes and exposed at that time. o Retakes MUST BE supervised with faculty. 95  

Release patient to administrative assistant with routing form, indicating treatment the patient received that day. MISCELLANEOUS   When the student is not with patients, he/she will: • Assist senior dental hygiene students as needed • Assist in sterilization area • Stock units and shelves • Assist faculty as needed Assist administration assistant as needed

96  

SCREENING    ROTATION   SOTC  CLINIC   GOALS   To provide the dental hygiene student with the opportunity to: Perform oral examinations on patients applying for dental treatment at the clinic. Purpose of screenings: • Provide suitable patients for dental hygiene students • Provide students with a diagnostic experience • Increase awareness of oral conditions beyond patients assigned to you REQUIREMENTS   Attend rotation as listed in the Clinic and Rotation Schedule. Dress in Scrubs, bring your safety glasses, and loupes with light (if you have them). Comply with College of Dentistry Infection Control Policies. PROTOCOL   Students are to report to clinic promptly at 8:30 a.m. for morning clinics and 12:30 p.m. for afternoon sessions. You will screen 3-4 patients each clinic session. Dental hygiene students assigned to clinics designated for screening patients applying for dental treatment at the clinic will perform the following: • • • • • •

Seat patient and review health history Take vital signs (blood pressure, pulse, respirations, temperature) Ask faculty if they would like to briefly examine patient at that time HHx reviewed by faculty, obtain PTP Record recommended treatment in treatment notes Accept or Reject the patient o Provisionally accepted may NOT ever be assigned

If  patient  is  accepted:   • Tell patient they will be contacted by a student but there is no set time they will be called If  patient  is  rejected:   If they inquire, we can make copies of the screening films to either be sent to another dentist or taken with them Types of patients to reject: 97  

• • • • •

Patients with unrealistic expectations Patients who do not have time to commit to OUCOD Patients with rampant caries Patients with severe periodontal disease Many other complex dental conditions

Take patient to administrative assistant who will give him/her the Patient Rights and Responsibilities. MISCELLANEOUS   When the student is not screening patients, he/she will: • Assist senior dental hygiene students as needed • Assist in sterilization area • Stock units and shelves • Assist faculty as needed • Assist administrative assistant as needed

98  

TEACHING   ASSISTANT   in   JUNIOR   CLINIC   Mrs. Christy McCullers, RDH, MS, SOTC Site Coordinator (580) 224-8268 (M) (580)504-9421 Mrs. Lindsey Hays, RDH, BS, SOTC Clinical Instructor (580) 224-8278 GOALS:   To provide the student with the opportunity to apply the didactic principles and clinical skills learned in Clinical Dental Hygiene I, II, III, and IV in assisting and mentoring junior dental hygiene students. REQUIREMENTS:   Review all class/lab/clinic material(s) prior to attending the rotation. Attend DH-I and DH-II lectures, as instructed to do so by faculty. Attend scheduled junior clinic rotations (see ‘Clinic Rotation Schedule’). Dress in appropriate clinic attire and bring your safety glasses. Write a summary of the clinic experience and upload to D2L at the end of the day. DUTIES:   Fall 1. Assist and mentor junior students in lab and clinical exercises 2. Assist clinical faculty as requested Spring   1. Check instrument sharpening at the beginning of each clinic session. 2. Assist and mentor radiographic technique 3. Assist and mentor junior student in organization and treatment sequencing (Senior student is not allowed to record probing depths or hard tissue until notification by faculty) 4. Assist clinical faculty upon request by: a. Evaluating assessment and documenting results on evaluation form. b. Evaluating polishing and documenting results on evaluation form. c. Providing instrumentation technique feedback and documenting prn d. Providing individualized mentoring at chairside for students providing care for patients 5. Dental hygiene faculty must co-sign all record documentation entries 6. This rotation is for the duration of the academic year (fall and spring semesters) Write  a  one-­‐page  reflection  regarding  your  clinical  experience  as  a  TA, including  thoughts  on  professionalism,  instrumentation,  time  management, patient  communication,  and  clinician  preparedness.  Please  do  not  include the  names  of  the  students  you  were  assisting.    Place  reflection  in  dropbox  on D2L  by  Friday  of  the  same  week  you  experienced  this  opportunity.

99  

DENTAL   PRACTICE   OBSERVATIONS   Mrs. Christy McCullers, RDH, MS, SOTC Site Coordinator (580) 224-8268 (M) (580)504-9421 Mrs. Lindsey Hays, RDH, BS, SOTC Clinical Instructor (580) 224-8278 GOAL   To  provide  the  dental  hygiene  student  with  the  opportunity  to:   Observe how practicing dentists, hygienists, and office staff work together in a dental office environment. Students will gain knowledge of dental hygiene practices and how they are applied in a general dentistry and public health setting by observing the dental hygienist. Students will gain knowledge about dental office procedures by observing sterilization, patient care, and staff interactions at the mentioned facility. REQUIREMENTS   Attend rotation as listed in the Clinic and Rotation Schedule. Dress in scrubs, lab coat, and bring your safety glasses. Comply with College of Dentistry Infection Control Policies. PROTOCOL   Students are to report to the site promptly at 8:30 a.m. for morning clinics and 12:30 p.m. for afternoon sessions. Students are to observe how dental hygienists work together with the dentist and office staff, including asking questions as needed.

100  

MERCY   MOTHERS’   ORAL   HEALTH   INITIATIVE   Mercy Hospital, Ardmore Christy McCullers, RDH, MS (580)224-8268 Lindsey Hays, RDH, BS (580)224-8278 Debrah Moyers, MMHC Labor & Delivery, [email protected] GOAL   To provide the dental hygiene student with the opportunity to: Educate new parents on infant and early childhood oral health care needs and to provide information on access to care. In accordance with Healthy People 2020, the following Oral Health Goals will be addressed: OH-1: Reduce the proportion of children and adolescents who have dental caries experience in their primary teeth. ØØ By delivering oral health education to the target population, parents are more likely to be aware of oral health care needs and more likely to identify a need should it arise. OH-7: Increase the proportion of children, adolescents and adults who used the oral health care system in the past year. ØØ By providing the target population with options for access to care, parents and children of all ages are more likely to have an oral health examination or treatment. REQUIREMENTS/PROTOCOL   • Project setting: Mercy Hospital, Ardmore, Oklahoma • Project focus: Parents of newborns or expecting mothers, as determined by the staff at Mercy Hospital Proposed  times:   o Tuesday mornings from 10:00-11:30 o February-April and September-November o Absences for school breaks Student  information:   o Two students will be present for each session o Clinical attire: Scrubs, clean shoes, lab coat, student ID badge o Arrive on time as scheduled, but may depart early after tasks are complete MATERIALS   SOTC Dental Hygiene Students will provide each patient with an oral health kit, including an infant toothbrush, adult toothbrush and aids, educational materials, and Delta Dental’s “Resource for Care” Oral Health Guide.

101  

P&P  Section  XIII-­‐  TCTC  SITE  CLINICAL  ROTATIONS   TCTC  CLINICAL  ROTATIONS   BARTLESVILLE  SITE     CLINICAL  ROTATIONS  

CLINICAL  REQUIREMENTS   1. Students  will  provide  dental  hygiene  services  to  patients  during  the  fall  semester  in clinical  rotation  sites  as  assigned.    In  each  of  these  rotations,  students  will  be  under  the   direct  supervision  of  dental,  dental  hygiene  faculty  and/or  staff.   2. The  Dental  Hygiene  Clinic  Manual  contains  the  goals,  requirements  and  protocol  for each  rotation  site.    Students  are  advised  to  consult  this  manual  prior  to  attending  each   rotation.    Orientation  to  the  rotations  will  be  scheduled  at  the  beginning  of  the  semester   prior  to  students'  attendance  in  the  rotation.     3. Student  use  of  local  anesthesia  and  nitrous  oxide  analgesia  is  prohibited  until notification  that  the  student  has  attained  a  passing  grade  in  the  didactic  and  clinical   exams  for  the  use  of  local  anesthesia  and  nitrous  oxide  analgesia.   •Note:   Administration  of  local  anesthesia  must  be  documented  on  the  Local  Anesthesia Report  Form  to  receive  credit.   TCTC  SITE   CLINICAL  ROTATIONS   Catholic  Charities   Catholic  Charities  Assistant   Green  Country  Free  Dental  Clinic   Implantology     Screening  &  Sterilization     Oral  Surgery/General  Dentistry   Pediatric  Dentistry     Teaching  Assistant     Front  Desk   Assistant  Rotation   Observations:    Dr.  Jon  Lindblom,  Dr.  David  Stapleton,  Green  Country  Dental  Arts,  Dr.   Adam  Pottorff,  Dr.  Heath  Potter,  Family  Dental  Care  of  Owasso  

102  

CLINICAL  ROTATION  PROTOCOL Each  student  assigned  to  any  rotation  or  completing  any  unassigned  rotations  are  required   to  complete  a  Rotation  Report  Form  or  Clinical  Evaluation  Form  if  patient  credit  is  to   be  documented.    These  forms  are  available  in  Clinic.    Any  adjunct  service  or  rotation   requirement  completed  on  a  rotation  site  should  be  marked  by  the  dental  hygiene  student   including  the  patient's  name  and  signed  by  attending  dental  faculty/dental  hygiene   faculty/staff.   Rotation  Report  Forms  must  be  completely  filled  out,  signed  by  faculty  or  supervisor  as   appropriate  and  turned  in  to  the  Department  of  Dental  Hygiene  by  noon  on  Thursday  of  the   week  of  the  rotation.    Credit  will  not  be  given  for  any  forms  that  are  not  received  in  the   department  by  the  aforementioned  time.       Compliance  with  the  College  of  Dentistry  Infection  Control  Policy  is  mandatory  at  all   rotations.   Students  are  reminded  that  all  guidelines  for  clinical  appearance  and  behavior  apply  to  all   clinical  rotations.   Students  are  expected  to  assume  responsibility  for  learning:    ask  appropriate  questions,  be   on  time,  be  courteous,  be  helpful,  Do  NOT  leave  early  unless  specifically  directed  by  the   faculty  responsible  for  the  rotation  experience.    Please  remember  that  we  are  guests  at   the  rotation  sites.       Few  dental  hygiene  students  are  afforded  similar  opportunities  for  enhancement  of  their   dental  hygiene  educational  experience.   In  case  of  an  emergency  that  prevents  attendance,  the  student  must  contact  the  rotation,  site   coordinator  and  the  Course  Director.    It  is  strongly  recommended  that  every  effort  be  made  to   attend  the  assigned  rotation.    Grade  penalty  may  be  imposed  for  absences.  

103  

TEACHING  ASSISTANT  in  JUNIOR  CLINIC Lydia  Snyder,  RDH,  MS;  Site  Coordinator;  (M)918.277.6222   Tammie  Golden,  RDH,  MHS;  Clinical  Instructor;  (M)  316.250.0354   Abbie  Gustafson,  RDH,  BS;  Clinical  Instructor;  (M)  918.440.9998   GOALS   To  provide  the  student  with  the  opportunity  to  apply  the  didactic  principles  and  clinical   skills   learned  in  Clinical  Dental  Hygiene  I,  II,  III,  and  IV  in  assisting  and  mentoring  junior  dental   hygiene  students.   REQUIREMENTS   Review  all  class/lab/clinic  material(s)  prior  to  attending  the  rotation.     Attend  DH-­‐I  &  DH-­‐II  lectures,  as  instructed  to  do  so  by  faculty     Attend  scheduled  junior  clinic  rotations  (see  ‘Clinic  Rotation  Schedule’).   Dress  in  appropriate  clinic  attire  and  bring  your  safety  glasses/loupes.    

Protocol   Dental  hygiene  students  should  report  to  the  clinic  30  minutes  prior  to  the  scheduled  clinic   time  or  be  present  in  lecture  15  minutes  prior  to  scheduled  lecture.

Fall  

1. Assist  and  mentor  junior  students  in  lab  and  clinical  exercises 2. Assist  clinical  faculty  as  requested

Spring  

1. Check  instrument  sharpening  at  the  beginning  of  each  clinic  session. 2. Assist  and  mentor  radiographic  technique 3. Assist  and  mentor  junior  student  in  organization  and  treatment  sequencing (Senior  student  is  not  allowed  to  record  probing  depths  or  hard  tissue  until notification  by  faculty) 4. Assist  clinical  faculty  upon  request  by: a. evaluating  work-­‐ups  and  documenting  results  on  evaluation  form. b. evaluating  polishing  and  documenting  results  on  evaluation  form. c. providing  instrumentation  technique  feedback  and  documenting  prn. d    providing  individualized  mentoring  at  chairside  for  students  providing                            care  for  more  difficult  patients.   5. Dental  hygiene  faculty  must  co-­‐sign  all  record  documentation  entries This  rotation  is  for  the  duration  of  the  academic  year  (fall  and  spring  semesters)   Write  a  one-­‐page  reflection  regarding  your  clinical  experience  as  a  TA,  including   thoughts  on  professionalism,  instrumentation,  time  management,  patient   communication,  and  clinician  preparedness.  Please  do  not  include  the  names  of  the   students  you  were  assisting.    Place  reflection  in  dropbox  on  D2L  by  Friday  of  the   same  week  you  experienced  this  opportunity.  

104  

CATHOLIC  CHARITIES   Blessed  Mother  Teresa  Dental  Clinic  

2450  North  Harvard  Ave   Tulsa,  OK  74158   (918)  585-­‐8167    

Lydia  Snyder,  RDH,  MS,  Site  Coordinator  (M)  918.277.6222   Tammie  Golden,  RDH,  MHS  (M)  316.250.0354   Abbie  Gustafson,  RDH,  BS  (M)  918.440.9998   Dr.  Jennifer  Cook,  DDS,  Supervising  Dentist   GOAL To provide the dental hygiene student with the opportunity to: Apply the didactic principles from Clinical Dental Hygiene and Dental Hygiene Process of Care to providing dental hygiene services to patients from the community REQUIREMENTS Dress in appropriate clinic attire and bring your safety glasses/loupes. Bring all necessary forms. Bring 2 instrument kits PROTOCOL Students are to report to the Catholic Charities in Tulsa, OK. Students are expected to report to the dental clinic by 7:50 a.m. on the assigned day. During this rotation, the OU clinical faculty will oversee clinical procedures. Students will be required to provide the following services (but not exclusively) for adult periodontal patients during the scheduled clinic session: 1. Assess and/or update the medical history. 2. Charting as needed 3. Provide patient education and oral hygiene instruction. 4. Provide a prophylaxis, NSPT (non surgical periodontal therapy; scaling & root planing) fluoride treatment, chemotherapeutics and desensitzation as needed. 5. Expose and process radiographs as indicated by dental faculty. 6. Administer local anesthesia as needed, following successful completion of DH 4472 Anxiety and Pain Control. A Clinic Evaluation Form must be signed by supervising faculty and turned in by noon on Thursday of the week of the rotation for credit. Grading and credit will be the same as clinic at OUCOD.

105  

CATHOLIC  CHARITIES   Blessed  Mother  Teresa  Dental  Clinic  

2450  North  Harvard  Ave   Tulsa,  OK  74158   (918)  585-­‐8167    

Lydia  Snyder,  RDH,  MS,  Site  Coordinator  (M)  918.277.6222   Tammie  Golden,  RDH,  MHS  (M)  316.250   Abbie  Gustafson,  RDH,  BS  (M)  918.440.9998   Dr.  Jennifer  Cook,  DDS,  Supervising  Dentist   GOAL To provide the dental hygiene student with the opportunity to: Apply the didactic principles from Clinical Dental Hygiene and Dental Hygiene Process of Care to providing dental hygiene services to patients from the community in the capacity as a dental assistant. REQUIREMENTS Dress in appropriate clinic attire and bring your safety glasses. Bring all necessary forms. PROTOCOL Students are to report to the Catholic Charities in Tulsa, OK. Students are expected to report to the dental clinic by 7:50 a.m. on the assigned day. During this rotation, the OU clinical faculty will oversee clinical procedures Students will be required to assist in providing the following services (but not exclusively) for adult periodontal patients during the scheduled clinic session: 1. Assess and/or update the medical history. 2. Charting as needed 3. Provide patient education and oral hygiene instruction. 4. Assist your assigned partner when she is providing care to the patient. 5. Assist in disinfecting the unit between patients, escort the patient to the reception area. 6. Assist dental students as necessary. A Rotation Report Form must be signed by supervising faculty and turned in by noon on Thursday of the week of the rotation for credit. This rotation is experiential only.  

106  

GREEN  COUNTRY  FREE  DENTAL  CLINIC 321 Delaware Ave. Bartlesville, OK 74003 (918)338-0198 Lydia  Snyder,  RDH,  MS,  Site  Coordinator  (M)  918.277.6222   Tammie  Golden,  RDH,  MHS  (M)  316.250.0354   Abbie  Gustafson,  RDH,  BS  (M)  918.440.9998   Dean  Zervas,  DDS  &  Bryson  Read,  DDS  Supervising  Dentist   GOALS To provide the dental hygiene students with the opportunity to: Apply the didactic principles from the Clinical Dental Hygiene and Dental Hygiene Process of Care to providing dental hygiene services to patients from the community. REQUIREMENTS Dress in appropriate clinic attire and bring your safety glasses/loupes. Bring all necessary forms. Bring 1 instrument kit PROTOCOL Students are to report to the Green Country Free Dental Clinic (GCDC), which is located at 321 Delaware Bartlesville, OK 74003. Students are expected to report to the dental clinic by 1:00 p.m. on the assigned day. During this rotation, the OU faculty will oversee procedures. Students will be required to provide the following services (but not exclusively) for adult periodontal patients during the scheduled clinic session: 1. Assess and/or update the medical history. 2. Charting as needed on XLDent 3. Provide patient education and oral hygiene instruction. 4. Provide a prophylaxis, NSPT (non surgical periodontal therapy; scaling & root planing) fluoride treatment, chemotherapeutics and desensitzation as needed. 5. Expose and process radiographs as indicated by dental faculty. 6. Administer local anesthesia as needed, following successful completion of DH 4472 Anxiety and Pain Control. EVALUATION     A Clinical Evaluation Form is to be turned in by noon on Thursday of the week of the rotation to receive credit. Grading and credit will be the same as clinic at OUCOD.

107  

OBSERVATIONS  IN  DENTAL  OFFICES   Lydia  Snyder,  RDH,  MS;  Site  Coordinator;  (M)918.277.6222  

GOAL   To  provide  the  dental  hygiene  student  with  the  opportunity  to:     Observe  and  understand  how  a  dental  office  works  in  a  private  or  corporate  setting.  

REQUIREMENTS     Attend  clinical  observation  rotations  as  listed  in  the  Clinic  and  Rotation  Schedule.   Dress  in  appropriate  clinic  attire  and  bring  safety  glasses/loupes   Comply  with  College  of  Dentistry  Infection  Control  Policies.     PROTOCOL   Arrive  to  the  assigned  office  at  the  time  noted.   Students  will  be  required  to  observe  the  registered  dental  hygienist  or  dentist  in  their   interaction  with  patients.   Students  will  observe  how  the  dental  hygienist  or  dentist  explain  treatment  plans  to  the   patients;  including  but  not  limited  to  hygiene  treatment.       Dr. Jon Lindblom 8:30 – 11:30 (918) 331-0016 2359 Nowata Place Bartlesville, OK 74006 Dr. David Stapleton 8:30 – 11:00 (918) 376-2191 12/14 E 101st Pl N Owasso, OK 74055 Green Country Dental Arts 8:30 – 11:30 (918) 336-1030 1820 SE Washington Blvd. Bartlesville, OK 74006 Dr. Heath Potter 8:30 – 11:30 (918) 333-3694 4200 SE Adams Bartlesville, OK 74006 Dr. J. Reed Butler 9:00 – 11:30 (918) 333-0990 108  

2419 SE Nowata Pl, Ste 101 Bartlesville, OK 74006 Green Country Dental Arts of Bartlesville 8:30 – 11:30 (918) 336-1030 Dr. Bulleigh & Dr. Lard 1820 Washington Blvd. Bartlesville, OK 74006 Family Dental Care of Owasso Dentistry 8:30 – 11:00 (918) 376-0523 13101 E 96th St N Owasso, OK 74055 EVALUATION   A  rotation  report  form  must  be  completed  and  turned  in  to  the  site  coordinator;  this  is   experiential  only.  

109  

ORAL  SURGERY  &  GENERAL  DENTISTRY

TCTC-­‐DELTA  DENTAL  CLINIC

 Lydia  Snyder,  RDH,  MS;  Site  Coordinator;  (M)918.277.6222   Tammie  Golden,  RDH,  MHS;  Clinical  Instructor;  (M)  316.250.0354   Abbie  Gustafson,  RDH,  BS;  Clinical  Instructor;  (M)  918.440.9998   GOAL   To  provide  the  dental  hygiene  student  with  the  opportunity  to:     Assist  dentists  in  providing  dental  care  to  the  underserved  population  and practice  four-­‐handed  dentistry  for  extractions  and  restorations   REQUIREMENTS        Sign  up  with  the  site  coordinator  to  assist  in  the  TCTC-­‐Delta  Dental  Clinic        Dress  in  proper  clinic  attire  and  bring  safety  glasses/loupes        Arrive  30  minutes  prior  to  the  clinic  starting  to  assist  setting  up  the  units          Comply  with  College  of  Dentistry  Infection  Control  Policies.   PROTOCOL     Dental hygiene students are to report to the TCTC Dental Clinic. Students are expected to report 30 minutes prior to the start of clinic on the assigned day. 1. Assess and/or update the medical history. 2. Charting as needed. 3. Provide patient education and oral hygiene instruction. 4. Assist the dentist during restorative procedures or extractions. 5. Expose radiographs as indicated by dental faculty. 6. Administer local anesthesia as needed, following the successful completion of DH 4472 Anxiety and Pain Control.

EVALUATION    A  Rotation  Report  Form  must  be  signed  by  supervising  faculty  and  turned  in  by  noon  on   Thursday  of  the  week  of  the  rotation.  

110  

PEDIATRIC  DENTISTRY TCTC  Clinic     Lydia  Snyder,  RDH,  MS;  Site  Coordinator;  (M)918.277.6222   Tammie  Golden,  RDH,  MHS;  Clinical  Instructor;  (M)  316.250.0354   Abbie  Gustafson,  RDH,  BS;  Clinical  Instructor;  (M)  918.440.9998   Dr.  Frank  Sommer  &  Dr.  John  Lindblom,  Supervising  Dentists GOAL   To  provide  the  dental  hygiene  student  with  the  opportunity  to:   Apply  the  didactic  principles  from  Developmental  Dentistry  and  Clinical  Dental  Hygiene  to   providing  dental  hygiene  services  to  children;  ages  3  –  12  years.   REQUIREMENTS   Attend  scheduled  pediatric  dentistry  rotations  as  listed  on  the  Clinic  and  Rotation  Schedule.   Dress  in  appropriate  clinic  attire  and  bring  safety  glasses/loupes Comply  with  College  of  Dentistry  Infection  Control  Policies.     PROTOCOL   Students  should  report  to  dental  hygiene  clinic  30  minutes  prior  to  the  Pedo  rotation.   Students  will  be  required  to  provide  the  following  services  for  pediatric  dentistry  patients   during   the  scheduled  clinic  session:     1. Update   the   HHX   with   parent   or   guardian;   update   address   &   phone;   discuss radiographs.   2. Chart  deciduous  and  mixed  dentition  teeth. 3. Expose  and  process  radiographs  as  indicated  by  the  supervising  dentist 4. Do  a  plaque  score. 5. Provide  patient  education. 6. Provide  a  prophylaxis 7. Place  sealants  if  indicated;  CI  must  check  prior  to  fluoride  treatment 8. Provide  appropriate  fluoride  treatment Protocol  review  for  BWX:   One  year  or  longer  since  last  BWX    1st     permanent  molars  are  present  take  panoramic  radiographic  (if  not  previously  taken)   and  2      BWX   1st   permanent   molars   have   not   erupted;   take   2   occlusals   (if   not   previously   taken)   and   2   BWX    unless   there   is   adequate   space   to   evaluate   interproximal   space. Caries   history,   Interproximal  watch  areas  from  last  visit,  Diagnostic  integrity  from  previous        BWX,  No  BWX  if  bands  and  brackets  are  in  place.       EVALUATION   A Clinical Evaluation Form is to be turned in. Grading and credit will be the same as clinic at OUCOD. 111  

SCREENING  &  STERILIZATION

TCTC  Clinic   Lydia  Snyder,  RDH,  MS;  Site  Coordinator;  (M)918.277.6222   Tammie  Golden,  RDH,  MHS;  Clinical  Instructor;  (M)  316.250.0354   Abbie  Gustafson,  RDH,  BS;  Clinical  Instructor;  (M)  918.440.9998   GOALS   To  provide  the  dental  hygiene  student  with  the  opportunity  to:   1. Perform  oral  examinations  on  patients  applying  for  dental  treatment  at  the  TCTC Clinic. 2. Purpose  of  screenings: Provide  suitable  patients  for  dental  hygiene  students Provide  students  with  a  diagnostic  experience Increase  awareness  of  oral  conditions  beyond  patients  assigned  to  you 3. Perform  sterilization  and  disinfection  in  the  clinic REQUIREMENTS    Attend  screening  rotations  as  listed  in  the  Clinic  and  Rotation  Schedule.    Dress  in  appropriate  clinic  attire  and  bring  safety  glasses/loupes. Comply  with  College  of  Dentistry  Infection  Control  Policies     PROTOCOL   Dental  hygiene  students  assigned  to  the  screening  rotation  will  perform  the  following   procedures:   1. Observe  asepsis  protocol  in  clinic.  Properly  sterilize,  disinfect,  and  sanitize  equipment, instruments,  and  counters. 2. Wear  appropriate  barrier  equipment  when  working  with  patients  or  when  handling contaminated  materials. 3. Seat  the  patient  at  the  scheduled  time  and  review  HHX  with  patient;  obtain  BP.    Obtain PTP  from  clinic  instructor. 4. Screen  patient  using  Screening  form  and  obtain  consent  from  clinic  instructor. 5. Discuss  findings  with  patient  and  clinic  instructor  along  with  clinic  hours,  procedures and  estimated  fees. 6. The  student  should  report  to  the  clinic  30  minutes  before  the  clinic  begins  and  should remain  on  duty  until  the  close  of  the  clinic  period  when  all  students  and  patients  have left  the  clinic  area. 7. In  the  event  there  are  no  patients  to  be  screened,  students  will  serve  as  a  clinic  assistant. 8. The  student  will  stock  the  clinic  supplies  as  needed.

EVALUATION   The  clinic  SSR  should  report  to  the  Site  Coordinator  or  faculty  member  to   Receive  specific  duties.  A  rotation  report  form  should  be  completed  and  turned  in  to  the   faculty  member.  

112  

FRONT  DESK

TCTC  Clinic   Lydia  Snyder,  RDH,  MS;  Site  Coordinator;  (M)918.277.6222   Tammie  Golden,  RDH,  MHS;  Clinical  Instructor;  (M)  316.250.0354   Abbie  Gustafson,  RDH,  BS;  Clinical  Instructor;  (M)  918.440.9998   GOALS   To  provide  the  dental  hygiene  student  with  the  opportunity  to:   Apply  practice  management  skills  while  assisting  the  program  assistant  at  the  front  desk   REQUIREMENTS    Attend  screening  rotations  as  listed  in  the  Clinic  and  Rotation  Schedule.    Dress  in  appropriate  clinic  attire  and  bring  safety  glasses/loupes.  Comply  with  College  of  Dentistry  Infection  Control  Policies     PROTOCOL   Dental  hygiene  students  assigned  to  the  front  desk  rotation  will  perform  the  following  procedures:   1. Student  will  assist  in  scheduling  screening  appointments. 2. Student  will  have  the  appropriate  paperwork  ready  for  the  patient  to  complete  when  the patient  checks  in  at  the  front  desk.   3. Student  will  answer  the  TCTC  Dental  Clinic  phone  line  and  transfer  the  call  to  the  appropriate person.   4. Student  will  scan  documents  and  copy  assigned  documents. 5. Student  will  review    the  inventory  list  as  assigned  by  the  Dental  Hygiene  Program  Assistant 6. Student  will  be  available  to  assist  the  Dental  Hygiene  Program  Assistant  as  deemed  necessary.

EVALUATION   The  Front  Desk  assistant  should  report  to  the  administrative  assistant  or  faculty  member  to   Receive  specific  duties.  A  rotation  report  form  should  be  completed  and  turned  in  to  the  faculty  

113  

IMPLANTOLOGY   4th floor, Green Clinic Mrs. Kathy Miller, R.D.H., M.Ed Professor and Assistant Dean For Quality Assurance And Compliance, Director of Patient Relations Clinical Faculty Department of Implantology (405) 271-8001 x 34143 GOAL To provide the dental hygiene student with the opportunity to: Apply the didactic principles from Clinical Dental Hygiene to providing dental hygiene services to patients with dental implants. REQUIREMENTS Attend scheduled implantology rotations as listed on the Clinic and Rotation Schedule. Dress in appropriate clinic attire and bring your safety glasses. Specific implant instruments will be available in the clinic PROTOCOL Implantology Rotation Orientation for DH II’s ♦ Arrive at 8:30 a.m. to prepare for clinic. ♦ We are on the north side of the Green Clinic on the 4th floor. ♦ Oral hygiene products are in the red/black cabinet and in the upper cabinets. ♦ Bring your Midwest handpiece, personal safety eyewear (loupes w/light if you have them), and a watch with a second hand. ♦ Complete the PTP guide and see Mrs. Miller for PTP as you would in general clinic (follow laminated guide sheet). Have your PTP notes entered into axiUm. ♦ Radiographs are exposed and developed in Oral Radiology on the 2 floor. ♦ No dental charting; chart recall perio prn on perio chart; EIE findings are noted in the clinical notes. ♦ Follow appointment procedure guidelines on clinic laminate. ♦ Recall appointments are scheduled by Mrs. Miller at the end of the appointment. ♦ You will escort the patient to the Implantology front desk to pay for that day’s service. ♦ Be sure to complete a clinical performance assessment form (the same one you use in general clinic). ♦ A rotation form only needs to be completed if you did not provide any direct patient care. ♦ Distance students need to have parking cards validated in the Dean’s office. nd

114  

                       IMPLANT  MAINTENANCE  RECALL   Department  of  Oral  Implantology   Implant  Maintenance  Prophylaxis/Oral  Hygiene  Instructions   Complete  Denture/Fixed  Detachable   Oral  Hygiene  Products  Needed:     Ø Tapered  end  tuft  brush  (bent  under  hot  water  at  the  appropriate  angle  for  the  patient,  set   with  cold  water)   Ø 2  row  sulcus  brush   Ø Conventional  toothbrush   Ø Implant  Superfloss  -­‐  use  the  single  dose  packet  at  chairside  to  ensure  the  patient  has  the   motor  skills  to  use  this  product  and  then  dispense  a  take-­‐home  package.    This  product  is  now   available  at  Walmart.   Ø Denture  brush   Ø Toothpaste   Optional  Oral  Hygiene  Products:   Ø Proxabrush  (if  the  patient  is  unable  to  use  the  superfloss  or  merely  prefers  these  over  the   superfloss)   Ø Tongue  cleaner  (if  the  patient  is  unable  to  adequately  clean  their  tongue  with  a  toothbrush)   Prophylaxis  Instructions   Ø Place  the  maxillary  denture  in  the  ultrasonic  cleaner  following  the  posted  instructions.   Ø Intraorally,  debride  any  soft  accretions  first  by  brushing  and  flossing.       Ø Use  the  tapered  end  tuft  brush  for  the  lingual  aspect  and  the  two-­‐row  sulcus  brush  for  the   facial  aspect  of  the  base  of  the  fixed  prosthesis  and  the  posts.    Use  a  very  small  amount  of   toothpaste  and  then  rinse  the  brushes  and  re-­‐brush  with  water  only  to  remove  any   toothpaste  residue.   Ø Use  a  wet  conventional  toothbrush  to  clean  the  fixed  prosthesis  acrylic  (NO  toothpaste).   Ø Floss  all  appropriate  areas  including  underneath  the  distal  extensions.   Ø Scale  any  calculus  found  on  metal  structures  with  a  titanium  curette.    Be  sure  to  dry   thoroughly  with  compressed  air  and  effectively  use  light  reflection  and  indirect  vision  during   your  assessment.   Ø Re-­‐toothbrush  polish  scaled  areas.   Ø Clean  the  maxillary  denture  as  outlined  in  the  posted  instructions  and  store  in  the   water/Crest  Pro  Health  rinse  in  the  denture  cup  until  Mrs.  Miller  has  completed  her  patient   examination.

115  

DEPARTMENT  OF  ORAL  IMPLANTOLOGY   Implant  Maintenance  Prophylaxis/Oral  Hygiene  Instructions   Complete  Denture/Complete  Denture  with  Bar  and  Clip(s)   Oral  Hygiene  Products  Needed:     Ø Tapered  end  tuft  brush  (bent  slightly  under  hot  water  at  the  appropriate  angle  for  the   patient,  set  with  cold  water)   Ø Implant  Superfloss  -­‐  use  the  single  dose  packet  at  chairside  to  ensure  the  patient  has  the   motor  skills  to  use  this  product  and  then  dispense  a  take-­‐home  package.     Ø Denture  brush   Ø Toothpaste   Optional  Oral  Hygiene  Products:   Ø Proxabrush  (if  the  patient  is  unable  to  use  the  superfloss  or  merely  prefers  these  over  the   superfloss)   Ø Tongue  cleaner  (if  the  patient  is  unable  to  adequately  clean  their  tongue  with  a  toothbrush)   Prophylaxis  Instructions   Ø Place  both  dentures  in  the  ultrasonic  cleaner  following  the  posted  instructions.   Ø Intraorally,  debride  any  soft  accretions  first  by  brushing  and  flossing.       Ø Use  a  very  small  amount  of  toothpaste  and  then  rinse  the  brush  and  re-­‐brush  with  water  only   to  remove  any  toothpaste  residue.   Ø Floss  under  the  bar  and  around  the  posts.   Ø Scale  any  calculus  found  with  a  titanium  curette.    Be  sure  to  dry  thoroughly  with  compressed   air  and  effectively  use  light  reflection  and  indirect  vision  during  your  assessment.   Ø Re-­‐toothbrush  polish  scaled  areas.   Ø Clean  the  dentures  as  outlined  in  the  posted  instructions  and  store  in  the  water/Crest  Pro   Health  rinse  in  the  denture  cup  until  Mrs.  Miller  has  completed  her  patient  examination.  

116  

• • •



• • • • • • • • • •

• • • • •

WORK FLOW FOR IMPLANT MAINTENANCE RECALL APPTS. Jana indicates on the schedule that the patient is present by selecting “pt checked in”. The student indicates that the pt. has been seated by right clicking on the appt. and selecting “Pt seated”. Student completes the MedHx ONLY in the EHR under the forms tab. The pt. should not sign the MedHx until after it has been reviewed by faculty. If updating an existing MedHx, use Control R to advance to each question with unchanged answers to (this enters the new date of review). Be sure to include all information on drugs being taken. Student completes the PTP template note in the EHR under the tx history tab. Select new note and select the PTP template note (continuing care) from the General Notes bundle. Be sure to select the location as Green Clinic 1/Implantology. Be sure to include the presence or absence of a chief concern in the comments on the PTP note and notify faculty if there is a potential need for a lab repair. Student enters the codes for the procedures for that appt.(i.e. D6080 for implant maintenance, D0330 for pano). The faculty approves the planned tx codes at ptp. If pano is needed, student should inform patient of the cost of this additional service. PTP is presented at chairside and faculty has the pt. sign the MedHx and approves the MedHx, the planned procedure codes, and the PTP note. Student fills out paper Radiology slip and takes patient to Radiology if a panoramic radiograph is needed. Student places any removable prostheses in the ultrasonic following the posted instructions. Student performs the Extra-Intraoral Examination (EIE) including evaluating the status of the implants, stability of the prosthesis(es), adequate closure of access holes, and the status of the health of the supporting tissues. Student records periodontal/perimplant findings and plaque on the perio chart as needed. Be sure to name the examination. Implant maintenance prophylaxis is completed (see reference laminate) and OHI delivered. Complete implant system/prosthesis adjustments as may be necessary. Perform fluoride tx for natural dentition if indicated. Student completes the clinical template note (attaching it to the procedure code). Select the Implant Maintenance procedure code (D6080) and right click; Near the top of the selection list is “add tx note”, select this option and select the Implant Maintenance note in the Implantology bundle in template notes. Student selects the procedures completed and right clicks on the procedure and indicates it as completed. When recall card appears, click on the plus sign and close the card. Faculty examines the patient; approves the note and completed procedure codes. Mrs. Miller schedules the next recall appt. Pt is checked out with Jana. Commonly used codes:

D6080

Implant Maintenance

D6078 Fixed Detachable Prosthesis D6053 Implant retained over-denture D5110 Conventional max. denture

D0330 Panoramic Film D5867 Replace Implant part

117  

PTP Pt presents as a

yr old

(ethnicity) female/male

Pt’s medical hx includes Date and nature of last visit with physician If Diabetic, has the pt. taken meds today? Yes Has pt eaten today? Yes (following pt’s normal regimen)

No No

Pt’s current meds are for

(condition)

Dental considerations with these meds are Pt’s vital signs are: BP

Resp

Pulse Pt does/does not have a chief complaint Pt’s last pano was taken Pt has no changes in address or phone / pt has changes in address or phone number.

119  

P&P  Section  XIV-­‐  WTC  CLINICAL  ROTATIONS  

WTC   CLINICAL   ROTATIONS   WEATHERFORD  SITE  CLINICAL  ROTATIONS  

CLINICAL    REQUIREMENTS   Students  will  provide  dental  hygiene  services  to  patients  during  the  fall  semester   in   clinical  rotation  sites  as   assigned.     In  each  of   these  rotations,  students  will  be  under  the   direct  supervision  of  dental,  dental  hygiene     aculty   and/or   staff.   The  Dental  Hygiene  Manual  contains  the  goals,  requirements  and  protocol  for  each   rotation  site.     Students   are  advised  to  consult  this  manual  prior  to   attending  each   rotation.     Orientation  to  the  rotations  will  be  scheduled  at  the  beginning  of  the  semester   prior  to  students'  attendance  in  the  rotation.   Student  use  of  local  anesthesia  and  nitrous  oxide  analgesia  is  prohibited until  notification   by  faculty  that   the  student  has  attained  a  passing  grade  in  the  didactic  and  clinical   exams   for   the  use  of   local  anesthesia  and   nitrous   oxide   analgesia.   •Note:   Administration  of  local  anesthesia  must  be  documented  on  the  Local   Anesthesia Report  Form  to   receive   credit.   WTC  SITE  CLINICAL  ROTATIONS   Clinic Assistant Implantology Screening & Sterilization Hope Dental Clinic Teaching Assistant

120  

CLINIC    ASSISTANT  

Ms.  Tina  Tuck,  RDH,  MHR, Site Coordinator (580) 302-4246   Ms. Marla Holt, RDH, BS, Clinical Instructor (580) 772-0294 GOALS   Apply  didactic  principles  and  clinical  skills  learned  in  Clinical  Dental  Hygiene  I  and  II  in   assisting   senior  dental  hygiene  students.   REQUIREMENTS   Attend  scheduled  senior  clinic  rotations  as  listed  on  the  Clinic  Rotation  Schedule.   Dress  in  appropriate  clinic  attire  and  bring  safety  glasses.   Assist  a  senior  dental  hygiene  student  during  the  assessment  and  treatment  of  a  patient.   (Principles of four-handed dentistry are to be followed during assisting.) Assist in care, sterilization, and disinfection of instruments and equipment. PROTOCOL Students  are  to  report  to  the  Clinical  Coordinator  and  present  a  rotation  report  form.   The  Clinical  Coordinator  will  instruct  the  student  as  to  his/her  specific  duties  for  that  clinic   session.   The dental hygiene student is expected to be present and participating as a dental team member throughout the entire clinic session.

121  

IMPLANTOLOGY   4th floor, Green Clinic Mrs. Kathy Miller, R.D.H., M.Ed Professor and Assistant Dean For Quality Assurance And Compliance, Director of Patient Relations Clinical Faculty Department of Implantology (405) 271-8001 x 34143 GOAL To provide the dental hygiene student with the opportunity to: Apply the didactic principles from Clinical Dental Hygiene to providing dental hygiene services to patients with dental implants. REQUIREMENTS Attend scheduled implantology rotations as listed on the Clinic and Rotation Schedule. Dress in appropriate clinic attire and bring your safety glasses. Specific implant instruments will be available in the clinic PROTOCOL Implantology Rotation Orientation for DH II’s ♦ Arrive at 8:30 a.m. to prepare for clinic. ♦ We are on the north side of the Green Clinic on the 4th floor. ♦ Oral hygiene products are in the red/black cabinet and in the upper cabinets. ♦ Bring your Midwest handpiece, personal safety eyewear (loupes w/light if you have them), and a watch with a second hand. ♦ Complete the PTP guide and see Mrs. Miller for PTP as you would in general clinic (follow laminated guide sheet). Have your PTP notes entered into axiUm. ♦ Radiographs are exposed and developed in Oral Radiology on the 2 floor. ♦ No dental charting; chart recall perio prn on perio chart; EIE findings are noted in the clinical notes. ♦ Follow appointment procedure guidelines on clinic laminate. ♦ Recall appointments are scheduled by Mrs. Miller at the end of the appointment. ♦ You will escort the patient to the Implantology front desk to pay for that day’s service. ♦ Be sure to complete a clinical performance assessment form (the same one you use in general clinic). ♦ A rotation form only needs to be completed if you did not provide any direct patient care. ♦ Distance students need to have parking cards validated in the Dean’s office. nd

122  

                       IMPLANT  MAINTENANCE  RECALL   Department  of  Oral  Implantology   Implant  Maintenance  Prophylaxis/Oral  Hygiene  Instructions   Complete  Denture/Fixed  Detachable   Oral  Hygiene  Products  Needed:   Ø Tapered  end  tuft  brush  (bent  under  hot  water  at  the  appropriate  angle  for  the  patient,  set   with  cold  water)   Ø 2  row  sulcus  brush   Ø Conventional  toothbrush   Ø Implant  Superfloss  -­‐  use  the  single  dose  packet  at  chairside  to  ensure  the  patient  has  the   motor  skills  to  use  this  product  and  then  dispense  a  take-­‐home  package.    This  product  is  now   available  at  Walmart.   Ø Denture  brush   Ø Toothpaste   Optional  Oral  Hygiene  Products:   Ø Proxabrush  (if  the  patient  is  unable  to  use  the  superfloss  or  merely  prefers  these  over  the   superfloss)   Ø Tongue  cleaner  (if  the  patient  is  unable  to  adequately  clean  their  tongue  with  a  toothbrush)   Prophylaxis  Instructions   Ø Place  the  maxillary  denture  in  the  ultrasonic  cleaner  following  the  posted  instructions.   Ø Intraorally,  debride  any  soft  accretions  first  by  brushing  and  flossing.       Ø Use  the  tapered  end  tuft  brush  for  the  lingual  aspect  and  the  two-­‐row  sulcus  brush  for  the   facial  aspect  of  the  base  of  the  fixed  prosthesis  and  the  posts.    Use  a  very  small  amount  of   toothpaste  and  then  rinse  the  brushes  and  re-­‐brush  with  water  only  to  remove  any   toothpaste  residue.   Ø Use  a  wet  conventional  toothbrush  to  clean  the  fixed  prosthesis  acrylic  (NO  toothpaste).   Ø Floss  all  appropriate  areas  including  underneath  the  distal  extensions.   Ø Scale  any  calculus  found  on  metal  structures  with  a  titanium  curette.    Be  sure  to  dry   thoroughly  with  compressed  air  and  effectively  use  light  reflection  and  indirect  vision  during   your  assessment.   Ø Re-­‐toothbrush  polish  scaled  areas.   Ø Clean  the  maxillary  denture  as  outlined  in  the  posted  instructions  and  store  in  the   water/Crest  Pro  Health  rinse  in  the  denture  cup  until  Mrs.  Miller  has  completed  her  patient   examination.

123  

DEPARTMENT  OF  ORAL  IMPLANTOLOGY   Implant  Maintenance  Prophylaxis/Oral  Hygiene  Instructions   Complete  Denture/Complete  Denture  with  Bar  and  Clip(s)   Oral  Hygiene  Products  Needed:     Ø Tapered  end  tuft  brush  (bent  slightly  under  hot  water  at  the  appropriate  angle  for  the   patient,  set  with  cold  water)   Ø Implant  Superfloss  -­‐  use  the  single  dose  packet  at  chairside  to  ensure  the  patient  has  the   motor  skills  to  use  this  product  and  then  dispense  a  take-­‐home  package.   Ø Denture  brush   Ø Toothpaste   Optional  Oral  Hygiene  Products:   Ø Proxabrush  (if  the  patient  is  unable  to  use  the  superfloss  or  merely  prefers  these  over  the   superfloss)   Ø Tongue  cleaner  (if  the  patient  is  unable  to  adequately  clean  their  tongue  with  a  toothbrush)   Prophylaxis  Instructions   Ø Place  both  dentures  in  the  ultrasonic  cleaner  following  the  posted  instructions.   Ø Intraorally,  debride  any  soft  accretions  first  by  brushing  and  flossing.       Ø Use  a  very  small  amount  of  toothpaste  and  then  rinse  the  brush  and  re-­‐brush  with  water  only   to  remove  any  toothpaste  residue.   Ø Floss  under  the  bar  and  around  the  posts.   Ø Scale  any  calculus  found  with  a  titanium  curette.    Be  sure  to  dry  thoroughly  with  compressed   air  and  effectively  use  light  reflection  and  indirect  vision  during  your  assessment.   Ø Re-­‐toothbrush  polish  scaled  areas.   Ø Clean  the  dentures  as  outlined  in  the  posted  instructions  and  store  in  the  water/Crest  Pro   Health  rinse  in  the  denture  cup  until  Mrs.  Miller  has  completed  her  patient  examination.  

124  

• • •



• • • • • • • • • •

• • • • •

WORK FLOW FOR IMPLANT MAINTENANCE RECALL APPTS. Jana indicates on the schedule that the patient is present by selecting “pt checked in”. The student indicates that the pt. has been seated by right clicking on the appt. and selecting “Pt seated”. Student completes the MedHx ONLY in the EHR under the forms tab. The pt. should not sign the MedHx until after it has been reviewed by faculty. If updating an existing MedHx, use Control R to advance to each question with unchanged answers to (this enters the new date of review). Be sure to include all information on drugs being taken. Student completes the PTP template note in the EHR under the tx history tab. Select new note and select the PTP template note (continuing care) from the General Notes bundle. Be sure to select the location as Green Clinic 1/Implantology. Be sure to include the presence or absence of a chief concern in the comments on the PTP note and notify faculty if there is a potential need for a lab repair. Student enters the codes for the procedures for that appt.(i.e. D6080 for implant maintenance, D0330 for pano). The faculty approves the planned tx codes at ptp. If pano is needed, student should inform patient of the cost of this additional service. PTP is presented at chairside and faculty has the pt. sign the MedHx and approves the MedHx, the planned procedure codes, and the PTP note. Student fills out paper Radiology slip and takes patient to Radiology if a panoramic radiograph is needed. Student places any removable prostheses in the ultrasonic following the posted instructions. Student performs the Extra-Intraoral Examination (EIE) including evaluating the status of the implants, stability of the prosthesis(es), adequate closure of access holes, and the status of the health of the supporting tissues. Student records periodontal/perimplant findings and plaque on the perio chart as needed. Be sure to name the examination. Implant maintenance prophylaxis is completed (see reference laminate) and OHI delivered. Complete implant system/prosthesis adjustments as may be necessary. Perform fluoride tx for natural dentition if indicated. Student completes the clinical template note (attaching it to the procedure code). Select the Implant Maintenance procedure code (D6080) and right click; Near the top of the selection list is “add tx note”, select this option and select the Implant Maintenance note in the Implantology bundle in template notes. Student selects the procedures completed and right clicks on the procedure and indicates it as completed. When recall card appears, click on the plus sign and close the card. Faculty examines the patient; approves the note and completed procedure codes. Mrs. Miller schedules the next recall appt. Pt is checked out with Jana. Commonly used codes:

D6080

Implant Maintenance

D6078 Fixed Detachable Prosthesis D6053 Implant retained over-denture D5110 Conventional max. denture

D0330 Panoramic Film D5867 Replace Implant part

125  

PTP Pt presents as a

yr old

(ethnicity) female/male

Pt’s medical hx includes Date and nature of last visit with physician If Diabetic, has the pt. taken meds today? Yes Has pt eaten today? Yes (following pt’s normal regimen)

No No

Pt’s current meds are for

(condition)

Dental considerations with these meds are Pt’s vital signs are: BP

Resp

Pulse Pt does/does not have a chief complaint Pt’s last pano was taken Pt has no changes in address or phone / pt has changes in address or phone number.  

126  

STERILIZATION/SCREENING   Ms. Tina Tuck, RDH, MHR, Site Coordinator (580) 302-4246 Ms. Marla Holt, RDH, BS, Clinical Instructor (580) 772-0294   GOAL To provide dental hygiene students with: 1) the opportunity to experience sterilization and maintenance of the dental clinic and 2) become proficient in screening patients for dental hygiene treatment.   REQUIREMENTS/DUTIES Dispensing instruments and supplies to dental hygiene student’s prn.   Perform necessary steps for sterilization of instruments in the sterilization area of the WTC clinic. Included are: instruments in the “red” cabinet, running the ultrasonic and autoclave prn.   Restock or dispense materials/supplies in the clinic prn.   Screen dental hygiene patients as appointed, following the same protocol as for the “Screening” rotation. (Set up and properly clean/shut-down the dental cubical used for screening patients)   Properly sterilize, disinfect, and sanitize equipment, instruments and counters.   PROTOCOL   Wear appropriate barrier equipment when handling contaminated, caustic or otherwise dangerous substances or materials. These materials will be labeled.   Students assigned to be the sterilization/screener for the clinic session should report to the clinic 30 minutes prior to the clinic session and should remain on duty until the close of the clinic period to ensure that all “end of clinic” duties have been completed.   “Beginning of Clinic” duties include but are not limited to: turning on all of the equipment, turning on the computers in radiology, filling and running the statim or autoclave with any bagged instruments left to be sterilized.   “End of Clinic” duties include turning off all electrical devices (ultrasonic scalers, dental units, lights, suction, N2O units, etc.)   See Central Sterilization Rotation Check List in the WTC Dental Clinic.   Assisting fellow students is encouraged if patients are not scheduled for screenings  

127  

WESTERN   OKLAHOMA   FAMILY   CARE   CENTER   HOPE  CLINIC   Ms. Tina Tuck, RDH, MHR, Site Coordinator (580) 302-4246 Ms. Marla Holt, RDH, BS, Clinical Instructor (580) 772-0294  

GOAL   To provide the students with an opportunity to: Provide preventive dental services to patients in a public health setting. Experience a clinic setting similar to private practice dental settings. Learn public health dentistry procedures as they relate to medically compromised patients, children, and elderly patients. REQUIREMENTS Attend  scheduled  rotations  as  listed  on  the  clinic  rotation  schedule.   Dress  in  appropriate  clinic  attire  and  bring  your  safety  glasses.   Bring  instrument  cassettes,  sterilization  bags,  pens,  assessment  and  rotation  report   forms,   drug  reference  book,  and  appointment  book  with  the  rotations  list.   Be  respectful  of  the  employees,  hygienists  and  dentists  at  the  Hope  Clinic.   Maintain  proper  asepsis   protocol   throughout   the   rotation.   PROCEDURES   Obtain  the  patient  chart,  review  the  most  recent  health  history  and  medications  list.   Assess  vitals  for  the  patient  according  to  OUCOD  clinic  guidelines.   Review  recent  dental   visit   forms  in  the  patient   chart  to  determine  if  the  patient  is  a   candidate   for   radiographs  and  to  verify  the  treatment  recommended  by  the  clinic   dentist.   Obtain  PTP  following  the  protocol  for  the  OUCOD  clinic.   Assessment  will  be  completed  using  the  OUCOD  assessment  forms.   Oral  Hygiene  Instructions  should  be  performed  prior to beginning  scaling  at  each   appointment.   Students  should  not  expect  to  complete  a  quadrant  or  a  patient  on  each  rotation.  

128  

TEACHING   ASSISTANT   in   JUNIOR   CLINIC   Ms. Tina Tuck, RDH, MHR, Site Coordinator (580) 302-4246 Ms. Marla Holt, RDH, BS, Clinical Instructor (580) 772-0294  

GOAL   To  provide  the  student  with  the  opportunity  to  apply  the  didactic  principles  and   clinical   skills  learned  in  Clinical  Dental  Hygiene  I,  II,  III,  and  IV  in  assisting  and   mentoring  junior   dental  hygiene  students.   REQUIREMENTS   Review  all  class/lab/clinic  material(s)  prior  to  attending  the  rotation.  Attend  DH-­‐I  &  DH-­‐II   lectures,  as  instructed  to   do  so  by  faculty.   Attend  scheduled  junior  clinic  rotations  (see  ‘Clinic  Rotation  Schedule’).  Dress  in  appropriate   clinic  attire  and  bring  safety  glasses.   Write  a  summary  of  the  clinic  experience  and  upload  to  D2L  at  the  end  of  the  day.   DUTIES:   Fall   Assist  and  mentor  DH  I  students  in  lab  and  clinical  exercises  Assist  clinical  faculty  as   requested   Spring   Check  instrument  sharpening  at  the  beginning  of  each  clinic  session.   Assist  and  mentor  radiographic  technique   Assist  and  mentor  DH  I  student  in  organization  and  treatment  sequencing  (DH  II  student  is   not allowed  to  record  probing   depths  or  hard  tissue  until  notification  by  faculty)   Assist  clinical  faculty  upon  request  by:   • • • •

evaluating  work-­‐ups  and  documenting  results  on  evaluation  form. evaluating  polishing  and  documenting  results  on  evaluation  form. providing  instrumentation  technique  feedback  and  documenting  prn providing  individualized  mentoring  at  chairside  for   students

Dental  hygiene  faculty  must co-­‐sign  all  record  documentation  entries   This  rotation  is  for  the  duration  of  the  academic  year  (fall  and  spring  semesters)   Write  a  one-­‐page  reflection  regarding  your  clinical  experience  as  a  TA,  including   thoughts  on  professionalism,  instrumentation,  time  management,  patient   communication,  and  clinician  preparedness.  Please  do  not  include  the  names  of  the   students  you  were  assisting.    Place  reflection  in  dropbox  on  D2L  by  Friday  of  the   same  week  you  experienced  this  opportunity.  

129  

Clinical  Operations   DH  I  Competencies  &  Clinical  Evaluation  Forms  

130  

_________________________Student  

 Start  time:_________________  

DISINFECTION  AND  SET-­‐UP  OF  THE  DENTAL  UNIT  AREA   TASK  COMPONENTS/PROCEDURES        EVAL   Obtain  supplies  (protective  eyewear  &  bib  clip)  from  student  supply  box.    Place  on  paper  towel.   2   Perform  short  scrub  (15  seconds)-­‐  gather  PPE  (excluding  isolation  gown)  &  cup  to  flush  evacuation  system   2   Put  on  mask  and  glasses.    Perform  thorough  scrub,  lathering  once  and  rinsing  in  40-­‐60  seconds   2   Put  on  gloves  and  overgloves;  position  patient,  operator  and  assistant  chairs,  light  (position  light  pole  to   2   opposite  side  of  operator),  carts,  &  rheostat   Fill  water  bottle  with  properly  treated  water  (DO  NOT  touch  tubing  when  reattaching  water  bottle  to  unit)   2   Flush  evacuation  system  for  2  minutes  (cup  in  sink  with  running  water)    -­‐Does  not  include  HVE*  (*unless   you  plan  to  utilize  the  HVE)     2   Flush  water  lines  for  30  seconds   2   Remove  overgloves  and  discard  into  round  opening  next  to  sink   2   PRECLEAN      Wipe  -­‐  Discard  -­‐  Wipe                Repeat  PRECLEAN  procedure  to  DISINFECT   Dental  light  switch  and  handles   3   Operators  and  assistant’s  levers   3   Discard  disinfecting  towelette   2   Dental  chair,  operator's  and  assistant's  stools  (soap  &  water)   3   Discard  paper  towel   2   Bracket  table  and  accessories  (A/W  syringe,  connectors,  holders  and  hoses)   3   Discard  disinfecting  towelette   2   Assistant's  cart,  swivel  arm  and  accessories  (A/W  syringe,  connectors,  holders  and  hoses)   3   Discard  disinfecting  towelette   2   Use  disinfecting  towelette  to  wipe  paper  towel  dispenser,  soap  dispenser,  faucet  handle,  countertops  &  sink   3   rim   Discard  disinfecting  towelette;    Remove  gloves,  discard  into  round  opening  next  to  sink   2   Wash  hands  -­‐  gather  supplies  (including  isolation  gown)   3   Cover  chair  back  and  place  barrier  film  on  switches,  controls/levers,  and  arm  rests—includes  the  hydraulic   3   lever     Cover  bracket  table  and  assistant’s  cart  with  dental  bibs;  place  instrument  cassette  on  bracket  table   (Retain  bag  for  instrument  return  to  central  sterilization  area)   3   Insert  saliva  ejector  and  A/W  syringe  tip;  cover  with  plastic  sleeves   3   Hang  white  bag  from  unit;  Tape  overgloves  to  unit  below  bracket  table/tray;  place  isolation  gown  on   countertop   2   Barrier  computer  monitor/keyboard/mouse   2   VERBALIZE  BREAKDOWN  PROCEDURE    (Following  Patient  Tx  and  Patient  Dismissal)   Reglove,  remask,  and  put  on  protective  eyewear   3   Close  instrument  cassette  securely;  place  in  retained  autoclave  bag  or  inverted  headrest  cover  for  transport   to  central  sterilization  area   3   Place  contaminated  disposables  in  white  bag;  place  bag  into       general  trash  receptacle/container  (and/or  regulated  trash  placed  into  a  designated  biohazard   3   container)    Remove  contaminated  gloves  into  trash  container,  wash  hands  and  dry  thoroughly.     Reglove   3   Disinfect  unit  using  modified  wipe-­‐discard-­‐wipe  technique.   3   Flush  water  and  evacuation  lines  for  30  seconds   3   Return  equipment  to  its  original  position;  rheostat  on  dental  chair  (on  paper  towel)   2   Remove  protective  eye  wear  and  disinfect  (operator  and  patient);  remove  mask   3   Remove  gloves  into  round  opening  next  to  sink   3   Wash  hands  and  dry  thoroughly   3   OTHER   *Maintains  asepsis 3   Thoroughness  of  disinfection  process   2   Leaves  surface  area  wet  after  disinfection  process   2   Performed  in  appropriate  time  frame  (20  minutes)   2   *Failure to maintain asepsis in any manner 131   will result in an automatic failure of this competency.

       Rev.  5/15  

_________________________Student  

 Start  time:_________________  

Professional  appearance/Clinical  Dress  Code  Compliance   Instructor:  

2   100  

*Failure to maintain asepsis in any manner will result in an automatic failure of this competency.

       Rev.  5/15  

132  

Student___________________________________  

MOUTH  MIRROR   Process  Competency  Examination   STUDENT  MUST  UTILIZE  NON-­‐DOMINANT  HAND  TO  HOLD  MIRROR   TASK  COMPONENTS   MIRROR  TECHNIQUE   Demonstrates  (using  NON-­‐DOMINANT  hand)  and  explains  uses   of  mouth  mirror:   a. Illumination b. Transillumination c. Retraction d. Indirect  Vision Thumb  and  index  finger  pads  positioned  opposite  one  another  on   handle;  fingers  not  touching  or  overlapping   Index  finger  and  thumb  near  handle/shank  junction   Upper  inside  corner  of  middle  finger  rests  lightly  on  shank;   touches  the  ring  finger   Fulcrum  appropriate  for  area   Light  position  appropriate  for  area   Provides  for  patient  comfort  with  insertion  and  placement  of   mirror   Pt/Op  position  appropriate  for  area   Recognizes  tooth  number   *Maintains  asepsis INSTRUCTOR:  

AREA  

EVAL  

8   8   8   8   7   7   7   7   7   7   8   8   10   100  

COMMENTS:  

*Failure  to  maintain  asepsis  in  any  manner  will  result  in  an  automatic  failure  of  this  competency. Rev.  5/15  

Rev.  5/15  

133  

Student___________________________________  

11/12  &  SHEPHERD’S  HOOK  EXPLORERS   Process  Competency  Examination  

TASK  COMPONENTS   OPERATOR  POSITIONING   Correct  height  of  operator's  stool   Back  in  neutral  position   Wrist  in  neutral  position   Correct  seating  area  for  instrumentation  (Clock  positions)   PATIENT  POSITIONING   Back  of  patient  chair  adjusted  for  appropriate  arch   Height  of  patient  chair  adjusted  to  level  of  operator's  elbow   Patient's  head  adjusted  for  treatment  area  (ex.  toward/away,  chin-­‐up  /  down)   Light  positioned  appropriately  for  treatment  area   MOUTH  MIRROR     Appropriate  for  area  (retracts  when  appropriate,  indirect  vision  when  appropriate)   GRASP   Thumb  and  index  finger  pads  positioned  opposite  one  another  on  handle;  fingers  not   touching  or  overlapped   Index  finger  and  thumb  near  handle/shank  junction  with  thumb  flexed  outward   Upper  inside  corner  of  middle  finger  rests  lightly  on  shank   Handle  rests  between  second  and  third  knuckle  of  index  finger   All  fingers  contact  instrument  as  unit  (NO  “SPLITTING”)  using  a  stacked  fulcrum   Grasp  is  relaxed  but  secure  (no  blanching  of  fingers)   FULCRUM   Tip  of  ring  finger  standing  as  tall  as  possible   Fulcrum  on  incisal/occlusal  surface  or  embrasure   As  close  as  possible  to  instrumentation  area  (1-­‐2  teeth  away)   Appropriate  palm  direction   ADAPTATION,  INSERTION   Correct  working  end  chosen   Point  of  insertion  appropriate   Adapts  1-­‐2  mm  of  tip  to  tooth   ACTIVATION/STROKE   Activates  with  appropriate  wrist-­‐forearm  motion   Pivots  stroke  from  fulcrum   Rolls  instrument  in  fingers  around  line  angles   Appropriate  stroke  direction  (oblique  on  facial    and  lingual;  vertical  into  proximal)   Light,  exploratory  stroke  pressure   Slow,  feeling  stroke  speed   OTHER   Recognizes  tooth  number   *Maintains    asepsis SHEPHERD’S  HOOK  EXPLORER   Demonstrates  vertical  stroke  with  appropriate  pressure  into  occlusal  surface   COMMENTS/INSTRUCTOR  INITIALS  

AREA    

AREA  

*Failure  to  maintain  asepsis  in  any  manner  will  result  in  an  automatic  failure  of  this  competency.

Rev.  5/15  

134  

EVAL   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   10   100  

_________________Student  

EXTRA/INTRA  ORAL  EXAM   Process  Competency  Examination   TASK  COMPONENTS   PREPARATION   Assembles  correct  armamentarium   Patient  seated  upright  in  dental  chair   Removes  glasses  of  patient   Operator  standing   SEQUENCE  OF  EXTRA  ORAL  EXAM   Uses  appropriate  technique,  pressure,  stroke  while  palpating  the  following:  

Size   Color                              Location   Shape                          Symptoms   Lesion                              Duration   Consistency   Surface  texture   EVAL   2   2   2   2  

Visual  assessment  of  patient  looking  for  anomalies  of  head  and  neck  area   3   Frontal  and  supraorbital  region   3   Infraorbital  and  zygomatic  process  region   3   Maxillary  sinus  region   3   Mandible  and  parotid  gland  region   3   Temporal  region  (pre-­‐auricular)   3   TMJ  and  masseter   3   Submental,  submandibular  and  sublingual  regions   3   Trachea  and  thyroid   3   Sternocleidomastoid  muscle  (Anterior  cervical  lymph  chain)   3   Supraclavicular  region   3   Trapezius  muscle  and  occipital  region  (Posterior  cervical  node  chain)   3   Back  and  lateral  portions  of  neck  posterior  to  Sternocleidomastoid  muscle   3   SEQUENCE  OF  INTRA  ORAL  EXAM   Uses  appropriate  technique,  pressure,  stroke  while  palpating  and/or  evaluating  the   following:   Visual  assessment  of  lips  and  commissures   3   Labial  mucosa   3   Buccal  mucosa   3   Vestibule  and  frenulas   3   Floor  of  mouth   3   Tongue   3   Hard  and  soft  palate   3   Uvula,  tonsillar  pillars,  oropharynx   3   Alveolar  mucosa   3   Edentulous  gingiva  if  indicated   2   Assess  salivary  flow  by  stimulating  Stenson’s  Duct   3   GINGIVAL  ASSESSMENT  (VERBALIZE  TO  FACULTY)   Color   3   Form   3   Density   3   OTHER   Utilizes  ‘SCSCMLSD’  to  describe  intra/extra  oral  findings   2   Utilizes  mirror  where  appropriate   2   Correct  pt/op  positioning  for  area   2   Light  placement  appropriate  for  area   2   Describes  self-­‐exam  techniques  to  patient   2   *Maintains  asepsis 2   INSTRUCTOR:   100   COMMENTS:     *Failure  to  maintain  asepsis  in  any  manner  will  result  in  an  automatic  failure  of  this  competency. Rev.  5/15  

Rev.  5/15  

135  

Student_________________________________  

PERIODONTAL  PROBE  

Process  Competency  Examination   TASK  COMPONENTS   OPERATOR  POSITIONING   Correct  height  of  operator's  stool   Back  in  neutral  position   Wrist  in  neutral  position   PATIENT  POSITIONING   Back  of  patient  chair  adjusted  for  appropriate  arch   Height  of  patient  chair  adjusted  to  level  of  operator's  elbow   Patient's  head  adjusted  for  treatment  area   Light  positioned  appropriately  for  treatment  area   MOUTH  MIRROR   Appropriate  for  area  (retracts  when  appropriate,  indirect  vision   when  appropriate)   GRASP   Thumb  and  index  finger  pads  positioned  opposite  one  another  on   handle;  fingers  not  touching  or  overlapping   Index  finger  and  thumb  near  handle/shank  junction  with  thumb   flexed  outward   Upper  inside  corner  of  middle  finger  rests  lightly  on  shank   Handle  rests  between  second  and  third  knuckle  of  index  finger   All  fingers  contact  as  a  unit  (NO  “SPLITTING)  using  a  stacked   fulcrum   Grasp  is  secure  and  relaxed  (no  blanching  of  fingers)   FULCRUM   Tip  of  ring    finger  standing  as  tall  as  possible   Fulcrum  on  incisal/occlusal  edge  or  embrasure   As  close  as  possible  to  instrumentation  area   Appropriate  palm  direction   ADAPTATION/INSERTION   Initial  insertion  at  line  angle   Tip  remains  in  contact  with  tooth  surface   Maintains  parallelism  to  long  axis  of  tooth/root  morphology   Insertion  to  junctional  epithelium   ACTIVATION/STROKE   Activates  with  left  to  right  wrist/forearm  motion   Pivots  stroke  from  fulcrum  to  maintain  parallelism   Controlled  stroke  remaining  in  sulcus   Vertical  stroke  direction   Walking,  short  stroke  covers  circumference  of  tooth   Walks  to  proximal  contact   Maintains  contact  with  tooth  while  readjusting  angulation  to  enter   col   Light  pressure  against  junctional  epithelium   OTHER   *Maintains  asepsis Recognizes  tooth  number   INSTRUCTOR:  

EVAL   4   4   4   3   3   3   3   3  

3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   4   3   100  

COMMENTS:   *Failure  to  maintain  asepsis  in  any  manner  will  result  in  an  automatic  failure  of  this  competency.

Rev.  5/15  

136  

Student______________________________  

SICKLE  SCALERS   Process  Competency  Examination   TASK  COMPONENTS   OPERATOR  POSITIONING   Correct  height  of  operator's  stool   Back  in  neutral  position   Wrist  in  neutral  position   Correct  seating  area  for  instrumentation  (Clock  positions)   PATIENT  POSITIONING   Back  of  patient  chair  adjusted  for  appropriate  arch   Height  of  patient  chair  adjusted  to  level  of  operator's  elbow   Patient's  head  adjusted  for  treatment  area   Light  positioned  appropriately  for  treatment  area   MOUTH  MIRROR   Appropriate  for  area  (retracts  when  appropriate,  indirect  when   appropriate)    GRASP   Thumb  and  index  finger  pads  positioned  opposite  one  another  on  handle;   fingers  not  touching  or  overlapped   Index  finger  and  thumb  near  handle/shank  junction  with  thumb   flexed  outward   Upper  inside  corner  of  middle  finger  rests  lightly  on  shank   Handle  rests  between  second  and  third  knuckle  of  index  finger   All  fingers  contact  as  a  unit  (NO  “SPLITTING”)  using  a  stacked  fulcrum   FULCRUM   Tip  of  ring  finger  standing  as  tall  as  possible   Fulcrum  on  incisal/occlusal  edge  or  embrasure   As  close  as  possible  to  instrumentation  area   Appropriate  palm  direction   ADAPTATION   Correct  working  end  chosen   Adapts  terminal  2  mm  of  working  end   Establishes  working  angulation  of  70-­‐80  degrees   Tip  directed  appropriately   Uses  overlapping  strokes   ACTIVATION/STROKE   Activates  with  left  to  right  wrist/forearm  motion   Pivots  stroke  from  fulcrum   Rolls  instrument  in  fingers  around  line  angles   Appropriate  stroke  direction   Covers  circumference  of  tooth  by  channel  scaling   Short,  controlled  stroke  (2-­‐3mm  in  length)   Appropriate  speed   OTHER   Recognizes  tooth  number   *Maintains  asepsis INSTRUCTOR:  

Anterior   Posterior  

EVAL   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3  

3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   4   6   100  

COMMENTS:   *Failure  to  maintain  asepsis  in  any  manner  will  result  in  an  automatic  failure  of  this  competency.

Rev.  5/15  

137  

Student____________________________________  

BARNHART  5/6  

Process  Competency  Examination    TASK  COMPONENTS   OPERATOR  POSITIONING   Correct  height  of  operator's  stool   Back  in  neutral  position   Wrist  in  neutral  position   Correct  seating  area  for  instrumentation  (Clock  positions)   PATIENT  POSITIONING   Back  of  patient  chair  adjusted  for  appropriate  arch   Height  of  patient  chair  adjusted  to  level  of  operator's  elbow   Patient's  head  adjusted  for  treatment  area   Light  positioned  appropriately  for  treatment  area   MOUTH  MIRROR   Appropriate  for  area  (retracts  when  appropriate,  indirect  when   appropriate)   GRASP   Thumb  and  index  finger  pads  positioned  opposite  one  another  on   handle;  fingers  not  touching  or  overlapping   Index  finger  and  thumb  near  handle/shank  junction  with  thumb   flexed  outward   Upper  inside  corner  of  middle  finger  rests  lightly  on  shank   Handle  rests  between  second  and  third  knuckle  of  index  finger   All  fingers  contact  as  a  unit  (NO  SPLITTING)  using  a  stacked  fulcrum   FULCRUM   Tip  of  ring  finger  standing  as  tall  as  possible   Fulcrum  on  incisal/occlusal  edge  or  embrasure   As  close  as  possible  to  instrumentation  area   Appropriate  palm  direction   ADAPTATION/INSERTION   Correct  working  end  chosen   Adapts  terminal  1-­‐2  mm  of  working  end   Point  of  insertion  appropriate   Inserts  as  close  to  0-­‐degrees  angulation  as  possible  (terminal  shank   tipped  toward  the  midline  of  tooth)   Demonstrates  insertion  into  col  (half-­‐way  facial  to  lingual)   Establishes  working  angulation  of  70-­‐80  degrees   ACTIVATION/STROKE  (DEMONSTRATED  SUPRAGINGIVALLY)   Activates  with  appropriate  wrist/forearm  motion   Pivots  stroke  from  fulcrum   Rolls  instrument  in  fingers  around  line  angles   Appropriate  stroke  direction   Covers  circumference  of  tooth  by  channel  scaling   Toe  directed  obliquely  toward  junctional  epithelium   Short,  controlled  strokes   Appropriate  speed   OTHER   Recognizes  tooth  number   *Maintains  asepsis INSTRUCTOR:   Comments:  

AREA  1   AREA  2   PTS.  

EVAL  

3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3  

3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   2   2   100  

*Failure to maintain asepsis in any manner will result in an automatic failure of this competency. Rev. 5/15

Rev.  5/15  

138  

__________________Student  

GRACEY  1/2   Process  Competency  Examination                                    TASK  COMPONENTS   OPERATOR  POSITIONING   Correct  height  of  operator's  stool   Back  in  neutral  position   Wrist  in  neutral  position    Correct  seating  area  for  instrumentation  (Clock  positions)   PATIENT  POSITIONING   Back  of  patient  chair  adjusted  for  appropriate  arch   Height  of  patient  chair  adjusted  to  level  of  operator's  elbow   Patient's  head  adjusted  for  treatment  area   Light  positioned  appropriately  for  treatment  area   MOUTH  MIRROR   Appropriate  for  area  (retracts  when  appropriate,  indirect  when  appropriate)      GRASP   Thumb  and  index  finger  pads  positioned  opposite  one  another  on  handle;   fingers  not  touching  or  overlapping   Index  finger  and  thumb  near  handle/shank  junction  with  thumb   flexed  outward   Upper  inside  corner  of  middle  finger  rests  lightly  on  shank   Handle  rests  between  second  and  third  knuckle  of  index  finger   All  fingers  contact  as  a  unit  (NO  “SPLITTING”)  using  a  stacked  fulcrum   FULCRUM   Tip  of  ring  finger  standing  as  tall  as  possible   Fulcrum  on  incisal/occlusal  edge  or  embrasure   As  close  as  possible  to  instrumentation  area   Appropriate  palm  direction   ADAPTATION/VERBALIZATION  OF  INSERTION   Correct  working  end  chosen   Point  of  insertion  appropriate  (overlaps  midline)   Adapts  terminal  1-­‐2  mm  of  working  end   Verbalizes  insertion  (slight  closure  of  instrument  face  to  tooth)   Establishes  working  angulation  of  60-­‐70  degrees  (demonstrate  supra)   ACTIVATION/STROKE   Activates  with  appropriate    wrist/forearm  motion   Pivots  stroke  from  fulcrum   Rolls  instrument  in  fingers  around  line  angles   Appropriate  stroke  direction   Covers  circumference  of  tooth  by  channel  scaling   Toe  directed  obliquely  toward  junctional  epithelium   Short,  controlled  stroke   Appropriate  speed   OTHER   Recognizes  tooth  number   *Maintains  asepsis INSTRUCTOR:   COMMENTS:  

AREA  1   AREA  2  

PTS   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   4   100  

*Failure  to  maintain  asepsis  in  any  manner  will  result  in  an  automatic  failure  of  this  competency. Rev.  5/15  

Rev.  5/15  

139  

EVAL  

__________________Student  

GRACEY  11/12

Process  Competency  Examination   TASK  COMPONENTS  

AREA  1   AREA  2  

OPERATOR  POSITIONING    Correct  height  of  operator's  stool   Back  in  neutral  position   Wrist  in  neutral  position   Correct  seating  area  for  instrumentation  (Clock  positions)   PATIENT  POSITIONING   Back  of  patient  chair  adjusted  for  appropriate  arch   Height  of  patient  chair  adjusted  to  level  of  operator's  elbow   Patient's  head  adjusted  for  treatment  area   Light  positioned  appropriately  for  treatment  area   MOUTH  MIRROR   Appropriate  for  area  (retracts  when  appropriate,  indirect  when  appropriate)   GRASP   Thumb  and  index  finger  pads  positioned  opposite  one  another  on  handle;   fingers  not  touching  or  overlapped   Index  finger  and  thumb  near  handle/shank  junction  with  thumb   flexed  outward   Upper  inside  corner  of  middle  finger  rests  lightly  on  shank   Handle  rests  between  second  and  third  knuckle  of  index  finger   All  fingers  contact  as  a  unit  (NO  “SPLITTING)  using  a  stacked  fulcrum   FULCRUM   Tip  of  ring  finger  standing  as  tall  as  possible   Fulcrum  on  incisal/occlusal  edge  or  embrasure   As  close  as  possible  to  instrumentation  area   Appropriate  palm  direction   ADAPTATION/VERBALIZATION  OF  INSERTION   Correct  working  end  chosen   Point  of  insertion  appropriate  (distal  line  angle)   Adapts  terminal  2  mm  of  working  end   Verbalizes  insertion  (slight  closure  of  instrument  face  to  tooth)   Establishes  working  angulation  of  60-­‐70  degrees  (demonstrate  supra)   ACTIVATION/STROKE  (DEMONSTRATED  SUPRAGINGIVALLY)   Activates  with  appropriate    wrist/forearm  motion   Pivots  stroke  from  fulcrum   Rolls  instrument  in  fingers  around  line  angles   Appropriate  stroke  direction   Covers  facial  to  mesial  tooth  surface  by  channel  scaling   Toe  directed  obliquely  toward  junctional  epithelium   Short,  controlled  stroke   Appropriate  speed   OTHER   Recognizes  tooth  number   *Maintains  asepsis INSTRUCTOR:   COMMENTS:  

EVAL   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   4   100  

*Failure  to  maintain  asepsis  in  any  manner  will  result  in  an  automatic  failure  of  this  competency. Rev.  5/15

Rev.  5/15  

140  

_________________Student  

GRACEY  13/14  

Process  Competency  Examination   TASK  COMPONENTS   OPERATOR  POSITIONING   Correct  height  of  operator's  stool   Back  in  neutral  position   Wrist  in  neutral  position   Correct  seating  area  for  instrumentation  (Clock  positions)   PATIENT  POSITIONING   Back  of  patient  chair  adjusted  for  appropriate  arch   Height  of  patient  chair  adjusted  to  level  of  operator's  elbow   Patient's  head  adjusted  for  treatment  area   Light  positioned  appropriately  for  treatment  area   MOUTH  MIRROR   Appropriate  for  area  (retracts  when  appropriate,  indirect  when  appropriate)   GRASP   Thumb  and  index  finger  pads  positioned  opposite  one  another  on  handle;   fingers  not  touching  or  overlapped   Index  finger  and  thumb  near  handle/shank  junction  with  thumb   flexed  outward   Upper  inside  corner  of  middle  finger  rests  lightly  on  shank   Handle  rests  between  second  and  third  knuckle  of  index  finger   All  fingers  contact  as  a  unit  (NO  “SPLITTING”)  using  a  stacked  fulcrum   FULCRUM   Tip  of  ring  finger  standing  as  tall  as  possible  (handle  parallel  w/long  axis  of   tooth)   Fulcrum  on  incisal/occlusal  edge  or  embrasure   As  close  as  possible  to  instrumentation  area   Appropriate  palm  direction   ADAPTATION/DEMONSTRATION  OF  INSERTION   Correct  working  end  chosen   Point  of  insertion  appropriate  (distal  line  angle)   Adapts  terminal  1-­‐2  mm  of  working  end   Demonstrates  insertion  (slight  closure  of  instrument  face  to  tooth)   Establishes  working  angulation  of  60-­‐70  degrees  (demonstrate  supra)   ACTIVATION/STROKE  (DEMONSTRATED  SUPRAGINGIVALLY)   Activates  with  appropriate    wrist/forearm  motion   Pivots  stroke  from  fulcrum   Rolls  instrument  in  fingers  around  line  angles   Appropriate  stroke  direction   Covers  distal  tooth  surface  by  channel  scaling   Toe  directed  obliquely  toward  junctional  epithelium   Short,  controlled  stroke   Appropriate  speed   OTHER   Recognizes  tooth  number   *Maintains  asepsis INSTRUCTOR:  

AREA  1  

AREA  2  

COMMENTS:   *Failure  to  maintain  asepsis  in  any  manner  will  result  in  an  automatic  failure  of  this  competency.

Rev.  5/15  

141  

EVAL   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   4   100  

Student________________________________  

PROPHY  CUP  POLISHING   Process  Competency  Examination   TASK  COMPONENTS   OPERATOR  POSITIONING   Correct  height  of  operator's  stool   Back  in  neutral  position   Wrist  in  neutral  position   Correct  seating  area  for  instrumentation   PATIENT  POSITIONING   Back  of  patient  chair  adjusted  for  appropriate  arch   Height  of  patient  chair  adjusted  to  level  of  operator's  elbow   Patient's  head  adjusted  for  treatment  area   Light  positioned  appropriately  for  treatment  area   MOUTH  MIRROR   Appropriate  for  area  (retracts  when  appropriate,  indirect  when   appropriate)   GRASP   Uses  modified  pen  grasp   Holds  as  near  working  end  as  possible   FULCRUM   Appropriate  for  working  area  (intraoral  when  appropriate  and   extraoral  when  appropriate)   ADAPTATION/INSERTION   Angles  prophy  cup  to  flare  apical  half   Appropriate  cup  direction   Turns  handpiece  to  adapt  to  proximal  surface-­‐  wraps  around  line   angles   Places  cup  near  or  slightly  below  gingival  margin   ACTIVATION/STROKE   Begins  stroke  at  distal/mesial  cervical  margin   Uses  intermittent,  overlapping  strokes   Strokes  across  facial  and  lingual  covering  entire  surface  into   proximal   Pivots  stroke  from  fulcrum   Uses  light  but  secure/controlled  stroke   Covers  occlusal  surface  with  brush   Slow,  even  speed  with  handpiece   OTHER   Flosses,  rinses  and  evacuates  patient’s  mouth   Recognizes  tooth  number   *Maintains  asepsis INSTRUCTOR:  

AREA  1   AREA  2  

PTS     4   4   4   4   4   4   4   4   4  

4   4   4  

4   4   4   4   4   4   4   4   4   3   4   3   3   3   100  

COMMENTS:  

*Failure  to  maintain  asepsis  in  any  manner  will  result  in  an  automatic  failure  of  this  competency.

Rev. 5/15

Rev.  5/15  

142  

EVAL  

Student________________________________  

               SCORE   SEALANT  APPLICATION  ASSESSMENT  

PROCEDURE  

TOTAL   POSSIBLE   POINTS  

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

No  prior  fluoride  treatment Utilizes  correct  cleaning  method  on  tooth Successfully  isolates  and  dries  tooth Etches  tooth  for  correct  time  according  to  product  information Thoroughly  rinses  etchant  from  tooth  according  to  product information 6. Dries  tooth  until  “chalky” 7. Ultradent  Light  Cure:    PrimaDry  5  seconds  and  air  dries 8. Sealant  material  placed  correctly 9. Curing  time  and  technique  appropriate  for  product 10. Light  cure:    Uses  safety  shield  and  colored  eyewear  for  patient 11. Checks  for  voids  while  isolated/  reseals  prn 12. Maintains  dry  field 13. Uses  explorer  to  test  retention/  margins 14. Uses  floss  to  check  interproximals 15. Sealant  not  over-­‐/underfilled 16. Sealant  covers  all  pits  and  fissures 17. Sealant  has  smooth  margins 18. Removes  non-­‐polymerized  surface 19. Checks  occlusion 20.    *Maintains  asepsis   INSTRUCTOR:  

5   5   5   5   5   5   5   5   5   5   5   5   5   5   5   5   5   5   5   5   100  

COMMENTS:

STUDENT  SELF  –  ASSESSMENT:  

*Failure  to  maintain  asepsis  in  any  manner  will  result  in  an  automatic  failure  of  this  competency. Rev.  5/15  

Rev.  5/15  

143  

EVAL  

Student__________________________________  

TOPICAL  FLUORIDE  (TRAYS)   PTS.   TASK  COMPONENTS   PREPARATION   2   Assembles  complete  armamentarium   2   Correct  patient  positioning  (upright)   3   Selects  correct  tray  size   3   Selects  appropriate  type  of  fluoride  and  states  rationale   PROCEDURE   4   Thin  band  of  fluoride  dispensed  in  tray   4   Thoroughly  dries  maxillary,  then  mandibular  teeth   4   Instructs  patient  not  to  swallow  fluoride   4   Correctly  places  mandibular,  then  maxillary  tray   Instructs   patient   to   chew/tap   into   tray   to   disperse   fluoride   to   gingival   margin   4   thoroughly   4   Places  saliva  ejector  between  trays  for  continuous  suction   4   Times  procedure  correctly   4   Removes  trays  and  excess  fluoride   4   Gives  appropriate  post-­‐treatment  instruction   OTHER   *Maintains  asepsis

EVAL  

4  

*Failure  to  maintain  asepsis  in  any  manner  will  result  in  an  automatic  failure  of  this  competency.

 50  

TOPICAL  FLUORIDE  (VARNISH)   PREPARATION   Assembles  complete  armamentarium   Correct  patient  positioning  (supine)   States  the  rationale  and  consideration  for  use  of  varnish   PROCEDURE   Dry  teeth,  either  with  air  or  gauze  as  appropriate   Dip  applicator  brush  in  varnish  and  mix  well   Paint  a  thin  layer  on  mandibular  tooth  surfaces   Continue  with  maxillary  tooth  surfaces   Application  takes  approximately  1-­‐3  minutes   COMPLETION   Verbalizes  appropriate  post-­‐treatment  instructions   OTHER   *Maintains  asepsis *Failure  to  maintain  asepsis  in  any  manner  will  result  in  an  automatic  failure  of  this  competency.

INSTRUCTOR:   COMMENTS:   144   Rev.  05/15  

PTS   5   5   5   5   5   5   5   5   5   5      50  

Eval  

Student_________________________________  

INSTRUMENT  SHARPENING  -­‐  MANUAL   Process  Competency  Examination  

H6/H7   Gr  13/14  

TASK  COMPONENTS  

BH   5/6  

PTS.  

PREPARATION   Assembles  complete  armamentarium   Provides  illumination  directly  above  work  area   Correctly  identifies  instrument  to  be  sharpened   Verbalizes  objective  of  sharpening   Identifies  terminal  shank  

3   3   3   4   3  

PROCEDURE  (Moving  Stone  Technique)   Orients  instrument  correctly  (palm  grasp)   Stabilizes  instrument   Positions  face  of  instrument  parallel  with  floor   Establishes  correct  angle  of  stone  (105-­‐110)  to  cutting  edge  of  heel   1/3,  making  2-­‐3  strokes.   Establishes  correct  angle  of  stone  to  the  cutting  edge  of  middle  1/3,   making  2-­‐3  strokes.   Establishes  correct  angle  of  stone  to  the  cutting  edge  of  toe/tip  1/3,   making  2-­‐3  strokes.   Pressure  is  applied  on  down  stroke   Utilizes  upward  stroke  to  reposition  with  no  pressure   Completes  with  a  downward  stroke   Utilizes  light-­‐to-­‐moderate  pressure   Utilizes  rhythmic  up  and  down  strokes   Correctly   evaluates   instrument   sharpness   with   test   stick   by   establishing  the  correct  fulcrum,  pressure,  and  angulation   SHARPENING  FACE   Turns  toe/tip  toward  operator   Places  face  of  instrument  parallel  with  stone   Places  back  of  terminal  1/3  of  instrument  against  stone   Rolls  stone  away  from  her/himself  while  pulling  stone   toward  toe/tip     OTHER   Preserves  original  design  characteristics   Identifies  lower  cutting  edge  to  faculty   *Maintains  asepsis Verbalizes  advantages  of  utilizing  sharp  instruments  

3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   9   9   9   9  

100   INSTRUCTOR:   Comments:   *Failure  to  maintain  asepsis  in  any  manner  will  result  in  an  automatic  failure  of  this  competency. Rev.  5/15  

145   Rev.  05/15  

EVAL  

Student____________________________________________  

SIDEKICK  SHARPENING   Process  Competency  Examination   H6/H7  

TASK  COMPONENTS  

Gr   13/14  

BH   PTS.   EVAL   5/6  

PREPARATION   Assembles  armamentarium   Provides  illumination  directly  above  work  area   Verbalizes  objective  of  sharpening   Identifies  terminal  shank  

3   3   4   3  

Identifies  the  Gracey  Curette  Guide  Channel   Identifies  the  Sickle/Universal  Guide  Channel   Identifies  the  Toe  Guide   Identifies  the  Terminal  Shank  Guide  

3   3   3   3  

PROCEDURE   Turns  on  the  Sidekick   Establishes  a  fulcrum  near  the  top  of  the  Sidekick   Stabilizes  the  Sidekick  with  the  non-­‐dominant  hand   Places  the  middle  of  the  back  on  the  instrument  blade  on  the  vertical  backstop  of  the   appropriate  Guideplate   Maintains  contact  with  the  vertical  backstop  and  places  the  terminal  shank  onto  the   angled  terminal  shank  guide.   Moves  the  lateral  surface  of  the  blade  against  the  stone  with  light  pressure.   Maintains  contact  with  both  the  vertical  backstop  and  terminal  shank  guide.   Repeat  the  back  and  forward  motion  across  the  stone  2/3  times  or  until  instrument  is   sharp.     Reposition  the  instrument  to  sharpen  the  other  side  of  the  blade   Cutting  edge  wiped  with  gauze  to  remove  excess  metal  prior  to  evaluating  sharpness   Correctly   evaluates   instrument   sharpness   with   test   stick   by   establishing   the   correct   fulcrum,  pressure,  and  angulation   SHARPENING  TOE   Direct  the  toe  into  the  Toe  Guide  on  the  guideplate   Keep  the  back  of  the  toe  against  the  side  of  the  hole.   Move  the  blade  side  to  side  2-­‐3  times   OTHER   Preserves  original  design  characteristics   Identifies  lower  cutting  edge  to  faculty   *Maintains  asepsis Verbalizes  advantages  of  utilizing  sharp  instruments  

3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   3   9   9   9   6  

100   INSTRUCTOR:   Comments:   *Failure  to  maintain  asepsis  in  any  manner  will  result  in  an  automatic  failure  of  this  competency. Rev.  5/15

146   Rev.  05/15  

Student____________________________________________  

CARE  OF  REMOVABLE  PROSTHESIS   COMPETENCY  EXAMINATION   TASK  COMPONENTS   RELATES  TO  PATIENT  HOME  CARE  TECHNIQUES   1. Rinse  after  meals 2. Brushing:    technique  and  frequency 3        Chemical  immersion:  individualize  the  type  of  solution,  technique  and  frequency   4        Underlying  mucosal  care:    reasons  and  procedure   5. Correctly  identifies  the  impression  surface  of  the  prosthesis PROFESSIONAL  CARE   6. Patient  removes  prosthesis  prior  to  EIE  and  clinician  examines  for  plaque  and  stain 7. Insert  into  plastic,  labeled  zip-­‐loc  bag 8. Pour  tartar  and  stain  remover  into  bag  to  cover  prosthesis 9. Place  bag  in  basket  or  beaker  in  ultrasonic  and  agitate  10  minutes 10. Remove  prosthesis  and  pour  solution  down  drain  being  careful  not  to  splatter 11. Dispose  of  bag  into  regular  trash. 12. Line  with  paper  towels  and  fill  with  one  inch  of  water. 13. Brush  prosthesis  and  rinse  with  water 14. Place  in  denture  cup  and  cover  with  mouthrinse/water  mixture 15.  *Maintain  asepsis   16. Rinse  prosthesis  and  return  to  pt.,  prior  to  dismissal 17. Consult  DDS  if  indicated  for  pathologic  area INSTRUCTOR'S  INITIALS/COMMENTS   SCORE  

PTS   5   5   5   5   5   5   5   5   5   5   5   5   5   5   10   10   10   100  

*Failure to maintain asepsis in any manner will result in an automatic failure of this competency.

Rev.  5/15  

147  

EVAL  

UNIVERSITY  of  OKLAHOMA   COLLEGE  of  DENTISTRY   Department  of  Dental  Hygiene  

SCALING  COMPETENCY  I   Completed  during  CDHII-­‐Spring   Objective:    Student  will  complete  scaling  on  a  qualifying  patient  using  the  following  criteria  with  75%  accuracy.     Remediation  required  if  necessary;  initial  grade  stands  even  after  remediation.     CRITERIA  &  PROCEDURE  for  SCALING  COMPETENCY  I   Ø Student  must  have  completed  two  “periodontal  maintenance”  or  prophylaxis  patients  prior  to  contracting   for  competency.  (*May  be  amended  by  CDH  II  course  director  or  site  coordinator)   Ø Patient  must  present  with  localized  or  generalized  gingivitis.   Ø Patient  must  have  both  anterior  and  posterior  dentition  with  10  areas  of  demonstrable  calculus.   Ø  Perio  maintenance  patient  may  utilize  1-­‐2  quads  upon  instructor              

 discretion  due  to  increased  difficulty  of  patient.   Student:   ♦ Inform  the  instructor  that  a  competency  exam  is  to  be  performed.  This  should  be  done  as  soon  as  the  student determines  that  the  patient  is  an  acceptable  candidate  for  a  scaling  competency.   ♦ CI  will  identify  and  record  calculus  deposits  onto  NCR  form.    Student  must  not  be  present  while  charting  is being  completed.   ♦ Student  will  proceed  with  appointment  as  usual  but  with  no  guidance  from CI.   ♦ Student  remains  chairside  while  the  product  evaluation  (final  check  out)  is graded  by  the  CI.  Student  will  then  be  allowed  to  attempt  deposit  removal.   ♦ Student  will  complete  a  COMPETENCY  SELF-­‐ASSESSMENT  WORKSHEET  on  any  identified  remaining  deposits.

6. After  faculty  review  of  the  self-­‐assessment  worksheet,  faculty  and  student will  discuss  outcome. Faculty:   1. 2. 3.

Verify  that  the  patient  is  an  acceptable  competency  patient CI  to  verify  deposits  using  Calculus  Deposits  Check  in  Sheet  at  determination  of  eligibility.  (Deposits  preferably supragingival) CI  will  check  end  product  (product  evaluation).    Document  on  Calculus  Deposits  Check  in  Sheet.

Evaluation/Scoring:   THE  SCALING  COMPETENCY  I  IS  CALCULATED  AS  FOLLOWS:   Number  of  removed  deposits   Total  number  of  deposits  charted    +    SELF-­‐ASSESSMENT  POINTS  (UP  TO  5  BONUS  POINTS)    8      =    80    +  2  =  82                      10   *6  point  deduction  for  each  area  of  tissue  trauma

148   Rev. 5/15  

POLISHING  COMPETENCY   CRITERIA: Student must have completed two patients prior to contracting for the competency. (*May be amended by course director). Polishing competency may be done on scaling competency patient. Patient must: • Have 10 natural teeth free from crown and bridge (6 posterior & 4 anterior). • Have a minimum of 25% plaque index (O’Leary’s) on day of exam on the 10 selected teeth. PROCEDURE: One CI will confirm patient suitability and check plaque removal competency. 1. Inform the CI at PTP that a potential plaque removal competency exam is to be performed. (Patients must meet above criteria) 2. Calculate O’Leary’s Plaque Index on entire dentition and document on calculus charting form. (Note: CI will select the TEN competency teeth) 3. CI will verify that the patient is an acceptable competency patient and verify plaque index. 4. Student performs plaque removal procedure. 5. CI checks competency. 6. Student removes residual plaque (if remaining). 7. Fill out self-assessment worksheet. 8. CI checks residual plaque removal. 9. Self-assessment worksheet completed and returned to the CI (may place in CI mailbox). 10. After CI review of the self-assessment worksheet, CI and student will discuss outcome and compute grade-using formula below. Grading as Follows: Light Plaque = 25-40% plaque index, allowed 0 areas of plaque remaining. Deduct 12 points per site remaining. Moderate Plaque = 41-55% plaque index, allowed 1 area of plaque remaining. Greater than 1, deduct 12 points per error. Heavy Plaque > 56% plaque index, allowed 2 areas of plaque remaining. Greater than 2, deduct 12 points per error. Tissue trauma No allowable errors. Trauma designates automatic failure of competency; no additional points will be added. Self-Assessment- Points added for removal of error(s) and correct assessment of error(s). Maximum allowed +5.

149   Rev. 5/15  

STUDENT NAME_____________________________________________ PATIENT NAME ________________________________

P or PM_____

CLINIC INSTRUCTOR_________________________________________ DATE________________________

POLISHING PRODUCT COMPETENCY Plaque index (PI)

Total errors

Allowable errors

Excessive errors

25 – 40% 0 (10-16) areas 41 – 55% 1 (17-22) areas > 56% 2 (>22) areas Total errors – allowable errors = excessive errors X 12 for plaque Self Assessment Trauma

Points from 100 X 12= X 12= X 12= 100 -

Maximum of 5 points added + Automatic Failure

Zero allowable errors

GRADE

=

% Rev. 5/15

150   Rev. 5/15  

DH3313-­‐  CDHI  POST  COMPETENCY  SELF-­‐ASSESSMENT  

1. Prior  to  reviewing  your  ____________________  competency,  discuss  your  perceived performance  regarding  your  strengths  and  weaknesses. 2. After  reviewing  your  competency,  what  were  your  strengths  and  weaknesses?

3. How  do  you  plan  to  master  the  areas  that  were  identified  as  needing  improvement?

151   Rev. 5/15  

DEPARTMENT  of  DENTAL  HYGIENE  

ALGINATE  IMPRESSIONS  LABORATORY  EVALUATION STUDENT:   ____________________   PATIENT:             INSTRUCTOR  INITIALS:                                                                    FINAL  GRADE:                      DATE:  ________   Objective:    Student  will  create  a  maxillary  and  mandibular  impression  with  75%  accuracy  for  a  satisfactory  grade  in  Applied  Dental  Materials.     Procedure:  Set  up  unit,  Take  impression,  Remove,  disinfect  and  store  impression  in  accordance  with  CDC  guidelines.    Student  will  be  evaluated  on  maxillary  and  mandibular  impression.     I.    EQUIPMENT  SET  UP  &  PREPARATION   Mand   Max  

Pts.   2pts.  

Pts   2pts.

2pts.  

2pts.

4.  Explain  procedure  to  patient,  gain  verbal  consent

2  pts.   2  pts.  

2pts. 2pts.  

5.  Lubricate  patient’s  lips  and  provide  antimicorbial  mouthrinse.

2  pts.  

2pts.

6        Inspect  patient’s  mouth  for  correct  tray  size  and  try  in  tray.  Make  adjustments  to  tray.  (At  least  1/4”  between  tray  and  dentition,  covers  retro  molar  pads/max.   tuberosity)   7.  Place  tray  adhesive  on  plastic  tray  and  wait  to  dry

2  pts.  

2pts.

1  pt.  

1pts.

8.  Pour  alginate  powder  into  bowl  and  fill  graduated  cylinder  with  water  at  room  temperature  to  top  line  and  pour  into  bowl

1  pt.  

1pts.

9.  Pour  water  onto  powder  and  lightly  incorporate  until  powder  is  wet;  then  spatulate  alginate  onto  sides  of  bowl  to  express  air  bubbles

2  pts  

2pts.

10.  Spatulate  vigorously  for  1  minute  until  smooth  and  creamy

2  pts.   2  pts.  

2pts. 2pts.

2  pt.  

2pts.

14.  Seat  tray  from  posterior  to  anterior  and  ensure  tray  is  centered  over  teeth  with  handle  centered  over  midline  of  mouth

2  pt.   2  pts.  

2pts. 2pts.

15.  Use  middle  fingers  on  each  side  of  the  tray  and  thumbs  to  support  the  jaw

2  pts.  

2pts.

16.  Instruct  patient  to  lift  tongue  and  breath  through  nose

2  pt.  

2pts.

17.  Impression  material  should  remain  in  patient’s  mouth  for  1  minute  after  initial  set

2  pts.  

2pts.

20.  Grasp  handle  of  tray  and  lift  tray  from  teeth  with  one  snapping  motion

2  pt.   3  pts.  

2pts. 3pts.

21.  Inspect  impression  for  voids  and  over  seating  (voids  over  1mm  and  parts  of  tray  showing)

5  pts.  

5pts.

22. Disinfect  impression  and  place  in  plastic  bag  with  patients  name  and  date

5  pts.  

5pts.

1.  Gather  mixing  bowl,  spatula,  alginate  impression  material,  graduated  cylinder,  maxillary  and  mandibular  trays,  tray  adhesive,  ziplock  plastic  bag  with  patient’s name  and  beading  wax  (if  needed)   2.  Disinfect  mixing  bowl  and  spatula II.  PROCEDURE 3.  Recognize  indications  and  contraindications

11.  Load  mandibular  tray  first  using  large  increments  of  alginate  material  and  loading  from  the  lingual  side  just  below  the  rim  of  the  tray 12.  Right  handed  operator  should  be  at  the  8  o’clock  position  (4  o’clock  for  left  handed)  for  the  mandibular  impression  and  retract  the  opposite  cheek with  the  non-­‐dominate  hand 13. HOLD  OUT  LIP  while  seating  anterior  teeth  being  careful  not  to  remove  alginate  from  vestibule  while  moving  your  fingers  anteriorly

18.  Repeat  steps  8-­‐16  for  maxillary  arch  except  right  handed  operator  should  be  at  the  11  o’clock  position  (1  o’clock  for  left  handed)  for  the  maxillary   Impression.  Adjust  pt  chair  height  as  needed  to  cradle  patients  head  with  non-­‐dominant  arm III.  REMOVAL  OF  IMPRESSION  10  points  for  maxillary  impression  and  10  points  for  mandibular  impression 19.  Place  non  dominant  index  finger  under  posterior  facial  portion  of  the  tray  (also  pulling  cheek  out  a  bit)  to  break  the  seal  between  the  teeth  and  the  impression

IV.  OVERALL  TECHNIQUE 23.  Impression  shows  buccal  roll,  sublingual  area,  uniform  thickness  and  did  not  trap  lip  in  the  anterior  portion

10  pts  

24.  Tray  is  parallel  with  occusal  plane  and  midline  is  centered  with  tray  handle

5  pts.  

Total  Pts.   Earned  

    DEPARTMENT  of  DENTAL  HYGIENE  

DIAGNOSTIC  CASTS

 LABORATORY  EVALUATION   STUDENT:               PATIENT:         __________                   DATE:     _____     INSTRUCTOR:  _____________________________________________________     FINAL  GRADE:                                                                 Objective:    Student  will  construct  a  maxillary  and  mandibular  cast  for  whitening  trays  with  75%  accuracy  for  a  satisfactory  grade  in  Applied  Dental  Materials.     Procedure:  Prepare  laboratory  area,  disinfect  area/equipment  before  and  after  use  and  store  casts  for  whitening  tray  fabrication.  Student  will  be  evaluated  on  fabrication  of  maxillary  and  mandibular  casts.   Evaluation:    Minimum  75  %  accuracy.  (75/100)       I.    EQUIPMENT  SET  UP  &  PREPARATION   Poss.  Pts   Pts.  Earned   1.    Clinic  attire,  safety  glasses,  gloves,  tile/paper  for  casts  to  set   4  pts.     2.    Disinfect  laboratory  mixing  bowl  and  spatula  

4  pts.  

II.  PROCEDURE-­‐  Do  not  spit  points  up.    Equal  points  given  for  EACH  cast  where  columns  are  split    

 

3.      Rinse  impression  and  shake  off  or  air  dry  excess  water  

2  pts.  

4.      Spray  surface  surfactant  on  impression  to  reduce  air  bubbles   5.      Place  40  ml  of  water  at  room  temperature  in  mixing  bowl  

2  pts.   1  pt.  

6        Pour  140  g  of  stone  (if  using  pre-­‐packaged)  into  water  in  steady  increments    

2  pt.  

7.      Lightly  spatulate  mixture  

2  pts.  

8.    Mix  stone  either  manually  or  with  the  vacuum  mixing  system  for  20-­‐30  seconds  or  until  mixture  has  a  uniform  consistency  

2  pts.  

9.    Rinse  blades  of  vacuum  mixer  immediately  

2  pts.  

10.    Cover  vibrator  with  protective  paper  or  plastic  barrier  

2  pts.   6  pts.  

11.    Turn  on  vibrator  and  press  handle  of  impression  on  finger  resting  on  vibrator  and  let  small  amount  of  mixture  pour  over  all  occusal  surfaces  of   impression   12.    Change  angle  of  tray  to  allow  mixture  to  flow  slowly  into  recessions  around  impression   13.  Turn  impression  over  on  vibrator  to  allow  most  of  material  to  flow  out    

6  pts.   6  pts.  

14.    Add  small  amounts  of  stone  to  impression  until  impression  is  full  

10  pts.  

15.  Make  sure  impression  tray  does  not  touch  stone  material  and  impression  tray  is  level  with  floor  and  does  not  slump  

4  pts.  

16.    Set  impression  in  a  safe  place  to  dry  for  manufacturer’s  recommendation  and  not  more  than  24  hours  

2  pts.  

III.    SEPARATED  CASTS  

 

17.    Cast  does  not  have  voids   18.  Cast  surface  is  not  rough  or  grainy  

10  pts.   4  pts.  

19.    Cast  surface  is  smooth  and  free  of  stone  “bubbles”  

8  pts.  

20.    Cast  shows  all  teeth  and  gingival  margins  clearly  

12  pts.  

21.    Cast  has  adequate  vestibule  for  fabrication    of  whitening  trays  

12  pts.  

22.  Automatic  failure  if  cast  is  broken  

   

23.  Twenty-­‐five  points  will  be  automatically  deducted  from  the  overall  grade  if  working  area  is  not  cleaned  and  disinfected  

200  pts.  

24.    Repeat  step  3-­‐18  for  fabrication  of  an  opposite  arch  cast  

TOTAL  POINTS  POSSIBLE:  144        

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

153  

 

TOTAL  POINTS  EARNED:    

  MAX                    

MAND                    

                           

                     

__  

 

 

 

CLINICAL  OPERATIONS  SECTION  II-­‐  DH  II  Competencies  and  Clinical  Evaluation

154  

UNIVERSITY of OKLAHOMA COLLEGE of DENTISTRY Department of Dental Hygiene AIR  POLISHING EVALUATION STUDENT:

CI:

DATE:

SCORE:___/10

Objective: Using an air polisher (Prophy Jet ®, Prophy Mate® etc), and an appropriate patient with light to moderate stain, the student will air polish a minimum of one quadrant using disclosant and following the guidelines with 75% accuracy.

Contraindications -Restricted sodium diet (use sodium free powder) - Respiratory risk - Difficulty swallowing - Communicable diseases - Restorative materials - Exposed root surface - Soft spongy gingiva - Immunosuppressed

Procedure: Student requests permission from CI to verify qualifying patient. CI may provide guidance & direction in patient selection. CI observes procedure and marks “S” if step is satisfactory or “U” if unsatisfactory. (1 point each) Criteria: C (Competent) =1 point, A (Needs Attention) = .5 point, N= (Needs development) = (-1) point Evaluation: 75% accuracy (7.5/10 points) GUIDELINES 1.

Recognizes indications and contraindications.

2.

Properly assembles equipment according to manufacturer’s instructions.

3.

Properly adjusts controls; applies water based lubricant to patient’s lips; applies disclosant

4.

Demonstrates proper grasp and fulcrum.

5.

Demonstrates proper patient/operator positioning.

6.

Demonstrates proper angulation of tip.

7.

Controls aerosols, uses correct evacuation.

8.

Uses water to rinse periodically.

9.

Manages patient to minimize anxiety, discomfort.

10. Properly disassembles unit, disinfects, bags tip, COMMENTS

C

A

N

TOTAL  TECHNICAL  COMPETENCY   Student Evaluator Date

Area 1 Area 2 Area 3 Area 4

Objective: Student will demonstrate proper instrumentation technique with each of the following instruments on student- partne using criteria stated below with 75% accuracy. Remediation required with minimum of 75% accuracy. Initial grade stands. DIRECTIONS FOR EVALUATOR: S (satisfactory) U (unsatisfactory) Each “S”=1 point, each “U” = 0 points

CRITERIA: Position: 1. Positioned correctly on operator chair, feet flat, elbow at level of patient's mouth 2. Positioned correctly with relation to patient, equipment and tx area 3. Establishes correct supine patient positioning Dental Mirror/Non Dominant Hand: 4. Uses correct grasp and establishes secure rest with mirror 5. Uses the mirror correctly for retraction and/or indirect vision Modified Pen Grasp with Dominant Hand: 6. Thumb and index finger positioned opposite one another on instrument handle; fingers not touching or overlapped; no splitting 7. Side of middle finger rests lightly on shank; fingers work as a unit 8. Handle rests between 2nd and 3rd knuckles of the index finger. 9. Thumb flexed, not collapsed Intraoral Fulcrum: 10. Ring finger straight and supports weight of hand 11. Fulcrum on same arch of tooth being instrumented 12. Handle straight up from occlusal/incisal surfaces; doesn’t cross over occlusal plane of B/Li surface being instrumented Extraoral Fulcrum: 13. Demonstrates appropriate fulcrum with fingers folded back/under 14. Demonstrates activation with wrist/forearm motion 15. Demonstrates chin cup 16. Handle straight up from occlusal/incisal surfaces; doesn’t cross over occlusal plane of B/Li surface Technique: 17. Activates wrist/forearm with rock or roll motion 18. Establishes and maintains correct angulation (°) 19. Maintains correct adaptation (mm); Rolls handle when needed for adaptation 20. Uses controlled stroke; blade on tooth with up and down stroke 21. Applies appropriate lateral stroke pressure 22. Uses correct sequence; overlap midline anterior; distal line angle posterior TOTAL S’s in each column Total S’s divided by Total Points Possible (88) = 156  

ODU 11/ 12

S

U

X

H 6/7

Gr 13/14

S

S

U

X

BH 5/

U S

X %

Box   for sketches pertaining to written comments EVALUATOR COMMENTS

 

157  

 

UNIVERSITY of OKLAHOMA COLLEGE of DENTISTRY Department  of  Dental  Hygiene   PLACEMENT  OF  CHEMOTHERAPEUTIC  AGENT  EVALUATION   STUDENT:

CI:

DATE:

SCORE:

/ 7

Objective: With an appropriate patient, the student will properly place chemotherapeutic agent using the following the guidelines with 75% accuracy. Procedure: Student requests permission from CI to verify qualifying patient. CI may provide guidance & direction in patient selection. CI observes procedure and marks “S” if step is satisfactory or “U” if unsatisfactory. (1 point each) Criteria: C (Competent) =1 point, A (Needs Attention) = .5 point, N= (Needs development) = (0) point Evaluation: 75% accuracy (5.25/7 points) GUIDELINES

C

A

N

1. Recognizes indications and contraindications.

 

 

 

2. Gathers and properly assembles armamentarium according to manufacturer’s instructions.

 

 

 

3. Uses mirror handle to gently flatten end of carpule, avoiding excess pressure

 

 

 

4. Properly inserts and dispenses agent to the depth of the pocket

 

 

 

5. Provides verbal and written post op instructions

 

 

 

6. Manages patient to minimize anxiety, discomfort.

 

 

 

7. Properly documents procedure and post op instructions in patient chart

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

 

 

COMMENTS

UNIVERSITY of OKLAHOMA COLLEGE of13DENTISTRY 22 14 Department of Dental Hygiene13

of

CALCULUS  DETECTION  COMPETENCY    

 

 

 

 

NGUAL

STUDENT: CI:  

KEY:  

SCORE: DATE:

Objective: Using the ODU 11/12 explorer and mirror, direct vision, transillumination, radiographs and compressed air, the student will chart one quadrant of a qualifying patient on the chart below using the criteria in the key with 75% accuracy, remediation required if necessary. Procedure: • • • • • •    1  

   2  

Student requests permission from CI to verify qualifying patient. CI may provide guidance & direction in patient selection. CI assigns one quadrant with a minimum of 10 clicks of calculus. There must be a minimum of 1 surface that includes ledge, ring or heavy calculus. CI will calibrate with student on 4 surfaces (1 tooth) in a quadrant not being tested. Student records amount of calculus present on each of 4 surfaces (M, D, F, L) using key with a black or blue pen. Student must complete the charting within 15-minutes. CI evaluates while student holds the test paper up to CI. CI instructs student to mark out incorrect values in RED. CI calculates score. Divide total correct by total possible.    3  

   4  

   5  

   6  

   7  

   8  

     FACIAL  

 9

10 AN

24

23  

11

12

13

14

15

21  

20  

19  

18  

16

LINGUAL

32  

31

30  

29  

28  

27  

26  

25  

     FACIAL  

22  

17  

UNIVERSITY  of  OKLAHOMA   COLLEGE  of  DENTISTRY   Department  of  Dental  Hygiene  

SCALING  COMPETENCY  II   Completed  after  week  7  of  Fall  Semester   Objective:    Student  will  complete  scaling  and  root  planing  prn  on  a  qualifying  patient  using  the  following   criteria  with  75%  accuracy.    Remediation  required  if  necessary;  initial  grade  stands  even  after  reme CRITERIA  &  PROCEDURE  for  SCALING  COMPETENCY  II   Ø Ø Ø Ø

Previously  completed  a  minimum  of  2  “periodontal  maintenance”  patients  (may  be  amended  by  CI)   Generalized  calculus   10  clicks  of  sub-­‐gingival  calculus  charted  by  CI  in  1-­‐2  qu  ads   Student  self-­‐assessment  if  needed  

Process  of  Competency:   1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Inform  the  instructor  that  a  competency  exam  is  to  be  performed.    This  should  be  done  as  soon  as  the determines  that  the  patient  is  an  acceptable  candidate  for  competency.    All  paper  work  must  be  filled for  use. CI  will  identify  and  record  calculus  deposits  onto  NCR  form.  Student  must  not  be  present  while  charti completed.    Charting  is  taken  to  faculty  area. Student  will  proceed  with  appointment  as  usual  but  with  no  guidance  from  CI. Request  check  out  at  11:15  or  3:15.    Polishing  and  fluoride  are  to  be  completed  following  final  check. Student  remains  chairside  while  the  product  evaluation  (final  check  out)  is  graded  by  the  CI.    Student where  the  remaining  deposits  are  and  will  then  be  allowed  to  attempt  deposit  removal. Student  will  complete  a  COMPETENCY  SELF-­‐ASSESSMENT  WORKSHEET  on  any  identified  remaining  

Evaluation/Scoring:   THE SCALING COMPETENCY II IS CALCULATED AS FOLLOWS: Number of removed deposits Total number of deposits charted  +    SELF-­‐ASSESSMENT  POINTS  (UP  TO  5  BONUS  POINTS)    8      =    80    +  2  =  82   10     *6  point  deduction  for  each  area  of  tissue  trauma

160  

COMPETENCY  SELF-­‐ASSESSMENT  WORKSHEET   Student Name ________________________ Date/ Faculty Signature________________ Scaling: Comp. I Error

Self-assessment of Error (.25)

Comp. II

Mock WREB Comp

Polishing

Correction Method (.25)

Probe Error Value Removed (.5)

UNIVERSITY of OKLAHOMA COLLEGE of DENTISTRY Student

CI

Department of Dental Hygiene Date

Total Points

/75

ULTRASONIC  INSTRUMENTATION  COMPETENCY   Objective: Student will demonstrate use of the ultrasonic scaler on a patient following the check sheet with 75% accuracy. Criteria: Using a clinic patient with demonstrative calculus, demonstrate use of ultrasonic in one quadrant. Criteria: C (Competent) =1 point, A (Needs Attention) = .5 point, N= (Needs development) = (0) point Evaluation: Total possible points: 75; 75% accuracy = 56/75. Remediation required. CRITERIA

C

I. Prepares Unit = 4 points 1. Equipment is set up prior to appointment 2. Unit and handpiece are disinfected/sterilized & barriers are used 3. Line is flushed 4. Places insert into handpiece filled with water II. Patient Selection and Preparation = 6 points 1. Informed consent is gained 2. Rationale for use recognized 3. Procedure is explained (purpose, noice, evac) 4. Preprocedural mouthrinse is used for 30 seconds 5. Barrier techniques are used 6. Patient and clinician positioning are appropriate III. Instrumentation 1 point each = 60 points

1000 Standard C A N

1000 Slim C A N

10 Slim   C A N

Right   C A N

Sub Total

/4

Sub Total

/6

Left C A

N

1. Evacuation is adequate 2. Explores to locate deposit 3. Power setting is correct 4. Approach is systematic 5. A gentle pen grasp is used 6. Uses appropriate fulcrum 7. Handpiece is balanced 8. Cord is properly managed 9. Insert adapted appropriately to tooth surface 10. Insert is in motion at all times; adequate water flow 11. Strokes are multi-directional, brush like, tapping, or probe like 12. Light, lateral pressure is used prn Sub Total

162  

/60

A

N

IV. Patient Management etc = 5 points 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Manages patient appropriately; efficiency is demonstrated Stops periodically to allow complete evacuation Evaluates progress with explorer Identifies endpoint Demonstrates proper use of ‘efficiency indicator’ Sub Total

TOTAL

163  

/75

University of Oklahoma College of Dentistry Department Of Dental Hygiene

LOCAL  ANESTHESIA  WORKSHEET   Student Name Patient Name Date Procedure Area Type of Injection Nerve(s) Anesthetized Type of Anesthetic Volume of Anesthetic Medical History Considerations Evaluation of Technique: C (competent); A (needs attention); N (needs development) Comments:

Number of Injections PSA MSA ASA Nasopalatine Greater Palatine Infraorbital Inferior Alveolar & LB Infiltration Incisive/Mental

Tooth Number(s) or Quadrants

Faculty Signature Date

164  

UNIVERSITY of OKLAHOMA COLLEGE OF DENTISTRY LOCAL  ANESTHESIA  LAB COMPETENCY STUDENT: PATIENT: DATE:

PTP: BP:

TOTAL POINTS POSSIBLE : TOTAL POINTS EARNED: FINAL GRADE:

80 CI:

Objective: Student will administer local anesthesia (PSA, MSA, ASA, IO, GP, NP, IANB injections on classmate following the checklist with 75% accuracy. Procedure: Update HHx, BP, PTP. CI evaluates by placing a “check mark” in appropriate box & totals points for each. Total points for entire competency should be placed at top of form. CI to initial. Criteria: C (Competent) =1 point, A (Needs Attention) = .5 point, N= (Needs development) = (0) point Evaluation: Minimum 75 % accuracy. (60/80) ARMAMENTARIUM & SYRINGE PREPARATION Disposable mouth mirror, 2 aspirating syringes, 2 each: long & short 27 gauge needles, 1 ProTector Sheath Prop, (27 gauge), 8 cotton tipped applicators, 10 gauze 2x2s, 2-3 carpules of 3% Polocaine (mepivacaine), 20% benzocaine topical anesthetic. SYRINGE PREPARATION 1. Secures thumb ring, if applicable. 2. Places needle on syringe, making certain it is straight. 3. Retracts piston & inserts rubber stopper end of cartridge first. Looking down on needle, slides cartridge to perforate diaphragm. (allow it to click) 4. Covers glass and engages harpoon. 5. Holding syringe in palm, gently loosens sheath & allows it to fall off. 6. Expels a few drops of solution to determine proper flow. (DO NOT tap on napkin!) 7. Determines if bevel is toward bone. If not, re-sheaths using scoop technique & firmly replaces it. Turns white part of needle hub 90°(or prn) using white raised line as reference point. Loosens & allows sheath to fall off. 8. Re-sheaths using scoop technique. 9. Releases harpoon from rubber stopper by pulling back on thumb ring, removes carpule, removes needle, disposes of properly in sharps container etc. TOTAL POINTS POSSIBLE:

9

TOTAL POINTS EARNED:

C

A

N

INJECTION TECHNIQUES I. ANTERIOR SUPERIOR ALVEOLAR (use yellow 25/27 gauge short needle) . 1. Identifies landmarks (MB between canine and lateral incisor; canine fossa). 2. Gently dries area with gauze. 3. Applies topical anesthetic for minimum 1 minute. 4. With palm up, window facing operator, grasps syringe and allows sheath to fall off; tests solution flow. 5. Orients bevel toward bone. 6. Retracts patient’s cheek with gauze, pull tissues taut. 7. Using syringe etiquette, inserts needle 1-2 mm at height of MB fold. DOES NOT ADVANCE when adding solution. 8. Aspirates and deposits 1/4 carpule of solution; aspirates once, states ‘positive or negative’(aspirate). 9. Withdraws and re-sheaths using scoop technique. 10. Rinses patient. TOTAL POINTS POSSIBLE:

10

A

N

C

A

N

TOTAL POINTS EARNED:

II. MIDDLE SUPERIOR ALVEOLAR (use yellow 25/27 gauge short needle) 1. Identifies landmarks (MB fold 2nd pre molar). 2. Gently dries area with gauze. 3. Applies topical anesthetic for minimum 1 minute. 4. With palm up, window facing operator, grasps syringe, loosens sheath from behind and allows sheath to fall off; tests solution flow. 5. Orients bevel toward bone. 6. Retract patient’s cheek with gauze, pull tissues taut. 7. Using syringe etiquette, inserts needle 1-2 mm at height of MB fold. DOES NOT ADVANCE when adding solution. 8. Aspirates and deposits 1/4 carpule of solution; aspirates once; states ‘positive or negative’(aspirate). 9. Withdraws and re-sheaths using scoop technique. 10. Rinses patient. TOTAL POINTS POSSIBLE:

C

10

TOTAL POINTS EARNED:

166  

III. POSTERIOR SUPERIOR ALVEOLAR (use yellow 25/27 gauge short needle) 1. Identifies landmarks (MB fold 2nd mx molar, maxillary tuberosity, zygomatic process). 2. Gently dries area with gauze. 3. Applies topical anesthetic for minimum 1 minute. 4. With palm up, window facing operator, grasps syringe and allows sheath to fall off; tests solution flow. 5. Orients bevel toward bone. 6. Retract patient’s cheek with gauze, pull tissues taut. 7. Using syringe etiquette, inserts needle to ¾ depth, in upward, inward, backward direction (in one motion). 8. Aspirates and deposits ½ carpule of solution; aspirates at least once more ; states ‘positive or negative’(aspirate). 9. Withdraws and re-sheaths using scoop technique. 10. Rinses patient. TOTAL POINTS POSSIBLE: 10 TOTAL POINTS EARNED:

C

A

N

IV. GREATER PALATINE (use yellow 27 gauge short needle) 1. Identifies landmarks (jct hard & soft palate, anterior to palatal foramen). 2. Gently dries area with gauze. 3. With palm up, window facing operator, grasps syringe and allows sheath to fall off; tests solution flow. 4. Orients bevel toward bone . 5. With syringe in dominant hand (using syringe etiquette), and cotton tipped applicator in non-dominant hand, establishes fulcrum & uses gentle pressure, applying topical anesthetic for minimum 1 minute , increasing pressure incrementally. 6. Moves cotton tipped applicator aside, establishes fulcrum & inserts needle 1-2 mm under mucosa. 7. Aspirates and states ‘positive or negative’ aspirate; if positive, repositions, aspirates and continues deposition deposits ¼ to 1/3 carpule of solution; observes blanching tissue. 8. Withdraws and re-sheaths using scoop technique. 9. Rinses patient.

C

A

N

TOTAL POINTS POSSIBLE:

9

TOTAL POINTS EARNED:

167  

V. NASOPALATINE (use yellow 27 gauge short needle)   1. Identifies landmarks (lateral to incisive papilla). 2. Gently dries area with gauze. 3. With palm up, window facing operator, grasps syringe and allows sheath to fall off ; tests solution flow. 4. Orients bevel toward bone. 5. With syringe in dominant hand (using syringe etiquette), and cotton tipped applicator in non-dominant hand, establishes fulcrum & uses gentle pressure, applying topical anesthetic for minimum 1 minute, increasing pressure incrementally. 6. Moves cotton tipped applicator aside, inserts needle 1-2 mm under mucosa, depositing small volume of anesthetic. Continues applying pressure & slowly advances needle until osseous contact. 7. Aspirates and states ‘positive or negative’ aspirate; if positive, repositions, aspirates and continues deposition. Deposits 1/4 or less carpule of solution; observes blanching tissue. 8. Withdraws and re-sheaths using scoop technique. 9. Rinses patient. TOTAL POINTS POSSIBLE:

9

A

N

C

A

N

TOTAL POINTS EARNED:

VI. INFRAORBITAL (use yellow 25/27 gauge long needle) 1. Identifies landmarks (infraorbital foramen, MB fold 1st premolar, needle parallel with long axis of tooth). 2. Gently dries area with gauze. 3. Applies topical anesthetic for minimum 1 minute. 4. With palm up, window facing operator, grasps syringe and allows sheath to fall off; tests solution flow. 5. Orients bevel toward bone. 6. Retracts patient’s cheek with gauze, pulls tissues taut. 7. Using syringe etiquette, establishes fulcrum,inserts needle to approx ½ depth, contacting bone; states osseous contact. 8. Aspirates and deposits ½ carpule of solution; aspirates at least once more ; states ‘positive or negative’ aspirate. 9. Withdraws and re-sheaths using scoop technique. 10. Rinses patient and maintain firm pressure on foramen for 1 minute. TOTAL POINTS POSSIBLE:

C

10

TOTAL POINTS EARNED:

168  

VII. INFERIOR ALVEOLAR NERVE BLOCK, LINGUAL and LONG BUCCAL NERVE BLOCK (use yellow 25/27 gauge long needle)   1. Identifies landmarks, 6-10 mm above occlusal plane, distal to coronoid notch, ¾ distance from notch to pterygomandibular raphe, using long needle; for LB, distal to 2nd molar. 2. Gently dries area with gauze. 3. Applies topical anesthetic for minimum 1 minute. 4. With palm up, window facing operator, grasps syringe and allows sheath to fall off; tests solution flow. 5. Orients bevel toward bone . 6. Retracts patient’s cheek with gauze, pulls tissues taut, establishes fulcrum. 7. Using syringe etiquette, places barrel of syringe in commissure on contralateral side & inserts needle to ¾ depth. 8. Aspirates and deposits 3/4 carpule of solution ; re aspirates throughout procedure; states ‘positive or negative’ aspirate; if positive, repositions, aspirates and continues deposition; for lingual, retracts needle halfway, aspirates, states positive or negative and deposits 1/8 carpule . Removes needle and gives LB distal & buccal to 2nd molar. 9. Withdraws and re-sheaths using scoop technique. 10. Rinses patient. TOTAL POINTS POSSIBLE:

10

A

N

TOTAL POINTS EARNED:

OVERALL TECHNIQUE 1. Maintains proper infection control and manages sharps throughout procedure. 2. Communicates with patient throughout procedure; minimizes anxiety, reassures, avoids unnecessary relocation of needle, etc 3. Accurately records procedure in patient’s chart, including type of anesthetic, amount, and concentration, any adverse reactions. Ex: Administered 1.8 cc lidocaine 2%, 1:100,000 epi., no complications. TOTAL POINTS POSSIBLE:

C

3

TOTAL POINTS EARNED:

169  

C

A

N

Department  of  Dental  Hygiene  

TRANSITIONAL  DENTITION  CHARTING  EXERCISE  

STUDENT:____________________________________________________   CI:_____________________________________________________________     DATE:_________________________________________________________  

Total  Correct:_____________/48  POSSIBLE  

Objective:   Using  an  assigned  study  model,  the  student  will  chart  the  transitional  (mixed)  dentition  on  the  chart  below  with   75%  accuracy.   Procedure:     Student  is  given  assigned  study  model.    Circle  the  model  number  in  box  at  top  of  form.   Using  a  BLACK  OR  BLUE  pen,  student  clearly  marks  each  box  with  “P”  for  Present  tooth,  or  “A”  for  Absent  tooth.       If  box  is  left  blank,  no  credit  will  be  awarded.  Illegible,  unclear,  or  marked-­‐out  answers  will  be  given  no  credit.       Evaluation:   A A Divide  total  correct  by  total  possible.    Remediation  required  if  75%  accuracy  not  achieved.  Initial  grade  stands.   *ALL  sheets  (including  Aany  scratch  paper  used)  MUST  be  stapled  together  with  final  submission  on  top  Awhen turning  in  Exercise  form  for  grading.   A  

B                C              D                E              F                G              H                I                  J  

1            2    3    4    5    6    7    32    31

30  29 28 27

26

 8    9      10    11    12    13    14    15          16

25

24

23

22

21  20    19    18        17  

T              S                R              Q              P                O              N              M              L              K   170  

UNIVERSITY of OKLAHOMA COLLEGE OF DENTISTRY DEPARTMENT of DENTAL HYGIENE

ALGINATE  IMPRESSIONS CLINICAL COMPETENCY STUDENT:

PATIENT:

DATE:

CI

FINAL GRADE:

Objective: Student will obtain a maxillary and mandibular impression on student partner or clinic patient. Procedure: Set up unit, review HHx, BP, PTP. Obtain impressions of both maxillary and mandibular arches. CI approval required for adequate impression prior to pouring up in stone. Student is allowed one retake per arch if first impression is not acceptable. Automatic failure if anatomic is form is distorted or missing and work area is not cleaned and disinfected. Criteria: C (Competent) =1 point, A (Needs attention) =.5 point, N (Needs Development) = 0 point. Evaluation: Total points possible = 10; Minimum of 75% accuracy = 7.5/12. Remediation required.

C

OVERALL TECHNIQUE

A

N

1. Student gathers appropriate supplies and armamentarium for maxillary and mandibular impressions 2. Student confirms with instructor that patient is a appropriate candidate for alginate impressions 3 Student obtains permission to proceed from clinic instructor 4. Student informs patient of procedure 5. Student maintain proper infection control and manages patient throughout procedure 6. Student communicates with patient throughout procedure; minimizes anxiety 7. Student assesses maxillary and mandibular impressions for accuracy 8. Student presents impressions to clinic instructor for approval 9. Students disinfects impressions and places in plastic baggie with patient’s name on the outside 10. Students pours up cast within one hour of taking the impression to minimize distortion

COMMENTS:

________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________

171  

UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA COLLEGE OF DENTISTRY DEPARTMENT of DENTAL HYGIENE

DIAGNOSTIC  CASTS CLINICAL EVALUATION STUDENT:

PATIENT:

DATE:

CI

FINAL GRADE:

Objective: Student will construct a maxillary and mandibular cast for whitening trays or patient education. Criteria: C (Competent) =1 point, A (Needs attention) =.5 point, N (Needs Development) = 0 point. Automatic failure if casts are broken or working area is not cleaned and disinfected. Evaluation: Total points possible = 14; Minimum of 75% accuracy =10.5/14. Remediation required.

C

A

N

FINAL CASTS 1.

Maxillary cast does not exhibit broken teeth

2.

Maxillary cast surface is smooth and free of stone “bubbles”

3.

Maxillary cast shows all teeth and gingival margins clearly

4.

Maxillary cast does not exhibit voids

5.

Maxillary cast has adequate vestibule for fabrication of whitening trays

6.

Maxillary cast is adequate for chairside presentation

7.

Maxillary cast has been trimmed of all excess stone

8.

Mandibular cast does not exhibit broken teeth

9.

Mandibular cast surface is smooth and free of stone “bubbles”

10. Mandibular cast shows all teeth and gingival margins clearly 11. Mandibular cast does not exhibit voids 12. Mandibular cast has adequate vestibule for fabrication of whitening trays 13. Mandibular cast has been trimmed of all excess stone 14. Mandibular cast is adequate for chairside presentation

Comments:

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________

172  

UNIVERSITY of OKLAHOMA COLLEGE of DENTISTRY Department of Dental Hygiene

MOCK  WREB   Spring Objective: Student will select an appropriate patient to qualify for the competency, prepare al necessary forms, administer local anesthetic, complete scaling and root planing, and record probe depths and recession on a NSPT patient within 2 hours using the following criteria with 75% accuracy. (simulation of the WREB clinical exam) Forms and items needed: • NCR Calculus Chart • WREB Candidate Assignment Form in plastic sheet protector • WREB Medication/Anesthesia Dosage Form in plastic sheet protector • WREB Patient Submission/Alternate Submission Sheet (Blue Card) • Competency Self-Assessment Worksheet • Blue or black pen Criteria: • recommended that student complete 8 quads of NSPT prior to competency. (includes fall semester; may be amended by CC or CI) • patient should have generalized, heavy subgingival calculus in ONE quadrant • a minimum of 12 clicks in one quad (may add up to 4 additional teeth from any other quads to get 12 clicks) • minimum of 3 (three) surfaces must be on molars • no more than 4 (four) surfaces on mandibular anterior teeth • you may have more than 4 (four) qualifying surfaces on maxillary anterior teeth • must have one molar contact; explorer does not pass through contact Procedure: • Student requests patient submission qualification from CI. • CI does cursory exam to determine qualification. Student dismissed while CI charts 12 surfaces of qualifying calculus on calculus chart. • CI fills out “Candidate Assignment Form” including start and stop time and places in plast sleeve. • Student administers local anesthetic prn and removes deposits from submission area. • Student probes and records 6 probe depths on each tooth and recession on facial and lingua only on the “Candidate Assignment Form” and places in plastic sleeve. • Student fills out “Anesthesia Dosage Form” and places in plastic sleeve and informs CI rea for check out. • Check-out/evaluation by CI. CI instructs student to chart any remaining deposits and/or areas of trauma on calculus chart. CI instructs student to chart any discrepancies in probe depths or recession greater than 1 mm difference. • Student completes self-assessment, turns in with WREB Calculus Chart. • 2 hours total time using time clock (may be divided into 2 separate appointments prn) 173  

UNIVERSITY of OKLAHOMA COLLEGE OF DENTISTRY DEPARTMENT of DENTAL HYGIENE NITROUS  OXIDE/OXYGEN    SEDATION    ADMINISTRATION COMPETENCY STUDENT: PATIENT: DATE: FINAL GRADE:

/22

CI:

Objective: Student will administer N2O-O2 for appropriate patient with 75% accuracy. Procedure: Set up unit. Update HHx, measure vital signs, obtain PTP. Administer N2O O2 sedation. Provide for patient’s recovery. Record administration. Properly manage equipment. CI evaluates by placing a “check mark” in the appropriate box. CI signs and stamps top of form. Criteria: C (Competent) =1 point, A (Needs Attention) = .5 points, N= (needs development) = (0) point Evaluation: Minimum 75 % accuracy. (16.5/22) I. EQUIPMENT SET UP & PREPARATION

C

1. Tanks set up, ensure hoses are properly in place, reservoir bag press-fitted on bottom of tee 2. Place sterilized inner mask inside outer mask and connect to hoses (coaxial tubing) 3. Place scavenger hose with vacuum control block into high volume evacuator and press the on button 4. Press the on button of the flowmeter into the on position 5. Using wrench, slowly loosen one each N2O and O2 tank valves II. PROCEDURE 6. Review Health History, recognize contraindications, measure vital signs 7. Explain procedure to patient and obtain consent 8. Obtain PTP 9. Initiate flow of O2 at 6-7 L/min (for adults) 10. Turn on the HVE and adjust the vacuum control block lever for scavenging so that the ball floats in the green bar 11. Press the flush button to fill the bag 2/3 full and place nasal hood/mask over patient’s nose and adjust appropriately 12. Adjust flow to maintain bag 2/3 full upon patient exhalation (use O2 flush to refill bag if it deflates excessively); establish flow rate and maintain this rate throughout the procedure 13. Introduce 1liter of N2O and increase by .5-1 liter every 60 seconds (while reducing the O2 accordingly to maintain flow rate) until sedation is apparent; N2O should then be added every 3 minutes until proper sedation is achieved 14. Observe patient throughout procedure III. TERMINATION of PROCEDURE 15. Decrease the N2O and increase the O2 to maintain the flow rate and administer 100% O2 16. 100% O2 administered a minimum of 5 minutes until patient is fully recovered; establish recovery and remove mask 17. Bleed the remaining gas from the lines (close the valve on the N2O tank and once the N2O has bled off, close the valve on the O2 tank; both gauges should be at zero), rotate the flowmeter levers to the off position 18. Turn the HVE off, press the button on the vacuum control to the off position, press the flowmeter button to the off position 19. Properly document administration record (concentration, flow rate, administration time, recovery) 20. Properly disassemble & disinfect unit, place nasal hoods/masks and connectors in sterilizing bags. Return equipment to the dispensary. IV. OVERALL TECHNIQUE 21. Maintain proper infection control and manage patient throughout procedure 22. Communicate with patient throughout procedure; minimize anxiety, reassure, adjust flow as necessary

174  

A

N

CHECKLIST  FOR  ADMINISTRATION  OF  NITROUS  OXIDE/OXYGEN  SEDATION   ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

Press-fit the reservoir bag onto the bag tee Place the inner mask inside the outer mask Connect the mask to the coaxial tubing Insert the vacuum control block into the HVE and press the button on the vacuum control block to the on position Press the flowmeter “on” button into the on position (located on the side at the base of the flowmeter; this is not the flush button) Using the black metal wrench (should be attached to a chain hanging on the N2O O2 unit), open the valves of one each nitrous tank and oxygen tank by turning the wrench slowly ¼ turn counter-clockwise (to your left); the gauge should register a reading; open “partial tanks” if available to use remaining gas before using “full tanks” Review pt’s HHx, recognize contraindications, measure vital signs, and obtain informed consent Administer the pre-op Trieger test Obtain PTP Rotate the lever on the flowmeter on the oxygen side to 6-7 liters for adults (4-5 liters for children) Turn on the HVE and adjust the lever on the vacuum control block so that the ball is floating in the green bar Press the flush button until the reservoir bag is 2/3 full Secure the mask over the patient’s nose ensuring a good seal (remind the patient to breathe deeply in and out through his/her nose not mouth) Monitor the reservoir bag o If the bag fills over 2/3, reduce the flow of oxygen by a liter until the bag fills to 2/3 upon patient exhalation o If the bag collapses, press the flush button to refill the bag to 2/3 full and increase the flow of oxygen by a liter until the bag fills to 2/3 upon patient exhalation Once the flow rate (L/min) has been established, be sure to maintain this flow rate throughout the procedure Rotate the nitrous lever on the flowmeter to 1 liter (remember to decrease the oxygen by 1 liter to maintain the flow rate) Continue to increase nitrous oxide by .5-1 liter every 60 seconds (while reducing the oxygen accordingly). Once sedation is becoming apparent, nitrous should be added every 3 minutes until proper sedation is achieved. Decrease the nitrous oxide and increase the oxygen toward the end of the procedure until 100 % oxygen is being administered (be sure to maintain the established flow rate) Administer 100% oxygen for a minimum of 5 minutes before assessing the patient’s full recovery Once full recovery has been established, remove the mask from the patient’s nose Rotate the lever for the oxygen down to zero Close the valve on the nitrous oxide tank by using the wrench and turning clockwise (to your right) until tight. Leave the valve on the oxygen tank open at this time. Rotate the levers on both the nitrous oxide and the oxygen simultaneously as far as they will go to bleed the remaining gases out of the lines. Once the nitrous oxide ball falls to zero, close the valve on the oxygen tank and turn the flowmeter levers to the off position when the oxygen ball falls to zero. Turn the HVE off Press the button on the vacuum control block to the off position Press the flowmeter button to the off position Administer the post-op Trieger test Complete the administration documentation stamp in the treatment progress notes (use poor, fair or good for condition of pt; document that the pre and post-op Trieger tests were completed successfully) After patient is dismissed, unassemble the equipment. Wipe any debris off the mask with a wet (water) paper towel. Separate the inner mask from the outer mask and the connectors from the coaxial tubing and place all in a sterilizing bag. The reservoir bag should be removed by rocking back and forth or twisting while gently pulling on the rim and then placed in a sterilizing bag (if it is a blue disposable reservoir bag, it should be disposed of in the regular trash). Disinfect the flowmeter, levers, hoses, vacuum control block and any other parts touched with contaminated gloves. Ensure that the tank content tags accurately reflect the tank contents. Return unit and sterilizing bags to the dispensary.

175  

CLINICAL  EVALUATION  FORM   Supragingival Calculus

Subgingival Calculus

❑ None ❑ Veneer only, lower anterior only, veneer is visible, but thin (1mm) ❑ Ant & post crustaceous
 


❑ None ❑ Isolated spicules-anterior or posterior(definite click when explored) ❑ Generalized spicules ❑ Generalized spicules with isolated random ledge(s) or rings ❑ Generalized ledges/rings

Recall Interval:______ Clinic:________ Start date:_________

Department of Dental Hygiene CLINICAL EVALUATION FORM

Tx comp date:_________ CI:___________

STUDENT PTP (1)

PTP (2)

APPT TYPE ❑ New ❑ Recall ❑ Prophylaxis ❑ NSPT ❑ PM ❑ Re-evaluation ❑ Special Needs ❑ Experiential

AGE ❑ Pedo (4-12) ❑ Adolesc. (13-18) ❑ Adult (19-64) ❑ Geriatric (65+)

I. ASSESS HHx/ Meds/Vitals PTP CC EIE Odontogram Perio Assessment Indices (BI, PI) Caries Risk Assess *Radiographs Impressions Diagnostic Casts

C C C C C C C C C C C

II. DIAGNOSE DH Dx DH Px

C A N C A N

UR/Q1 CI Date Errors C A N LR/Q4 CI Date Errors C A N

A A A A A A A A A A A

PATIENT PTP (4)

PTP (3) ASA ❑I ❑ II ❑ III ❑ IV

III. PLAN DHPS Care Plan DH Case Pres.

N N N N N N N N N N N

ADL ❑0 ❑1 ❑2 ❑3

CASE TYPE ❑ Healthy ❑ Type I ❑ Type II ❑ Type III ❑ Type IV

A A A A A A A A A A

N N N N N N N N N N

*

C C C C C C C C C

A A A A A A A A A

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

32

31

30

29

28

27

26

25

24

23

22

D=Definite Sub

T=Trauma

AGE

V. EVALUATE 
 (Based on Goals & Outcomes) Oral Health Outcomes C Re-Eval/Results of Therapy C Retreat, Refer, Maintain C Continuing Care Interval C Patient Satisfaction C Subsequent Tx Needs C

N N N N N N N N N

P=Plaque

A A A A A A

N N N N N N

VI. DOCUMENTATION Documentation C A N Time Mgmt ` C A N Ergonomics C A N

HBW:_____ PANO:____ VBW:_____ FMS:_____ PA: _____

1

S=Supra

PTP (6)

CLINICAL DIAGNOSIS ❑ Loc ❑ Gen ❑ Active ❑ Stable ❑ Gingival Diseases ❑ Chronic Periodontitis ❑ Aggressive Periodontal Disease ❑ Periodontal Manifestations of Systemic Diseases ❑ Necrotizing Periodontal Diseases (NUP/NUG) ❑ Abscesses of Periodontium ❑ Periodontitis Associated with Endodontic Lesions ❑ Developmental or Acquired Deformities & Conditions

IV. IMPLEMENT B. Treatment Anxiety/Pain Ctrl Instrumentation Instrument Care Powered Instrument Chemotherapeutics Desensitization Fluoride Air Polishing Patient Mgmt

C A N C A N

IV. IMPLEMENT A. Prevention Infection Control C Caries Mgmt C Oral Self Care C Orthodontic Care C Coronal Polishing C Care of Prosthesis C Implant Care C Tobacco Counseling C Nutrition CounselingC Sealants # C

PTP (5)

COMPETENCIES Scaling Comp I _____________ Polish Comp Total Technical Comp________ Transitional Dentition Calculus Charting___________ Ultrasonic Scaling Comp II Mock WREB Comp__________ Local Anes Comp N2O/O2

C=Competent A=Needs Attention N=Needs Development

12

21

13

14

15

20

19

18

UL/Q2 CI Date Errors C A N

16

LL/Q3 CI Date Errors C A N

17

Z=Stain

Refer to Clinical Evaluation Criteria

FACULTY COMMENTS:

PROFESSIONALISM CONCERNS ❑ Prof appearance ❑ ❑ Receptive to feedback ❑ ❑ Positive attitude ❑ ❑ Ethical judgment ❑ ❑ Respectful to others ❑ ❑ ❑ Critical thinking/ problem solving ❑

SELF ASSESSMENT:

A

176  

Punctual Prepared Confidentiality Teamwork Protocol adherence Communication Other

N

CLINICAL  OPERATIONS  SECTION  III-­‐  Clinical  Evaluation  Criteria   DH1  and  DH2  Clinical  Evaluation  Criteria   The  DH1  and  DH2  Clinical  Evaluation  Criteria  documents  are  utilized  to  measure  clinical  performance  when   providing  patient  care.    The  established  criteria  categorize  the  student  performance  utilizing  a  C  (Competent),  A   (Needs  Attention),  and  N  (Needs  Development).    Those  students  receiving  a  determined  number  of  N’s  in  the   same  category,  will  be  assigned  to  their  mentor  for  remediation  and  will  also  receive  a  2  point  deduction  in  their   overall  course  grade.       DH1s  –  3  Ns  in  same  category  =  Mentor  remediation/2  point  overall  grade  deduction   DH2s  –  2  Ns  in  same  category  =  Mentor  remediation/2  point  overall  grade  deduction  

177  

DH  I  CLINICAL  EVALUATION   This  document  is  intended  to  provide  guidance  to  students  and  faculty  on  criteria  utilized  to  measure  clinical   performance  when  providing  patient  care.  The  established  degree  of  skill  is  based  on  C-­‐Competent,  A-­‐Needs   Attention,  or  N-­‐Needs  Development.  Students  who  receive  3  N's  in  any  category  will  be  required  to  complete   remediation  with  their  mentor  and  two  points  will  be  deducted  from  their  overall  course  grade.  

STEP  

C  (Competent)  

A  (Needs  Attention)  

N  (Needs  Development)  

ASSESSMENT   HHx/Meds/Vitals  

PTP  

CC   EIE  

Odontogram/ Hard  Tissue  Charting  

Perio  Assessment  

Comprehensively  collects   >Collects  all  appropriate   >  Lack  of  documentation  or   and  synthesizes  all   data  but  does  not   differentiation  between   appropriate  data   synthesize  information         significant  and  insignificant   >Unorganized  or  doesn't   findings                                 adhere  to  protocol   >Presents  all  appropriate   >Collects  all  appropriate   >Lack  of  documentation  or   data                 data  but  does  not   differentiation  between   >Identifies  areas  of   synthesize  information           significant  and  insignificant   concern                               >Fails  to  recognized   findings >Uses  descriptive   necessary  adaptations  in   terminology   care   Identifies  patient's   Uncertain  of  patient's   Fails  to  ascertain  patient's   subjective  statement  of   reason  for  DH  visit   oral  concern   reason  for  appt   Identifies  relevant  normal   >Fails  to  identify  1-­‐2   >Fails  to  identify  >2  normal   and  possible  abnormal   normal  and  possible   and  possible  abnormal   findings   abnormal  findings                               findings >Use  of  incorrect  terms    >Failure  to  perform  EIE                 >Failure  to  seek  consult   >Correctly  charts  existing   >Failure  to  identify  Failure  to  chart  DDS   and  DDS  recommended   existing  restorations                            treatment                                                     treatment                 >Failure  to  identify  Recognizes  possible  need   areas  possible  decay  or     >Failure  to  identify  >3   for  treatment                  faulty  restorations             existing  restorations                 >Seeks  consultation  prn   >Incorrect  classification  of   >Failure  to  recognize  >3   occlusion   areas  possible  decay  or   faulty  restorations                 >Failure  to  obtain  dental   exam                 >Failure  to  classify  occlusion   >Performs  periodontal   >Inaccurate  assessment           >Omits  portions  of  charting   charting  and  assessment   >Inaccurate  description  of   (i.e.  furcation,  mobility)                 with  minimal  errors                 gingival  tissue                 >Performs  periodontal   >Identifies  need  for   >Failure  to  seek  consult   charting  and  assessment   consult  prn   with  multiple  errors                 >Comprehensively  collects   >Has  to  rechart  assessment   and  synthesizes  all   appropriate  data   178  

Indices  (BI,  PI)   Caries  Risk  Assess  

Radiographs  

Impressions   Diagnostic  Casts  

Performs  accurate   Inaccurate  assessment   bleeding  and  plaque   indices   Determines  accurate  CRA   >Inaccurate  assessment  

Omits  one  or  both  indices  

>Omits  CRA                 >Failure  to  inform  patient  of   oral  conditions   >Failure  to  display   >Radiographs  are  non-­‐  radiographs  or  utilize  for   diagnostic                 assessment  and  treatment    >Failure  to  follow  radiation   >Radiographs  diagnostic   safety  protocol                 but  have  exposure  errors   >Failure  to  obtain  PTP  for   retakes  

>Utilizes  radiographs  for   assessment  data                 >Ascertain  DDS   prescription  to  expose   radiographs                 >Consults  faculty   regarding  appropriate   radiographs  to  expose   >Identifies  anatomical   landmarks             >Identifies  existing   restorations  and  possible   disease                 >Obtains  PTP  for  retakes   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A  

N/A   N/A  

DIAGOSE   DH  Dx  

DH  Dx  is  accurate  

DH  Px  

Utilizes  the  data  from   assessment  and  tx   outcomes  to  determine   the  patient's  oral  health   prognosis  (i.e.  favorable,   questionable,  unfavorable,   or  hopeless)  

>DH  Dx  case  type  or   DH  Dx  both  case  type  and   clinical  dx  is  inaccurate               clinical  dx  inaccurate   >Requires  faculty  input  to   determine  DH  Dx   DH  Px  is  slightly  inaccurate   Fails  to  make  a  DH  Px  

PLAN  

179  

DHPS  Care  Plan  

>Enters  all  pertinent  pt   >Omits  2-­‐3  pertinent   information  and  identifies   information  and/or   associated  risks                 associated  risks                 >Correctly  identifies  DH  Dx   >Omits  or  incorrectly   with  factors  and  related   identifies  2-­‐3  factors  and   risks                 related  risks                 >Plans  appropriate  and   >Omits  2-­‐3  appropriate   comprehensive  DH   DH  interventions  in  plan         interventions                 >Slightly  incorrect   >Determines  expected   statement  of  expected   outcomes         outcomes                 >Proposes  appropriate   >Slightly  incorrect   and  correct  plan  for   appointment  sequences   appointments                 proposed                                 >Determines  appropriate   >Slightly  incorrect  re-­‐ Re-­‐evaluation                  evaluation  determined             >Reviews  Care  Plan  with   >Omits  sections  of  care   the  patient  and  obtains   plan  when  reviewing  with   informed  consent  as   pt   needed   DH  Case  Presentation    >Comprehensively  collects   >Collects  all  appropriate   and  synthesizes  all   data  but  does  not   appropriate  data                 synthesize  information         >Presents  all  appropriate   >Uses  limited  dialogue         data  to  CI  and  patient                  >Presents  limited   >Uses  appropriate   information   communication  skills  to   present  case                 >Exhibits  professional,   intellectual,  ethical,   behavioral  and  attitudinal   attributes  necessary  to   perform  as  a  health  care   provider                    

>Omits  >3  pertinent   information  and/or   associated  risks                 >Omits  or  incorrectly   identifies  >3  factors  and    related  risks                 >Omits  >3  appropriate  DH    interventions  in  plan           >Incorrect  or  omitted   statement  of  expected   outcomes                 >  Incorrect  appointment   sequences  proposed  or   omitted                 >Slightly  incorrect  re-­‐ evaluation  determined                                                                   >Omits  sections  of  care  plan   when  reviewing  with  pt                 >Failure  to  obtain  informed   consent   >Lack  of  documentation  or   differentiation  between   significant  and  insignificant    findings >Failure  to  recognize   necessary  adaptations  in   care                 >Failure  to  inform  patient  of   DH  Dx  

     IMPLEMENT   Prevention   Infection  Control   Caries  Management  

Follows  infection  control   protocol  throughout   clinical  period   >Recognizes  caries  risk   >Involves  patient  in   appropriate  caries   prevention  therapy   (remineralization,   antimicrobial,  biofilm   removal)  

Does  not  follow  adequate   infection  control   guidelines    >Requires  faculty  input  in   determining  appropriate   therapy               >Does  not  include  all  the   appropriate  therapy    

180  

>Breaks  aseptic  chain               >Contamination  or  cross   contamination  occurs   >Does  not  involve  pt  in   determining  appropriate   therapy                 >Requires  faculty  input  in   determining  appropriate   therapy                 >Fails  to  follow  faculty   recommendations  

  Oral  Self  Care  

Orthodontic  Care  

Coronal  Polishing  

Care  of  Prosthesis  

Implant  Care                        

Tobacco  Cessation  

>Provides  at  appropriate   >Provides  at  inappropriate   >Does  not  involve  patient  in   time                             time  during  appointment          planning                                    p    rocess                                                                                           >Provides  hand  mirror                      >Involves                       patient  in   >Omits  patient  self-­‐care                                               >Involves  patient  in   process  but  chooses   >Provides  at  end  of   planning  process                                          illogical                              s    equence                                                                 appointment                         >Integrates  and  logically   >Clinician  dominates   >Does  not  utilize   sequences  patient  self-­‐ dialogue                         motivational  interviewing                                                         care                                                                              >Failure  to  monitor   >Assesses  patient  progress   progress  of  attainment  of   at  each  appointment;   goals                                           modifies  prn                         >Answers  to  questions   >Utilizes  motivational   indicate  inadequate   interviewing      >Sets   knowledge           appropriate  patient  goals       >Recognizes  appropriate   >Omits  two  of  the  C   >Omits  more  than  two  of   clinical  intervention                                criteria                                                     the  C  criteria   >Determines  appropriate   self-­‐care  intervention  w/pt                                                                   >Educates  the  pt  on  risks   associated  w/orthodontic   therapy   >Selects  appropriate   >Fails  to  properly  adapt   >Selects  inappropriate   polishing  agent   cup  to  effectively  remove   polishing  agent   >Effectively  removes   all  plaque                       >Inappropriate  technique                                             plaque  and  stain   >Uses  various  speeds                        >Fails                       to  remove  dental   >Fails  to  use  proper   biofilm   fulcrum   Procedure  completed   Inadequate  care   >Omits  care  of  prosthesis                                                 according  to  guidelines   >Failure  to  return  the   prosthesis  to  pt   >Recognizes  need  for   >Does  not  recognize  need        >Omits                              care                                                                                     procedure             >Ineffective   >Utilizes  incorrect   >Follows  prescribed   instrumentation                       instruments                             technique                     >Fails  to  document  proper   >Fails  to  provide  specific   >Uses  correct  instrument            home  care  instructions  in   home  care  instructions                                                                   >Documents  proper  home   PSDHCP   >Omits  implant   care  instructions  in   maintenance  on  PSDHCP       PSDHCP   >Recognizes  need,   >Patient's  well-­‐being  not   >Faculty  identifies  need                                                     provides  proper   first  priority  >Limited   >Needs  moderate  faculty   counseling                                                                attention                           to  risk  factors               assistance           >Offers  referral   >Limited  counseling                              >Does                     not  address  1-­‐800-­‐ information                       >Fails  to  utilize  all  aspects   QUIT  NOW                                                                       >Utilizes  and  Implements   of  a  tobacco  cessation   >Does  not  offer  information   the  "5  A's"   program   about  a  tobacco  cessation   program  

181    

  Nutritional  Counseling   Recognizes  need  &   provides  proper   counseling   Sealants  

Treatment   Anxiety/Pain  Control  

Instrumentation  

Instrument  Care   Powered  Instrument  

Chemotherapeutics   Desensitization  

>Patient's  well  being  not   >Faculty  identifies  need                                   first  priority     >Needs  moderate  faculty   >Limited  attention  to  risk   assistance         factors           >Does  not  address   >Limited  counseling   >Recognizes  need  for   >Does  not  recognize  need        >Faculty                             identifies  need                                                                 treatment         >Fails  to  explain  rationale   >Failure  to  gain  informed   >Appropriately  applies                    to            p    atient             >Fails  to   consent  prior  to  placement                                                   >Explains  rationale  to   provide  post  op   >Seals  incorrect  tooth   patient                         instructions   >Provides  post  op   instructions                   >Informed  consent  prior   to  placement         >Recognizes  the  need  for    >Faculty  identifies  need   >Does  not  recognize  need   faculty  assistance  for     for  anxiety/pain  Control   for  faculty  assistance  for   anxiety/pain  control   anxiety/pain  Control   >Demonstrates  safe   1-­‐2  of  the  following                 3  or  more  of  the  "A"  criteria   instrument  control                                  >Inappropriate                                           adaptation           >Activates  with   >inappropriate  angulation               appropriate  adaptation   >inappropriate  stroke   and  stroke  pressure   direction  or  length                                                               >Inappropriate  grasp                                                     >Inappropriate  fulcrum                                             >Inappropriate  insertion     Selects  correct   Sharpness  of  2  instrument   >Sharpness  of  3  or  more   instruments  and  maintains   inadequate   instruments  inadequate                                                               sharpness   >Re-­‐shaping  of  instrument   >Effectively  utilizes   >Water  or  power  settings   >Ineffective  or  inappropriate   powered  device       inadequate                                                            use             of  US  scaler                                                                                             >Selects  appropriate   >Technique  incorrect                          >Trauma                                    i  s      evident                                                             inserts  and  evacuation   >Insert  selection   >Uses  when  contraindicated                                       method                             inappropriate                   >Inappropriate  patient   >Appropriate  equipment   >Disregards  indications  for   preparation                                                                                                       setup  of  powered  device              use                                   >Determines   considerations  for  use     >Proper  patient   preparation   N/A   N/A   N/A                                   >Recognizes  need  for   >Does  not  recognize  need        >Faculty                               identifies  need   procedure                             >Fails  to  explain  rationale   >Appropriately  applies                    to            p    atient   >Explains  rationale  to   patient                 >Informed  consent  prior   to  medicament  placement  

182    

  Fluoride  

Air  Polishing   Patient  Management  

>Appropriate  product   >Applies  fluoride  but  fails   >Selects  inappropriate   selection             to  observe  throughout   product                 >Appropriate  application            procedure           >Application  inappropriate                                   >Appropriate  post  op   >Fails  to  provide  post  op   instructions     instructions   >Informed  consent  prior   to  application   N/A   N/A   N/A   >Establishes  and  maintains   >Patient  controls  or   >Lack  of  rapport                                                                                           rapport                           dominates  conversation              >Lack                        o      f      c    oncern                            for   >Demonstrates  concern   >Does  not  attempt  to   patient's  well-­‐being                                                                               for  patient's  well-­‐being                  establish                                    r    apport                            w      ith   >Failure  to  demonstrate   >Serves  as  an  advocate  for   patient                                                                            confidence/assertiveness         the  welfare  of  patient                                                           (patient  dominates   >Demonstrates   appointment)   confidence/assertiveness  

EVALUATE  

 

 

 

Oral  Health  Outcomes   Re-­‐Eval/Results  of   Therapy     Retreat,  Refer,   Maintain  

N/A   NA  

N/A   NA  

N/A   NA  

>Refers  patient  for  further   care    >Provides  resources   for  care   Continuing  Care   Advises  patient  of   Interval   appropriate  recall  interval   Patient  Satisfaction   Survey  given  to  patient  for   completion   Subsequent  Tx  Needs     Correctly  informs  patient   of  subsequent  tx  needs  

Refers  for  care  but  fails  to   Fails  to  refer  as  needed   provide  resources  for  care  

DOCUMENTATION     Documentation  

Inappropriate  recall   interval   N/A  

Omits  recall  interval  

N/A  

Fails  to  inform  patient  of   subsequent  tx  needs  

 

 

>Documentation  is   >Documentation   accurate  and  complete                    inadequate                                            o      r      i  ncomplete           >Uses  professional   (lacks  detail)                               terminology   >Uses  inappropriate   terminology               >Failure  to  use   appropriate  abbreviation  

183    

Omits  survey  

>Frequent  typographical   errors    >Documentation  is   inaccurate  or  incomplete                                                           >Failure  to  consider   patient's  needs  assessment   in  treatment  options  

  Time  Management  

Ergonomics                          

PROFESSIONAL   CONCERNS   Professional   appearance  

>Prepared  prior  to  clinical   session  so  treatment   moves  smoothly                   >Uses  time  efficiently  and   effectively                           >Seats  patient  at   appropriate  time         >Follows  pt  dismissal   protocol  

>Demonstrates  lack  of   >Demonstrates  lack  of  clinic   clinical  preparation   preparation  resulting  in   resulting  in  minor  clinic   major  clinic  interruptions                                                           interruptions                                                      >Does                          n      ot          c    omplete         >Tardy  seating  patient                    procedures                             in  a  timely   >Requires  CI  prompting  to   fashion                                                                                           follow  pt  dismissal   >Tardy  for  clinic  session                                                     protocol   >Pt  dismissal  protocol  not   followed                                                 >Late  for  clinic  session   resulting    in  major  clinic   interruptions                                     >Seats  patient  unnecessarily   late   Neutral  positions  attained,   Neutral  positions  not   Neutral  positions  not   efficient  ergonomics  for   attained,  posture  of  pt   considered  for  either   operator  &  pt   and/or  clinician  affected   patient/clinician  creating   negatively   unsafe  conditions  potentially   causing  harm  

 

Maintains  exemplary   personal  appearance  and   hygiene  in  accordance   with  professional   appearance  policy   Receptive  to  feedback   >Communicates  with   faculty,  peers  and  patients   in  a  respectful  manner        

 

 

>Inappropriate  clinic  attire      >Unprofessional               appearance   >Personal  appearance  &   >Inappropriate  personal   hygiene  are  somewhat   appearance  and/or  hygiene   inadequate   >Fails  to  communicate   effectively                                

Positive  attitude  

>Displays  positive  attitude        >Exhibits       somewhat   >Exhibits  self-­‐discipline   negative  attitude       >Self  discipline  somewhat   lacking   Ethical  judgment/Legal   >Acts  consistently  with  the   Lack  of  ethical  judgment   considerations   ethics  of  the  dental   hygiene  profession  and   state  regulations                                       >Promotes  ethical   behavior  and  high   standards  of  care  

184    

>Inattentive  to  faculty  or   patient's  needs                                                                                               >Does  not  follow   suggestions/instructions   >Displays  negative  attitude                                   >Lack  of  self-­‐discipline  

>Demonstrates  unethical   behavior                   >Performs  an  illegal  act                                                                 >Care  below  standards  

  Respectful  of  others  

Critical   thinking/problem   solving   Punctual   Prepared  

Confidentiality  

Teamwork    

Protocol  Adherence   Communication  

>Displays  respect  to   >Professional   >Disrespectful  to  faculty,   faculty,  peers,  &  patients            relationships                                                  w      ith              f  aculty,     peers,  or  patients                                                                                       >Serves  all  patients   peers,  and/or  patients  is     >Clinical  activities  lack   without  discrimination   lacking                                                                            honesty                       &  responsibility                                                               and  avoids  action  that  may   >Discriminates  against   be  interpreted  as   faculty,  peers,  or  patients                                                         discriminatory                                             >Inappropriate   >Conducts  clinical   conversations  in  clinic   activities  and  develops   sessions  (whether  patients   relationships  with   are  present  or  not)                                 colleagues  that  are  honest   and  responsible   Makes  evidence  based   >Attempts  to  make   >Makes  decisions  that  are   decisions  appropriate  for   decisions  without   potentially  harmful  to   optimal  pt.  care   evidence  to  support                             patient                                                                         >Proceeds  inappropriately   >Inappropriate  problem   solving   Shows  respect  and     Tardy  for  clinic  session   consideration  for  others   by  being  punctual   >Appropriately  prepared   >Missing  1-­‐3  components   >Missing  >3  components  of   for  clinic  sessions                                        of            a    rmamentarium                                                      armamentarium                                                                                                                                       >Exhibits  organizational   >Lack  of  organization   >Lack  of  organization   ability   resulting  in  minor  clinic   resulting  in  major  clinic   interruption   interruption   >Holds  professional   Breaches  some  aspect  of   >Violates  patient's   patient  relationships   patient  confidentiality   confidentiality         confidential                             >Loud  and  disruptive;   >Avoids  loud,  disruptive   inappropriate  conversation   and  inappropriate   conversation   >Collaborates  with  others   >Somewhat  lacking  in   Failure  to  participate  in   to  create  a  clinic   areas  of  teamwork     teamwork  approach                         environment  that   Breaches  some  aspect  of   minimizes  risk  to  the   patient  confidentiality                                                                                           patient  and  allows  for   >Inconsistent   effective  &  efficient  care              collaboration  w/peers   >Manages  conflicts   >Lacks  intiative  in  helping   constructively           others   >Interacts  in  a  collegial   professional  manner  with   peers,  faculty  and  patients   Adheres  to  clinical     Violates  protocol   protocol   Communicates  with  peers,   Communication  is   Communicates  with  peers,   faculty,  and  patients  in  an   ineffective  and  needs   faculty,  or  patients  in   effective,  respectful,  and   improvement   disrespectful  or   professional  manner   unprofessional  manner  

185    

 

Instrumentation/Polish 0-­‐2  areas  supra  calculus   3  areas  supra  calculus   4  or  more  supra  calculus   ing  Product   deposits  remain                                            deposits                                  r    emain                                                                        deposits                                  l  eft                                                                     0-­‐2  areas  of  sub  calculus   3-­‐4  areas  of  sub  calculus   5  or  more  areas  sub  calculus   remain  after  prophy                              remain                            a      fter                p    rophy                                                      deposits                                    l  eft              a    fter                p      rophy                                                                 0-­‐4  areas  of  sub  calculus   5-­‐6  areas  of  sub  calculus   7  or  more  areas  of  sub   remain  after  PM                                            remain                            a    fter                  P    M                                                                                            calculus                                                              d          eposits                                  l  eft              a    fter                                                               0-­‐2  areas  of  plaque  or   3-­‐4  areas  of  plaque  or   PM                                                                                                                                         stain  remain                                                          stain                    r    emain                                                        5        o      r      m        ore  areas  of   0-­‐  trauma   1-­‐2  areas  of  trauma   plaque/stain  remain  3  or   more  areas  of  trauma   Self-­‐Assessment   Reflection:                                                                Reflection:                                                                                            Reflection:                                                                                                                               >indicative  of  critical   >does  not  indicate  use  of   >is  omitted                                                                                                   thinking  that  promotes   critical  thinking                                              >lacks                          d    epth                      o    r     use  of   clinical  development                            >fails                      t    o        r    ecognize                         critical  thinking                                                                                               >identifies  opportunities   need/opportunity  for   for  self  improvement                          improvement                                                                                                                       >initiates  a  goal,  initiative,   >fails  to  recognize   or  strategy  to  achieve   goal/strategy  for   clinical  objectives  for  more   improvement   efficient  patient  care          

186    

   

DH  II  CLINICAL  EVALUATION  CRITERIA  

  This  document  is  intended  to  provide  guidance  to  students  and  faculty  on  criteria  utilized  to  measure   clinical  performance  when  providing  patient  care.  The  established  degree  of  skill  is  based  on  C-­‐ Competent,  A-­‐Needs  Attention,  or  N-­‐Needs  Development.  Students  who  receive  2  N's  in  any  category  will   be  required  to  complete  remediation  with  their  mentor  and  two  points  will  be  deducted  from  their   overall  course  grade.   STEP  

C  (Competent)  

A  (Needs  Attention)  

N  (Needs  Development)  

ASSESSMENT   HHx/Meds/Vitals    

Comprehensively  collects   Collects  all  appropriate   and  synthesizes  all   data  but  does  not   appropriate  data   synthesize  information  

>  Lack  of  documentation  or   differentiation  between   significant  and  insignificant   findings                             >Unorganized  or  doesn’t   adhere  to  protocol   PTP   >Presents  all  appropriate   Collects  all  appropriate   >Lack  of  documentation  or   data                         data  but  does  not   differentiation  between   >Identifies  areas  of   synthesize  information   significant  and  insignificant   concern                                 findings                                                         >Uses  descriptive   >Fails  to  recognize   terminology   necessary  adaptations  in   care   CC   >Identifies  patient's   Uncertain  of  patient's   >Fails  to  ascertain  patient's   subjective  statement  of   reason  for  DH  visit   oral  concern                                                                           reason  for  appt                         >Fails  to  identify   >Identifies  appropriate   appropriate  intervention   intervention  for  CC   for  CC   EIE   >Recognizes  need  for   >Uses  descriptive  terms   >Failure  to  seek  consult                                 consult  and  adaptations   inadequately                                                          >Failure                                 to  perform  EIE                                 in  care                                                         >Does  not  distinguish   >Failure  to  identify   >Able  to  identify  normal   significant  from   significant  findings     and  possible  abnormal   insignificant  findings   >Use  of  incorrect  terms   findings   Odontogram/                                                 >Correctly  charts  existing   >Failure  to  identify  Failure  to  chart  DDS   Hard  Tissue  Charting   and  DDS  recommended   existing  restorations                              treatment                                                         treatment                                             >Failure  to  identify  Recognizes  possible   areas  of  possible  decay  or   >Failure  to  identify  >2   need  for  treatment                                    faulty                          r    estorations             existing  restorations                                             >Seeks  consultation  prn   >Failure  to  recognize  >2   areas  possible  decay  or   faulty  restorations                                     >Failure  to  seek  dental   exam                                 >Incorrect  classification  of   occlusion  

187    

  Perio  Assessment  

>Performs  periodontal   charting  and  assessment   without  errors                             >Identifies  need  for   consult  prn                 >Comprehensively   collects  and  synthesize  all   appropriate  data   Performs  accurate   bleeding  and  plaque   indices   Determines  accurate  CRA    

>Inaccurate  charting  of   probing  depth  and   assessment                                               >Inaccurate  description   of  tissue  appearance  

>Incorrect  assessment                                     >Incomplete  charting   (furcations,  mobility,  MGJ,   CAL  etc.)                                                   >Failure  to  obtain  consult  

Inaccurate  assessment  

Omits  one  or  both  indices  

DH  Dx  

DH  Dx  is  accurate  

N/A  

DH  Px  

Utilizes  the  data  from   DH  Px  is  slightly   assessment  and  tx   inaccurate   outcomes  to  determine   the  patient's  oral  health   prognosis  (i.e.  favorable,   questionable,   unfavorable,  or  hopeless)  

Indices  (BI,  PI)   Caries  Risk  Assess   Radiographs  

Impressions  

Diagnostic  Casts  

>Inaccurate  assessment                >Omits           CRA                                                                               >Failure  to  inform  patient   of  oral  conditions   >Utilizes  radiographs  for    >Radiographs  are   >Failure  to  display   assessment  data                                              diagnostic                                            b    ut            h      ave   radiographs  or  utilize  for   >Ascertain  DDS   exposure    errors   assessment  and  treatment                       prescription  to  expose   >Radiographs  are  non-­‐ radiographs                                                                                       diagnostic                         >Consults  faculty   >Failure  to  follow  radiation   regarding  appropriate   safety  protocol                                                                   radiographs  to  expose                                           >Failure  to  obtain  PTP  for   >Identifies  anatomical   retakes   landmarks             >Identifies  existing   restorations  and  possible   disease                                                                 >Obtains  PTP  for  retakes   >Performs  impressions   >Performs  impressions   >Failure  to  review  and/or   without  errors                 with  minimal  errors   follow  manufacturer's   and/or  requires  faculty   instructions   assistance   >Casts  are  of  diagnostic   >Casts  are  diagnostic  but   >Casts  are  undiagnostic                                 quality   have  minimal  errors   >Failure  to  follow  lab  safety   protocols  

DIAGNOSE  

PLAN  

188    

>DH  Dx  case  type  or  clinical   dx  is  inaccurate     Fails  to  make  a  DH  Px  

  DHPS  Care  Plan  

DH  Case  Presentation  

>Enters  all  pertinent  pt   >Omits  1  pertinent   >Omits  2  or  more  pertinent   information  and   information  and/or   information  and/or   identifies  associated  risks          associated                                   risks                                                associated  risks                                                               >Correctly  identifies  DH   >Omits  or  incorrectly   >Omits  or  incorrectly   Dx  with  factors  and   identifies  1  factors  and   identifies  2  or  more  factors   related  risks                                                              related  risks                                                            and                    r  elated             risks                                                           >Plans  appropriate  and   >Omits  1  appropriate  DH   >Omits  2  or  more   comprehensive  DH   intervention  in  plan                                appropriate           DH   interventions                               >Slightly  incorrect   interventions  in  plan                                           >Determines  expected   statement  of  expected   >Incorrect  or  omitted   outcomes      >Proposes   outcomes                                       statement  of  expected   appropriate  and  correct   >Slightly  incorrect   outcomes                                                                           plan  for  appointments                 appointment  sequences   >  Incorrect  appointment   >Determines  appropriate   proposed                                 sequence  proposed  or   Re-­‐evaluation                                                        >Slightly                                   incorrect  re-­‐ omitted                                                                    >   >Reviews  Care  Plan  with   evaluation  determined                    Incorrect                                        r    e-­‐evaluation             the  patient  and  obtains   >Omits  sections  of  care   determined                                                                               informed  consent  as   plan  when  reviewing   >Omits  sections  of  care   needed   with  pt   plan  when  reviewing  with   pt                                                                             >Failure  to  obtain  informed   consent   >Comprehensively   >Collects  all  appropriate   >Lack  of  documentation  or   collects  and  synthesizes   data  but  does  not   differentiation  between   all  appropriate  data                                synthesize                                              information               significant  and  insignificant   >Presents  all  appropriate   >Uses  limited  dialogue                      findings                                                                                                                     information                                                                >Presents           limited   >Failure  to  recognize   >Uses  appropriate   information   necessary  adaptations  in   communication  skills  to   care                                                                       present  case                               >Fails  to  communicate  with   >Exhibits  professional,   instructor       intellectual,  ethical,   >Instructor  has  to  prompt   behavioral  and   the  case  presentation   attitudinal  attributes   necessary  to  perform  as  a   health  care  provider                      

IMPLEMENT   Prevention   Infection  Control   Caries  Management  

        Follows  infection  control   Does  not  follow  adequate   protocol  throughout   infection  control   clinical  period   guidelines     >Recognizes  caries  risk                    >Does                         not  include  all  the   >Involves  patient  in   appropriate  therapy     appropriate  caries   prevention  therapy   (remineralization,   antimicrobial,  biofilm   removal)  

189    

    >Breaks  aseptic  chain                                       >Contamination  or  cross   contamination  occurs   >Does  not  involve  pt  in   determining  appropriate   therapy  

  Oral  Self  Care  

Orthodontic  Care  

Coronal  Polishing  

Care  of  Prosthesis   Implant  Care  

Tobacco  Cessation  

>Provides  at  beginning  of   >Provides  at   >Does  not  involve  patient   appointment                                                            inappropriate             time   in  planning  process                                                 >Provides  hand  mirror                    during                         appointment                                >Answers                     to  questions   >Involves  patient  in   >Involves  patient  in   indicate  inadequate   planning  process                                            process                                  b    ut            c    hooses             knowledge                                                     >Integrates  and  logically   illogical  sequence                                   >Omits  patient  self-­‐care                               sequences  patient  self-­‐ >Clinician  dominates   >Provides  at  end  of   care                                                                             dialogue   appointment                         >Assesses  patient   >Does  not  utilize   progress  at  each   motivational  interviewing   appointment;  modifies   prn                           >Utilizes  motivational   interviewing   >Recognizes  appropriate   >Omits  one  of  the  criteria   >Omits  more  than  one  of   clinical  intervention                                                                                   the  C  criteria   >Determines  appropriate   self-­‐care  intervention   w/pt                                                                   >Educates  the  pt  on  risks   associated  w/orthodontic   therapy   >Selects  appropriate   >Fails  to  properly  adapt   >Selects  inappropriate   polishing  agent   cup  to  effectively  remove   polishing  agent   >Effectively  removes   all  plaque                     >Inappropriate  technique                         plaque  and  stain   >Uses  various  speeds                          >Fails                     to  remove  dental   >Fails  to  use  proper   biofilm   fulcrum   Procedure  completed   Inadequate  care   >Omits  care  of  prosthesis                         according  to  guidelines   >Failure  to  return  the   prosthesis  to  pt   >Recognizes  need  for   >Does  not  recognize  need          >Omits                             care                                                                             procedure             >Ineffective   >Utilizes  incorrect   >Follows  prescribed   instrumentation                       instruments                             technique                     >Fails  to  document   >Fails  to  provide  specific     >Uses  correct  instrument            proper  home  care   home  care  instructions                                   >Documents  proper   instructions  in  PSDHCP   >Omits  implant   home  care  instructions  in   maintenance  on  PSDHCP       PSDHCP   >Recognizes  need,   >Patient's  well-­‐being  not   >Faculty  identifies  need                               provides  proper   first  priority                                                            >Needs                             moderate  faculty   counseling                                                                    >Limited                       attention  to  risk   assistance           >Offers  referral   factors                 >Does  not  address  1-­‐800-­‐ information                       >Limited  counseling                              QUIT                     NOW                                                             >Utilizes  and  Implements   >Fails  to  utilize  all   >Does  not  offer  information   the  "5  A's"     aspects  of  a  tobacco   about  a  tobacco  cessation   >Recognizes  pt's   cessation  program   program   readiness  to  change  

190    

  Nutritional  Counseling  

Sealants  

Treatment   Anxiety/Pain  Control  

Instrumentation  

Instrument  Care  

Powered  Instrument  

>Recognizes  risk  and   >Patient's  well  being  not   need  for  intervention                          first                    p      riority                 >Utilizes  patient's  needs   >Limited  attention  to  risk   assessment  to  determine   factors           counseling  and  treatment   >Limited  counseling   options  

>Failure  to  recognize  need   for  intervention  and   counseling                       >Faculty  identifies  need                               >Needs  moderate  faculty   assistance         >Does  not  address   >Recognizes  need                                        >Minor  technique  error                  >Finished                       product  is  not   >Quality  of  final  product   >Final  product  needs   clinically  acceptable                                               acceptable                                     attention   >Failure  to  gain  informed   >Procedure  completed   consent  prior  to  placement                   according  to  guidelines                                                               >Seals  incorrect  tooth   >Informed  consent  prior   to  placement               >Recognizes  the  need  for   >Does  not  recognize  need    >Faculty  identifies  need  for   faculty  assistance  for     for  faculty  assistance  for   Anxiety/Pain  Control                                         anxiety/pain  control     anxiety/pain  control     >Incorrect  technique  in   >Determines  appropriate   >Requires  faculty  consult   administration  of  LA                                             LA  for  pt         for  appropriate  LA  for  pt              >Administration                                         of  LA   >Follows  correct   >Requires  faculty   results  in  potential  harm  to   administration  technique   prompting  during  the   patient   administration  of  LA   >Demonstrates  safe   1  of  the  following                       2  or  more  of  the  "A"  criteria   instrument  control                                    >Inappropriate                                       >Activates  with   adaptation           appropriate  adaptation   >inappropriate   and  stroke  pressure   angulation               >inappropriate  stroke   direction  or  length                                                               >Inappropriate  grasp                                                                                             >Inappropriate  insertion     Selects  correct   Sharpness  of    1   >Sharpness  of  2  or  more   instruments  and   instrument  is  inadequate   instruments  inadequate                               maintains  sharpness   >Faculty  assists  in   instrument  selection;   sharpness  not  maintained                       >Re-­‐shaping  of  instrument   >Effectively  utilizes   >Inadequate  water  or   >Ineffective  or   powered  device  and   power  settings                                                    inappropriate                     use  of  US   selects  appropriate   >Incorrect  technique                            scaler                                                                                                                             inserts                 >Insert  selection   >Trauma  is  evident                                                 >Selects  appropriate   inappropriate                   >Uses  when   inserts  and  evacuation   >Disregards  indications   contraindicated                                     method                                                                               for  use   >Inappropriate  patient   >Appropriate  equipment   preparation                                                                               setup  of  powered  device                                                             >States  considerations   and  indications  for  use                                                             >Proper  patient   preparation   191  

 

  Chemotherapeutics  

Desensitization  

Fluoride  

Air  Polishing  

Patient  Management  

>Recognizes  need  for   >Does  not  recognize  need          >Faculty                 identifies  need                               treatment    and   >Fails  to  explain   >Failure  to  obtain  informed   considerations  of  use       rationale  to  pt         consent             >Appropriately  applies                    >Fails                       to  provide  post  op   >Failure  to  provide  pt  post   >Explains  rationale  to   instructions   op  instructions   patient                         >Provides  post  op   instructions                               >Informed  consent  prior   to  placement   >Recognizes  need  for   >Does  not  recognize  need          >Faculty                             identifies  need                               procedure  and  prepares   >Fails  to  explain   >Fails  to  obtain  informed   accordingly                           rationale  to  patient   consent  prior  to   >Appropriately  applies                                   medicament  placement   >Explains  rationale  to   patient                 >Informed  consent  prior   to  medicament  placement   >Appropriate  product       >Selects  inappropriate   selection               product       >Justifies   >Application  inappropriate                   recommendations  for  pt       >Fails  to  provide  post  op   >Appropriate  application                                     instructions    >Does  not   >Appropriate  post  op   explain  rationale  for   instructions       application  and  does  not   >Informed  consent  prior   encourage  treatment                                           to  application   >Applies  fluoride  but  fails   to  observe  throughout   procedure                                                                                   >Failure  to  obtain  informed   consent           >States  considerations   >Unable  to  explain   >Selects  inappropriate   and  indications  for  use                      rationale                                      f    or         appropriate   agent                                   >Informed  consent  prior   agent                                                                   >Failure  to  obtain  informed   to  use                                 consent                             >Selects  appropriate   >Does  not  explain  rationale   agent  &  explain  rationale                                                                                                   for  use  of  air  polishing                                     >  Appropriate  technique   >Trauma  occurs                                                             and  evacuation   >Did  not  observe   contraindications             >Failure  to  provide   appropriate  technique  or   evacuation                                 >Establishes  and   >Patient  controls  or   >Lack  of  rapport                                                           maintains  rapport                                 dominates  conversation                >Lack                          o      f      c    oncern                                for   >Demonstrates  concern   >Does  not  attempt  to   patients                     for  patient's  well-­‐being                    gain                    r    apport                              w        ith              the   >Failure  to  demonstrate   >Serves  as  an  advocate   patient                                                                         confidence/assertiveness   for  the  welfare  of  patient                                                         (patient  dominates   >Demonstrates   appointment)   confidence/assertiveness  

EVALUATE   192    

  Oral  Health  Outcomes  

Re-­‐Eval/Results  of   Therapy    

Retreat,  Refer,  Maintain  

Continuing  Care  Interval   Patient  Satisfaction   Subsequent  Tx  Needs    

>Discussion  of   attainment  of  goals   related  to  self  care  (BI,   PI)        

>Lack  of  supporting   evidence  provided  to   patient  regarding   treatment  outcomes          

>Failure  to  discuss  goal   attainment  w/pt       >Failure  to  address   outcomes  of   recommendations                                                     >Appropriate  course  of   >Incomplete  assessment   >Failure  to  communicate   treatment  provided  to   of  patient   patient  specific   patient                                                                                  needs/outcomes                                                                                                              needs/appropriate                             course   of  action                                                                                           >Failure  to  recognize   outcome  of  patient  therapy                   >Refers  patient  for   Refers  for  care  but  fails   Fails  to  refer  as  needed   further  care       to  provide  resources  for   >Provides  resources  for   care   care   Advises  patient  of   Inappropriate  recall   Omits  recall  interval   appropriate  recall   interval   interval   Survey  completed   N/A   Omits  survey   Correctly  informs  patient   N/A   Fails  to  inform  patient  of   of  subsequent  tx  needs   subsequent  tx  needs  

DOCUMENTATION   Documentation  

Time  Management  

Ergonomics  

>Documentation   accurate,  complete     >Uses  professional   terminology  

>Documentation   >Frequent  typographical   inadequate  or  lacks  detail          errors                                                                                                   >Uses  inappropriate   >Documentation  is   terminology   inaccurate  or  incomplete                           >Failure  to  consider   patient's  needs  assessment   in  treatment  options                         >Failure  to  use  appropriate   abbreviation   >Prepared  prior  to   >Demonstrates  lack  of   >Demonstrates  lack  of   clinical  session  so   clinical  preparation   clinic  preparation  resulting   treatment  moves   resulting  in  minor  clinic   in  major  clinic   smoothly                     interruptions                                                          interruptions                                                                                                                     >Uses  time  efficiently  and   >Tardy  seating  patient                   >Does  not  complete   effectively                           procedures  in  a  timely   >Seats  patient  at   fashion                                                                                           appropriate  time         >Tardy  for  clinic  session                             >Follows  pt  dismissal   >Pt  dismissal  protocol  not   protocol   followed                                                 >Late  for  clinic  session   resulting    in  major  clinic   interruptions                                     >Seats  patient   unnecessarily  late   Neutral  positions   Neutral  positions  not   Neutral  positions  not   attained,  pt  and  operator   attained,  posture  of  pt   considered  for  either   efficient  ergonomics   and  clinician  affected   patient/clinician  creating   negatively   unsafe  conditions   potentially  causing  harm   193  

 

  PROFESSIONAL  CONCERNS   Professional  appearance  

Receptive  to  feedback  

Positive  attitude  

Ethical  judgment/Legal   considerations  

Maintains  exemplary   personal  appearance  and   hygiene  in  accordance   with  professional   appearance  policy   >Communicates  with   faculty,  peers  and   patients  in  a  respectful   manner         >Displays  positive   attitude               >Exhibits  self-­‐discipline  

>  Inappropriate  clinic   attire                     >Personal  appearance  &   hygiene  are  somewhat   inadequate   >Fails  to  communicate   effectively                         >Exhibits  somewhat   negative  attitude       >Self  discipline   somewhat  lacking   Lack  of  ethical  judgment  

>Unprofessional   appearance     >Inappropriate  personal   appearance  and/or  hygiene  

>Inattentive  to  faculty  or   patient's  needs                                                                 >Does  not  follow   suggestions/instructions   >Displays  negative  attitude                   >Lack  of  self-­‐discipline  

>Acts  consistently  with   >Demonstrates  unethical   the  ethics  of  the  dental   behavior           hygiene  profession  and   >Performs  an  illegal  act                                 state  regulations                                         >Care  below  standards   >Promotes  ethical   behavior  and  high   standards  of  care   Respectful  of  others   >Displays  respect  to   >Professional   >Disrespectful  to  faculty,   faculty,  peers,  &  patients              relationships                                                        w      ith       peers,  or  patients                                                         >Serves  all  patients   faculty,  peers,  and/or   >Clinical  activities  lack   without  discrimination   patients  is    lacking                                      honesty                                  &        r    esponsibility                                           and  avoids  action  that   >Discriminates  against   may  be  interpreted  as   faculty,  peers,  or  patients                           discriminatory                                             >Inappropriate   >Conducts  clinical   conversations  in  clinic   activities  and  develops   sessions  (whether  patients   relationships  with   are  present  or  not)                                 colleagues  that  are   honest  and  responsible   Critical  thinking/problem   Makes  evidence  based   >Attempts  to  make   >Makes  decisions  that  are   solving   decisions  appropriate  for   decisions  without   potentially  harmful  to   optimal  pt  care   evidence  to  support                                patient                                                                       >Proceeds   >Inappropriate  problem   inappropriately   solving                     Punctual   Shows  respect  and       Tardy  for  clinic  session   consideration  for  others   by  being  punctual   Prepared   >Appropriately  prepared   >Missing  1-­‐2  components   >Missing  >2  components  of   for  clinic  sessions                                          of          a      rmamentarium                                                      armamentarium                                                                                                             >Exhibits  organizational   >Lack  of  organization   >Lack  of  organization   ability   resulting  in  minor  clinic   resulting  in  major  clinic   interruption   interruption   Confidentiality   >Holds  professional   Breaches  some  aspect  of   >Violates  patient's   patient  relationships   patient  confidentiality   confidentiality         confidential                   >Loud  and  disruptive;   >Avoids  loud,  disruptive   inappropriate  conversation   and  inappropriate   conversation   194    

  Teamwork    

Protocol  Adherence   Communication  

Instrumentation/Polishin g  Product  

Self-­‐Assessment                      

>Collaborates  with  others   >Inconsistent    >Lacks  initiative  in  helping   to  create  a  clinic   collaboration  w/peers     others   environment  that   minimizes  risk  to  the   patient  and  allows  for   effective  &  efficient  care               >Manages  conflicts   constructively         >Interacts  in  a  collegial   professional  manner  with   peers,  faculty  and   patients   Adheres  to  clinical       Violates  protocol   protocol   Communicates  with   Communication  is   Communicates  with  peers,   peers,  faculty,  and   ineffective  and  needs   faculty,  or  patients  in   patients  in  an  effective,   improvement   disrespectful  or   respectful,  and   unprofessional  manner   professional  manner    0-­‐1  areas  supra  calculus   2  areas  supra  calculus   3  or  more  supra  calculus   deposits  remain                                                deposit                                r    emain                                                                          deposits                                      r  emain                                                                                 0-­‐1  sub  calculus  remain   2  areas  of  sub  calculus   3  or  more  areas  sub   after  prophy                                                            remain                                a      fter         prophy                              calculus                                    d    eposits                                r    emain       0-­‐2  area  of  sub  calculus   3  areas  of  sub  calculus   after  prophy                                                                           remain  after  PM                                              remain                                a      fter                  P    M                                                      4          o    r        m        ore                a    reas                      o    f        sub   0-­‐1  areas  calculus  remain   2  areas  sub  calculus   calculus  deposits  left  (PM)                       per  quad  on  NSPT                                        remain                                p    er            q      uad                  o    n  NSPT          3        a    reas/quad                                              s    ub              c    alculus                       0-­‐2  areas  of  plaque  or   3-­‐4  areas  of  plaque  or   deposits  remain  on  NSPT                           stain  remain                                                            stain                       remain                                                            5          o    r        m   ore  areas  of   0  areas  of  trauma   1-­‐2  areas  of  trauma   plaque/stain  remain  3  or   more  areas  of  trauma   Reflection:                                                                    Reflection:                                                                                              Reflection:                                                                                                       >indicative  of  critical   >does  not  indicate  use  of   >is  omitted                                                                                 thinking  that  promotes   critical  thinking                                                >lacks                            d      epth                      or  use  of   clinical  development                              >fails                        t    o        r    ecognize                     critical  thinking                                                               >identifies  opportunities   need/opportunity  for   for  self  improvement                            improvement                                                                                                                           >initiates  a  goal,   >fails  to  recognize   initiative,  or  strategy  to   goal/strategy  for   achieve  clinical  objectives   improvement   for  more  efficient  patient   care  

 

195    

DH  I  &  DH  II  CLINICAL  PRODUCT  EVALUATION  TABLE  

DH1$and$DH2$Clinical$Product$Evaluation$ DH1$ C$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$PRO$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$0*2$supra$ $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$0*2$sub$ $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$PM$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$0*4$sub$ $ $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$Plaque/stain$$$0*2$ $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$Trauma$$$$$$$$$$$$$0$ $ A$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$PRO$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$3$supra$ $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$3*4$sub$ $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$PM$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$5*6$sub$ $ $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$Plaque/stain$$$3*4$ $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$Trauma$$$$$$$$$$$$$1*2$ $ N$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$PRO$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$4+$supra$ $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$5+$sub$ $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$PM$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$7+$sub$ $ $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$Plaque/stain$$$5+$ $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$Trauma$$$$$$$$$$$$$3+$

DH2$ C$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$PRO$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$0*1$supra$ $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$0*1$sub$ $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$PM$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$0*2$sub$ $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$NSPT$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$2$sub/quad$ $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$Plaque/stain$$$0*2$ $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$Trauma$$$$$$$$$$$$$0$ $ A$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$PRO$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$2$supra$ $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$2$sub$ $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$PM$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$3$sub$ $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$NSPT$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$2$sub/quad$ $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$Plaque/stain$$$3*4$ $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$Trauma$$$$$$$$$$$$$1*2$ $ N$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$PRO$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$3+$supra$ $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$3+$sub$ $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$PM$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$4+$sub$ $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$NSPT$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$3+$sub/quad$ $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$Plaque/stain$$$5+$ $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$Trauma$$$$$$$$$$$$$3+$

DH1s  –  3  Ns  in  same  category  =  Mentor  remediation/2  point  overall  grade  deduction   DH2s  –  2  Ns  in  same  category  =  Mentor  remediation/2  point  overall  grade  deduction  

196  

CLINICAL  OPERATIONS  SECTION  IV-­‐  Clinic  Reference  Documents  

197  

ABBREVIATIONS   Anes   approx.   appt   ASA   ASAP   -­‐   b.i.d.   bilat.   BP   BWX   BX   CC   C/C   C/P   Ca   Cau.   CBC   CHD   CHF   CNS   cont.   COPD   -­‐   CP   CVA   CVD   DC   DH   DOB   DX   EBV   EKG  or  ECG   EEG   Endo   ENT   Eval   Ext.   FMX   FPD   HBV   HHx   IDDM   -­‐   IM     mand.   -­‐   max.   meds.   MI   MVP   OP   OS   prn   PCN  

-­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐  

Anesthetic   approximate   appointment   aspirin   as  soon  as  possible   twice  a  day   bilateral   blood  pressure   bitewing  radiographs   biopsy   chief  complaint   complete  dentures   complete  maxillary  denture/mandibular  partial   cancer   Caucasian   Complete  blood  count   Congestive  heart  disease   Congestive  heart  failure   Central  nervous  system   continued   Chronic  obstructive  pulmonary  disease   Cerebral  palsy   Cerebral  vascular  attack   Cardiovascular  disease   discontinue   dental  hygiene   date  of  birth   diagnosis   Epstein  Barr  Virus   Electrocardiogram   Electroencephalogram   Endodontics   Ear,  nose  and  throat   evaluation   extract   Full  Mouth  survey   Fixed  Prosthodontics   Hepatitis  B  Virus   health  history   Insulin  Dependent  Diabetes  Mellitus   Intramuscular   mandibular   maxillary   medications   myocardial  infarction   Mitral  Valve  Prolapse   Operative   Oral  Surgery   as  needed   Penicillin   198  

POI   Pt.   PTPW   q.   q.i.d.   RCT   Rec.   RHD   R/O   RPD   RXN   SBE   t.i.d.   TMJ   w/   -­‐   w/o  or  s   WNL   -­‐  

-­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐   -­‐  

Post-­‐operative  instructions   patient   patient  tolerated  procedure  well   every   four  times  a  day   root  canal  treatment   recommend   Rheumatic  Heart  Disease   Rule  Out   Removable  Partial  Denture  or  Removable  Prosthodontics   Department   reaction   Subacute  Bacterial  Endocarditis   three  times  a  day   temporal  mandibular  joint   with   without   within  normal  limits  

199  

ASA  PHYSICAL  STATUS  CLASSIFICATION  

American Society of Anesthesiologists - ASA Physical Status C...

http://www.asahq.org/resources/clinical-information/asa-physica...

Home > Resources > Clinical Information > ASA Physical Status Classification System

ASA Physical Status Classification System ASA PHYSICAL STATUS CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM Last approved by the ASA House of Delegates on October 15, 2014 Current definitions (NO CHANGE) and Examples (NEW) ASA PS Classification

Examples, including, but not limited to:

Definition

ASA I

A normal healthy patient

Healthy, non-smoking, no or minimal alcohol use

ASA II

A patient with mild systemic disease

Mild diseases only without substantive functional limitations. Examples include (but not limited to): current smoker, social alcohol drinker, pregnancy, obesity (30 < BM < 40), wellcontrolled DM/HTN, mild lung disease

ASA III

A patient with severe systemic disease

Substantive functional limitations; One or more moderate to severe diseases. Examples include (but not limited to): poorly controlled DM or HTN, COPD, morbid obesity (BMI !40), active hepatitis, alcohol dependence or abuse, implanted pacemaker, moderate reduction of ejection fraction, ESRD undergoing regularly scheduled dialysis, premature infant PCA < 60 weeks, history (>3 months) of MI, CVA, TIA, or CAD/stents.

ASA IV

A patient with severe systemic disease that is a constant threat to life

Examples include (but not limited to): recent ( < 3 months) MI, CVA, TIA, or CAD/stents, ongoing cardiac ischemia or severe valve dysfunction, severe reduction of ejection fraction, sepsis, DIC, ARD or ESRD not undergoing regularly scheduled dialysis

ASA V

A moribund patient who is not expected to survive without the operation

Examples include (but not limited to): ruptured abdominal/thoracic aneurysm, massive trauma, intracranial bleed with mass effect, ischemic bowel in the face of significant cardiac pathology or multiple organ/system dysfunction

ASA VI

A declared brain-dead patient whose organs are being removed for donor purposes

*The addition of “E” denotes Emergency surgery: (An emergency is defined as existing when delay in treatment of the patient would lead to a significant increase in the threat to life or body part) These definitions appear in each annual edition of the ASA Relative Value Guide®. There is no additional information that will help you further define these categories.

1 of 1

5/13/15 3:42 PM

200  

axiUm  CHARTING  LEGEND  

axiUm Charting Legend   CARIES/ LOSS TOOTH STRUCTURE/ CONDITIONS:

 

Diastema between 6 and 7

RESTORATIONS: Sealant

Amalgam

D1351

PRR

Sedative Filling

  Temporary Crown

Porcelain to Metal Crown

D2970

D2752

Class   V Composite*

All Ceramic Crown

D1352

Implantretained Porcelain to Metal Crown D6010 D2752""

Porcelain Labial Veneer

D2740

Full gold Crown with Endo

Composite Filling  

Porcelain to Metal FPD D6242 Pontic D6752 Retainer

D3330 RCT D2792 FGC

Lingual Bar

Full Cast Gold FPD

D8220

D6212 Pontic D6792 Retainer

D2962

*"Add the composite to the buccal surface then select the tooth, right click and choose “Tooth Details” uncheck the paint radio button and remove as much of the composite as is necessary and click “OK”.

201  

TREATMENT  NOTE  EXAMPLES  

Prophylaxis Note Prophylaxis: SRP prn all quads Instruments Utilized: US prn with slimline insert, Gracey ½, H6/7 Scaler, 5/6 Barnhart curette Polishing technique: Selective PCP with fine paste, Shimmer used on all crowns Oral Hygiene Instructions: Re-evaluated OH from last apt since PI was 80%. Disclosing indicated new PI is 40%, mostly interproximal. Tell-Show-Do flossing technique, stressed holding TB with pencil grasp instead of fist grasp to reduce pressure Product(s) dispensed: Toothbrush, floss, Listerine Zero Fluoride administered: 5% sodium fluoride varnish with verbal and written POI Recall Interval: 6 mrc Additional notes: Pt. prefers treatment in semi-supine position due to vertigo. Asked pt if interested in tobacco cessation; she reports she is not ready to quit her 1.5 pk/day habit but may consider “cutting back.” Distributed 1-800-QUITNOW pamphlet; she understands how smoking affects her periodontal health Next Visit: 6 MR Student Provider: Student Name Supervising Faculty: Clinic Instructor

Periodontal Maintenance Note

Perio Maintenance: SRP prn UL and LL quads Instruments Utilized: US slimline and FSI 100 inserts, all Gracey curettes, H6/7 scaler and 5/6 Barnhart curette Polishing technique: none today, will do upon completion OHI: Positive reinforcement for increased brushing time and frequency, PI has dropped from 80% to 30%. Demo’d Superfloss under bridge Product(s) dispensed: Soft TB, Oral B Superfloss, Listerine Fluoride administered: none Recall Interval: 4 MRC Additional notes: Consider using Oraqix for pain control if inflammation still present Next visit: Assess itssue response on Left side—moderate marginal edema and erythema today. Complete SRP LR and UR quads; pcp fine paste, fl tx Student provider: Student Name Supervising Faculty: Clinic Instructor

Assessment Note Example (Assessment in Process)

Chief Concern: “My lower left back tooth hurts when I eat crunchy things.” Extra-Oral Findings: See Dx findings form Intra-Oral Findings: See Dx findings form Dental charting: see Odontogram Perio charting: see periodontal charting in “Perio” tab Distribution and Quantity of Biofilm: * Distribution and Quantity of Calculus: * Distribution and Quantity of Stain: * RISK FACTORS: (refer to “Risk Factor” tab in Diagnostic Findings form) Type of Radiographs Taken: None, None PAs, BWX taken for which teeth and why?: * Radiographic findings: * Periodontal Classification: * 202  

Additional Periodontal Condition Description: * Current State of Disease: * Patient Informed of Perio Saatus: No, If not then reason: Assessment not complete OHI: Will complete at next apt upon completion and check of assessment Product(s) Dispensed: * Exam: Will be done at next apt Next visit: Complete assessment: finish gingival margins, CRA, care plan, assessment check by CI, then disclose and record PI, OHI, SRP prn all quads, prophy cup polish, Flt x Student provider: Assessment in Process, Student Name Supervising Faculty: Clinic Instructor

Assessment Note Example (Assessment complete and checked by CI)

Chief Concern: “My lower left back tooth hurts when I eat crunchy things.” Extra-Oral Findings: See Dx findings form Intra-Oral Findings: See Dx findings form Dental charting: see Odontogram Perio charting: see periodontal charting in “Perio” tab Distribution and Quantity of Biofilm: Generalized moderate Interproximal, PI 80% Distribution and Quantity of Calculus: Moderate veneer supragingival in LA and generalized sub-g spicules Distribution and Quantity of Stain: Slight generalized cervical RISK FACTORS: (refer to “Risk Factor” tab in Diagnostic Findings form) Type of Radiographs Taken: 4 HBWX, 1 PA PAs, BWX taken for which teeth and why?: BWX for diagnostic purposes and PA #19 for biting sensitivity reported by patient Radiographic findings: Moderate generalized bone loss on BWX and slight periapical radiolucency on #19 Periodontal Classification: Generalized moderate periodontitis Additional Periodontal Condition Description: Chronic Periodontitis Current State of Disease: Active Patient Informed of Perio Status: YES OHI: Cleaned C/ in US bath; Demo’d mod Bass technique and small proxabrush. Set goal with pt to increase brushing to bid and use proxabrush at least every other day to decrease PI from 80% to 40%. Discussed C/ care and positive reinforcement for taking out C/ while sleeping; discussed moderate to severe inflammation and the OSL. Set goal of 25% BI to 10% Product(s) Dispensed: Soft TB, floss, Listerine, small green proxabrush Exam: Completed by Dr. Miller; pt signed limited tx form for recurrent decay #27-D Next visit: Disclose to evaluate PI reduction; OHI as needed; SRP prn all quads, prophy cup polish Fl varnish Student provider: Assessment Completed, Student Name Supervising Faculty: Clinic Instructor

203  

 

CARE  PLAN  EXAMPLE       CARE  PLAN  RISK  FACTORS     Medical  History     At  Risk  For   SYSTEMIC  DISEASES  (a  factor  that  results  or  is  influenced  by  a  physical  or  mental   disease  or  condition)   Diabetes   PD,  increased  gingival  inflammation,  susceptibility  to   periodontal  infections,  candidiasis,  angular  cheilitis,   xerostomia,  caries,  edematous  tissues,  burning  tongue   syndrome,  hypogeusia,  increase  susceptibility  to  MI  and  stroke     HTN     MI,  stoke,  CVD,  atherosclerosis,     Pulmonary   COPD:  PD,  cancers,  nicotine  stomatitis,  halitosis,  extrinsic  tooth     stains     CVD/CHF     PD,  type  I  diabetes,  atherosclerosis,  clots     Osteoporosis   PD,  loss  of  alveolar  bone  results  from  osteopenia,  greater     attachment  loss   RA     PD,  impaired  motor  function  and  self-­‐care  ability   HIV/AIDS     PD,  Kaposi’s  sarcoma,  candidiasis     Asthma     xerostomia,  caries,  gingivitis,  GERD,  oral  candidiasis   OTHER  CONDITIONS     Allergies  (PCN)   List  reaction:  Type  I  hypersensitivity  reaction   Psychiatric  Dis.   xerostomia  (meds),  lost  of  taste  perception  (meds),     caries,  PD       Special  Needs  self-­‐care  inability     Pregnancy   acid  erosion,  gingival  enlargement  due  to  hormonal  changes,     pregnancy  gingivitis,  pyogenic  granuloma       Epilepsy/Seizures   gingival  enlargement  (meds),  PD,  fractures     Anorexia/Bulimia   perimyloysis,  xerostomia,  hypersensitivity,  taste     impairment,  bruxism,  caries,  nutritional  deficiencies           MEDICATIONS     xerostomia,  orthostatic  hypertension,  anxiety,  bitter   taste,  gingival  enlargement,  taste  disorder   ASA     ADL/IADL     Social  &  Dental  History   At  Risk  For   DENTAL  TX/HX   Missing  teeth  supraeruption,  malocclusion,  TMD   Deep  pit/fissures   caries,  

204  

Exp.  root  surfaces     hypersensitivity,  root  caries   Rotated/mal  pos   caries  risk,  premature  wear,  food  impaction   Open  contacts   caries,  food  impaction   Ortho  TX   (past)   demineralization,  caries,  PD,  acquired  deficiencies,   recession   DENTAL  HX/KNOWLEDGE   FLUORIDE  USE   None  to  low   caries,  demineralization   High     Fluorosis   LOCAL  FACTORS  (a  factor  in  the  immediate  environment  to  the  oral  cavity)  (PAST   HX)   Biofilm     gingivitis,  PD,  CAL,  halitosis,  eventual  tooth  loss   Oral  piercing   abrasion,  tooth  fracture   Xerostomia   caries  risk,  debris  accumulation,  demineralization,  problems  of   denture  wearing,  dietary  changes   Recession     gingival/root  caries,  hypersensitivity   Leukoplakia   oral  cancer,  changes  in  oral  tissues   Faulty  rests   recurrent  caries   Overhangs   recurrent  caries,  PD,  root  caries   Ortho  TX   (present)   demineralization,  caries,  PD,  acquired   deficiencies,  recession   Fluorosis   HEALTH  BEHAVIORS   Smoking   cancers,  pulmonary  diseases,  HTN,  CVD,  PD,  atherosclerosis,   bone  loss,  attachment  loss,  calculus,  stain,  Implant  failures,   osteoporosis   Smokeless   oral  cancer,  root  exposure,  severe  recession,  periodontal   lesions,  CAL   Sun  exposure  cancers,  premature  aging   Alcohol  use   cancers,  xerostomia,  liver  disease,  diminished  immune   response,  nutritional  deficiencies,  CVD,     Male:  testicular  atrophy,  suppression  of  testosterone   Female:  menstrual  disturbances,  failure  to  ovulate,  early   menopause,  children  with  Fetal  Alcohol  Syndrome   Dietary   caries,  enamel  erosion,  

205  

HERED.   Early  tooth  loss,  PD   Diabetes   PD   Osteoporosis   PD   CULTURAL  BEHAVIORS   Pipe  smoking  cancers,  PD   Non-­‐Modifiable  Risks   At  Risk  For   AGE   Older   xerostomia,  gingival  changes,  attrition,  PD,  functional   disabilities   Young   caries   GENDER   Female   hormonal  Changes,  oral  tissue  changes,  chronic   periodontitis  with  increasing  age   Male   HTN,  CVD,  chronic  periodontitis   ETHIN.   Caucasian   HTN,  osteoporosis   African  Am   HTN   Asian     osteoporosis,  diet   Hispanic     diabetes   Amer.  Indian   diabetes,  PD   DENTAL  HYGIENE  DIAGNOSIS   Problem       Related  to  (Risk  Factors  and  Etiology)   EXTRAORAL  EXAMINATION   Suspicious  lesion   sun  exposure   INTRAORAL  EXAMINATION     Hairy  tongue   poor  oral  hygiene,  medications  containing  bismuth,  tobacco   use,  mouthwashes  containing  oxidizing  agents  such  as   peroxide,  witch  hazel,  or  menthol   Recession   ortho  TX/HX,  mechanical  abrasion  caused  by-­‐-­‐-­‐,  periodontal   status,  malocclusion,  bruxism   Xerostomia   pharmacologically  induced,  H&N  radiation,  surgical  removal  of   glands,  Sjogrens  Syndrome,  dehydration,  fever,  diabetes,   alcohol  products   Halitosis   PD  infections,  faulty  restorations,  unclean  dentures,  oral  path   lesions,  tongue  coating  microorganisms,  throat  infection,  cleft   palate,  upper  respiratory  infection,  inadequate  home-­‐care,  diet   Demineralization   ortho  TX/HX,  poor  oral  hygiene,  inadequate  biofilm   removal   Hypersensitivity   exposed  cementum/gingival  recession,  attrition  with   dentinal  exposure   Oral  Candidiasis     depressed  immune  system,  antibiotic  use,  HX  of  H&N   radiation,  trauma  or  continuous  wear  from  removable  partial  

206  

or  denture,  lack  of  partial/denture  cleanliness  (denture   stomatitis)   Tramatic  lesion   oral  piercing,  removable  partial  denture,  denture   Attrition   psychological,  tension,  occlusal  interferences,  bruxism   Erosion   lingual  surfaces  due  to:  chronic  vomiting,  eating  disorder,   pregnancy   Facial  surfaces  due  to:  dietary  (carbonated  beverages,  citrus),   industrial  (atmospheric  acids)   Abrasion(mech.)   occupational  (toothpick,  nails,  needles),  abrasive  agents   biofilm  accum.   Inadequate  removal  of  biofilm,  xerostomia  caused  by   meds,  poor  oral  hygiene   OCCLUSION,  OVERBITE,  OVERJET,  OTHER   Thumbsucking  habit   LOCAL  FACTORS  (NOW)   Biofilm   inadequate  home  care   Fractured  tooth   oral  piercing,  bruxism,  active  caries,  malocclusion   Xerostomia   medications,  pharmacy  induced   Recession   scrubbing  method  (brushing),  acquired  habits   Overhang   inadequate  restoration   Demineralization   ortho  tx,  inadequate  home  care   Fluorosis   Candidiasis   Erosion     acidic  foods,  pregnancy,    GERD   RESTORATIVE/CARIES  RISK   Recurrent  decay   faulty  restorations,  xerostomia,  cariogenic     foods/beverages   Incipient  caries   inadequate  interproximal  care  (flossing),  cariogenic     foods/beverages   Occlusal  caries   deep  pits/fissures,  inadequate  home-­‐care,  cariogenic   foods/beverages     Root  caries   previous  history  of  root  caries,  exposed  root  surfaces,  diet,   xerostomia,  medication  side  effects,  H&N  radiation,  salivary   gland  dysfunction,  smokeless  tobacco,  inadequate  removal  of   biofilm,  overhanging  margin,  open  contact,  biofilm  traps,  low   fluoride  exposure   Abfraction   malocclusion,  bruxism,  mechanical   PERIODONTAL  STATUS/RISK   Gingivitis   inadequate  removal  of  biofilm,  insufficient  home  care,   poor  oral  hygiene   207  

  Periodontitis  (type)   heredity,  poor  oral  hygiene,  tobacco  use,  diabetes,  older   age,  decrease  immunity,  HIV/AIDS,  chemotherapy,  poor   nutrition,  medications,  hormonal  changes  such  as  pregnancy  or   menopause,  substance  abuse,  ill-­‐fitting  restorations,   malocclusion     SYSTEMIC  HEALTH     Periodontitis   diabetes,  pharmacologically  induced?,     NUTRITION     Alcohol       effects  blood  glucose  levels,  increases  oral  cancer  risk     Well-­‐balanced   -­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐     Enamel  Erosion   acidic  foods,  soda   SELF-­‐CARE  BEHAVIORS     Interprox.  Plaque   does  not  floss     Biofilm  (high/low)   inadequate  home  care     Infrequent  brushing   PD,  Caries  risk,  halitosis     Does  not  floss  PD,  interproximal  caries   PHYSICAL  LIMITATIONS     Decrease  mobility   decreased  self-­‐care  ability,  arthritis,  stroke,  special     needs   Limited     arthritic  condition,  carpal  tunnel,  vision  loss,     Parkinson’s  Disease,  tremors,  depression,  special  needs,  stroke       PLANNED  INTERVENTIONS     CLINICAL  (Planned  Procedures/discussions  for  the  patient)   Scale  prn,  SRP  prn  ,NSPT  with  LA,  Fluoride  application  (varnish,  gel)   Occlusal  guard  fabrication,  sealant  placement,  hairy  tongue,  xerostomia,  local   delivery  of  antimicrobials  (LAA),  nutritional  counseling,  tobacco  counseling,   preprocedural  rinse     EDUCATION/COUNSELING  (what  you  are  going  to  talk  about  during  treatment)   Discuss  risks  and  etiology  of____,  Discuss  elimination  of  risk  factors,  Dispense   samples  of_____  with  directions  for  use,  Recommend____,  Provide  instruction   for____,  ____TB  method,  Flossing  instructions   Tobacco  cessation  1800-­‐QUIT  NOW,  nutritional  counseling,  discuss  OSL   between  PD  and  COPD/diabetes/CVD,  Discuss  OSL         208  

  OHI/HOME  CARE  (the  instructions  you  are  sending  them  home  with)   Recommend  the  use  of  Biotene,  occlusal.guard,  prevident,  MI  paste,  Sonicare,   electric  toothbrush,  Peridex,  interdental  aids,  elimination  of  alcohol   containing  products,  tongue  brushing,  positive  reinforcement,  Xylitol,    warm   saltwater  rinses,  oral  irrigation  with  Hydrofloss  or  WaterPik,  Rinse  with   water  after  inhaler  use  avoid  candidiasis     EXPECTED  OUTCOMES     GOALS  (at  least  1  goal  per  each  oral  health  problem  identified  in  the  dental  hygiene   diagnosis)   Maintain,  restore,  or  regenerate  gingival  health,  reduce  symptoms  of   xerostomia,  arrest  or  control  disease,  arrest  or  eliminate  tobacco  related   problems/lesions,  tobacco  cessation,  reduce  occlusal/incisal  wear,  reduce   symptoms  of  bruxism,  reduce  biofilm,  resolution  of  erythematous  tissue,   elimination  of  Iatrogenic  factors,  to  establish  ging  health  through  elimination   of  etiologic  factors,  to  preserve  health,  comfort,  and  function,  reduce  biofilm,   Arrest  caries,  lower  caries  risk     EVALUATION  METHODS  (how  are  you  going  to  measure  improvement  or  decline)     Clinical  observation,  Patient  Discussion,  PI,  BI     TIME  FRAME  (a  realistic  time  frame  for  measuring  success)     4-­‐6  weeks  (if  diabetic  you  put  6  weeks  because  they  take  longer  to  heal),   3MRC,  4MRC,  6MRC     APPOINTMENT  PLAN   PLAN  FOR  TREATMENT  AND  SERVICES  (what  you  will  do  at  each  appointment)   Assessment,  radiographs,  4  VBWX,  4HBWX,  DDS  exam,  DSIV  exam,  OHI,   Prophylaxis  ,  Periodontal  Maintenance,  NSPT  with  anesthetic,  LAA  with   Arestin,  chemotherapeutics,  desensitization  prn,  Tobacco  Cessation,   Nutritional  Counseling     PLAN  FOR  EDUCATION,  COUNSELING,  AND  OHI     Discuss  risks  and  etiology  of____,  Discuss  elimination  of  risk  factors,  Dispense   samples  of_____  with  directions  for  use,  Recommend____,  Provide  instruction   for____,  tobacco  cessation  1800-­‐QUIT  NOW,  nutritional  counseling,  ____TB   method,  Flossing  instr.,  discuss  OSL  between  PD  and  COPD/diabetes/CVD,   Discuss  OSL,  Rinse  with  water  after  inhaler  use  to  avoid  candidiasis,  Evaluate   and  reinforce  TB  and  flossing   209  

     

DENTAL  CARIES  CHARTING  

210  

S=SIZE   C=COLOR     S=SHAPE   L=LESION  

 

 

C=CONSISTENCY     S=SURFACE  TEXTURE  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

L=LOCATION   S=SYMPTOMS   D=DURATION  

 

EXTRA  ORAL-­‐INTRA  ORAL  EXAM   TERMINOLOGY  

   

SCSL        CS          LSD             SIZE    

measure  in  mm  or  cm   length         width           height       single         multiple     coalescing       COLOR   erythemic       erythematic       pallor         gray       brown       black     pink         coral         salmon       red       magenta           Color  combinations:     bluish-­‐gray   blue  white  etc       SHAPE   round         oval         elevated     depressed      

              flat     linear   circular   regular  

     

 

 

irregular     rectangular      

SURFACE  TEXTURE  

 

LESION   macule     patch     erosion     ulcer     wheal     scar   fissure     sinus     papule     plaque   nodule     tumor   vesicle     pustule     bulla     cyst    

                Attached  how?   pedunculated   sessile  

         

   

     

   

described  as  'when  rubbed  on,   not  when  pressed  on'       smooth         rough         papillary     verrucous     corrugated     crusted   fissured       folded    LOCATION  

 

localized   generalized       lateral  border  of  tongue       floor  of  mouth     buccal  mucosa   tonsillar  pillar   vermilion  border   CONSISTENCY   described  as  'when  pressed  on,     not  when  rubbed  on'   SYMPTOMS   soft         asymptomatic   spongy         painful   resilient     burning   indurated     throbbing   fluctuant  (fluid  filled)   dull ache   usually  can't  be  seen   sharp pain      

211  

  oozing   seeping   numbness   tingling   DURATION   hours   days   weeks  months   years

 

212  

INFECTION  CONTROL  TERMINOLOGY   ANTISEPTIC Chemical agent that is used to inhibit or kill microorganisms on tissue surfaces. (Ex: handwash agent) ASEPSIS Removal or destruction of disease or infected material. Includes sterile condition obtained by removing or killing organisms. ASEPTIC TECHNIQUE (ASEPSIS) The use of procedures that break the cycle of infection and ideally eliminate cross contamination AUTOGENOUS INFECTION Self-Produced infection Ex: Candidiasis (Yeast) BACTEREMIA Presence of bacteria in the blood. Demonstrated by blood culture. Antibiotic treatment is specific to the organism found and appropriate to the location of infection BACTERIOCIDAL A chemical agent which is capable of directly killing target microorganisms BACTERIOSTATIC A chemical that is capable of inhibiting the growth and metabolism of a target microorganism but does NOT directly kill the microbe CLEANING Physical removal of debris and reduction of microorganisms present. First step in decontamination CROSS-CONTAMINATION Passage of microorganisms from one person or inanimate object to another CROSS INFECTION Passage of microorganisms from one person to another DISINFECTION The use of chemical agents to accomplish the destruction of disease-causing microorganisms, but not necessarily all pathogens or resistant spores on inanimate objects 213  

  or surfaces IATROGENIC INFECTION Infection caused by treatment or diagnostic procedures NOSOCOMIAL INFECTION Infection acquired during hospitalization OPPORTUNISITIC INFECTION Infection caused by normally non-pathogenic microorganism in a host whose resistance has been decreased or compromised PATHOGEN Any microorganism capable of producing disease SEPTICEMIA Systemic infection in which pathogens are present in the circulating bloodstream having spread from an infection in any part of the body. Diagnosed by blood culture and vigorously treated with antibiotics. Also called "blood poisoning". STERILIZA TION Destruction or removal of all forms of life, with particular reference to microbial organisms. The limiting requirement is destruction of heat resistant bacterial spores SEPSIS Infection, contamination

 

214  

 

MEDICATION  DOCUMENTATION  EXAMPLE     DRUG  NAME:      

 

Lisinopril  

DOSAGE:  

 

10mg  once  per  day  

 

PRESCRIBED  FOR:    

hypertension  

PHARMACOLOGIC  CLASS:   ACE  inhibitor   DRUG  INTERACTIONS:  

Allopurinol,  NSAIDs  

ADVERSE  REACTIONS:  

orthostatic  effects,  headaches,  fatigue,  rash,    

 

hyperkalemia  

 

 

 

CONTRAINDICATIONS:  

 

hypersensitivity  to  Lisinopril,  hypotension  

    DRUG  NAME:    

 

Ortho  Tri-­‐Cyclen  

DOSAGE:  

 

1  tablet  per  day  

 

PRESCRIBED  FOR:    

Prevention  of  pregnancy  

PHARMACOLOGIC  CLASS:   Oral  contraceptive   DRUG  INTERACTIONS:  

antibiotics  reduce  effectiveness;  patient  must  be      

 

warned  to  use  additional  form  of  birth  control  

 

 

 

ADVERSE  REACTIONS:  

increased  varicose  veins,  migraines,  edema,  venous    

 

thrombosis,  MI  

 

 

 

CONTRAINDICATIONS:  

hypersensitivity  to  Ortho  Tri-­‐Cyclen;  should  not  be  used  

 

 

 

 

by  women  who  have  past  hx  of  MI  or  stroke  

DRUG  NAME:    

 

Amlodipine  

DOSAGE:  

 

5mg  once  per  day  

   

PRESCRIBED  FOR:    

hypertension  

PHARMACOLOGIC  CLASS:   Calcium  channel  blocker   DRUG  INTERACTIONS:  

MAOI’s  may  enhance  effects  

ADVERSE  REACTIONS:  

gingival  enlargement,  peripheral  edema  

CONTRAINDICATIONS:  

hypersensitivity  to  amlodipine

 

215  

 

OCCLUSION  

To  Access  Pt  Odontogram:  

ODONTOGRAM  101  

1. Select  pt  in  Rolodex 2. Select  Electronic  Health  Record  on  left  side  of  screen 3. Odontogram  is  the  picture  representation  of  dentition  on  top  ½  of  screen

To  Add  “FINDING”  to  odontogram:   1. Select  “Tx  History”  tab,  found  on  bottom  half  of  page 2. Select  icon  of  file  folder  with  green  + 3. A  new  tab  “Chart  Add”  will  appear 4. Under  “Quick  List”  3  options  are  available:  “Findings”  “Dental  Tx”  and  “Medical  Tx” ***Here  you  can  see  different  EXPANDABLE  categories  that  will  appear  once  you  select  one  of  the  option above   5. After  locating  the  condition  or  disease/abnormality  that  needs  to  be  charted,  select  the  appropria 6. Click  on  Tooth  #  or  Surface  the  finding  or  treatment  refers  to  on  the  odontogram ***If  the  OUCOD  did  not  perform  this  treatment,  it  is  a  “Finding”   7. After  selecting  tooth  or  tooth  surface,  click  icon  of  Tooth  with  various  colored  arrows  on  all  corner chart  the  finding  or  condition  as  a  “Finding”  in  this  patient’s  mouth  

To  Add  “PLANNED  TREATMENT”  to  odontogram:   1. Repeat  Steps  1-­‐6  above 2. Once  tooth  or  surface  is  selected,  click  on  icon  of  Tooth  with  a  YELLOW  “P” 3. This  will  chart  the  planned  treatment  for  selected  tooth  or  surface

To  DELETE  findings  or  planned  treatment  from  odontogram:   1. Select  “Tx  History”  tab,  found  on  bottom  half  of  page  of  Electronic  Health  Record 2. Locate  and  choose  correct  category  on  right  side  (“Condition”  is  any  previous  treatment  not  comp COD,  or  any  condition  charted;  Planned;  Completed;  etc.) 3. Click  File  Folder  with  RED  X 4. Confirm  you  want  to  delete  this  finding  or  planned  treatment 5. Entry  has  been  deleted

***NOTES***   If  finding  or  treatment  needed  is  not  listed  under  “Quick  List”  tab,  locate  “Full  List”  or  “Search”  ta more  options   Example:  Adding  attrition  as  a  finding:   Chart  Add-­‐>  Findings  (Under  Quick  List)  -­‐>  Disease/Abnormalities  -­‐>  Incisal/Occlusal  At Select  tooth/teeth  surfaces  on  odontogram  -­‐>  Tooth  icon  with  multiple  colored  arrows  (F icon)   _________________________________________________________________________________________________   ODONTOGRAM  101  part  II   To  chart  MISSING  tooth:   1. Select  appropriate  tooth  on  odontogram  (Click  on  Tooth  #)

217  

  2. Right  click,  scroll  and  select  “Missing”   3. A  RED  “M”  will  appear  in  place  of  the  tooth  figure  

  To  UNDO  charting  of  MISSING  tooth     1. Select  appropriate  tooth  on  odontogram  (Click  on  Tooth  #)   2. Right  click,  scroll  and  select  “Undo  Missing”   3. The  tooth  figure  will  return  in  place  of  the  RED  “M”  

  To  Change  PRIMARY/PERMANENT     1. Select  appropriate  tooth  on  odontogram  (Click  on  Tooth  #)   2. Right  click,  scroll  and  select  “Age  Change”   3. Tooth  will  change  to  Letter  for  primary,  #  for  permanent  and  figure  will  correspond  

*  EXACT  SAME  PROCEDURE  TO  CHANGE  AGAIN/UNDO  CHANGE*     To  Quickly  access  all  important  “TOOTH  HISTORY”     1. 2. 3. 4.

Select  appropriate  tooth  on  odontogram  (Click  on  Tooth  #)   Right  click,  scroll  and  select  “Show  tx  history”   Look  at  bottom  part  of  listed  tx  history   Under  current  clinician’s  name,  the  appropriate  tooth  #  selected  will  display  the  most  current  tx  history  or   tooth  finding  

  To  see  the  most  current  “PERIO  CHART”  with  odontogram:    

1. On  same  row  as  “Tx  History”  tab,  select  “PERIO”  tab   2. Current  perio  chart  will  appear  along  with  odontogram  figures  

*    Facial  surfaces  appear  on  TOP  ROW  with  lingual  surfaces  on  BOTTOM  ROW  for  MAXILLARY  arch;   this  is  OPPOSITE  for  mandibular  arch.  

 

218  

PAPER  PERIODONTAL  CHARTING  EXAMPLE

219  

PATIENT  SEQUENCE  CHECK  LIST   [    ]  Right  Click  “Seat  Patient”  on  Patient  Schedule   [    ]  Treatment  codes       (Tx  tab  à  add  form  à  Dx  à  select  category  à  select  Tx  à  click  form  with   “+”  or  “plan”  tooth)  or  simply  type  code  in  search   DH  Assessment/  Work-­‐  Up:  D0180H   Oral  Hygiene  Instructions:  D1330.1   DDS  Exam:  D0120  (with  4BWX:  D0274.1  -­‐-­‐  2BWX:  D0272.1)   DS4  Exam:  D0120.1  (Under  Details)(DDS  or  DS4’s  plan  exam  codes)   Adult  Prophylaxis:  D1110/Perio  Maintenance:  D4910   Fluoride  Varnish:  D1206          Fluoride  Trays:  D1208   [    ]  Complete/Update  health  history    (5-­‐10  min)   (Select  forms  tab  à  select  appropriate  form)   If  changes,  update  all  dates   [    ]  Vitals  (5  min)   (Only  do  on  subsequent  appointments  if  pt.  has  hypertension)    other  time  à  add  in  PTP  note  or  keep  blank   [    ]  PTP  template  complete  (5  min)   (TX  History  à  add  new  note  à  temp.  note  à  click  “…”  à  select  DH  à  select   appropriate  note)                Verbally  tell  CI  you  are  ready  for  PTP  (This  occurs  at  the  beginning  of  each                  appointment.)   [    ]  X-­‐rays  if  necessary  (Anytime  after  PTP)  (10  min)   [    ]  EIE  (Diagnostic  Findings  Form)  (5-­‐10  min)   (Only  do  this  with  a  new  pt.  à  in  forms)   arrow  in  upper  right  expands  the  form   [    ]  Odontogram  (5-­‐10  min)              Sign  up  for  CI  Assessment  Check  1   [    ]  Perio  charting  (10-­‐15  min/quad)   (Select  perio  chart  icon  à  select  type  of  TX  in  upper  left  drop  down  box  à  select   “add  new  form”  à  resume  or  begin  new  form)   Probe  depths   Gingival  margins   Bleeding  points   Furcations   Mobility                              Supra  and  Subgingival  Calculus  on  Clinc  Eval  Form    [    ]  Complete  PSDHCP  (care  plan)  and  present  to  patient  including  Dx  and  Px.                (10-­‐15  min)(Create  new  with  each  recall  appt.)    [    ]  Disclose  and  complete  plaque  index  (5  min)                  Sign  up  for  CI  Assessment  Check  2   220  

INSTRUCTOR  DOES  NOT  COMPLETE  PERIO  CHART  UNTIL  AFTER  PLAQUE   INDEX  HAS  BEEN  COMPLETED!   [    ]  Informed  Consent  Form  (5  min)              Patient  signs  Treatment  Consent  Form  if  none  are  present  in  chart  or  consent  has   not  been  given  to  DH  treatment.   (Pt  attachments  icon  à  “prophy”  DH  consent  à  change  drop  down  to  “yes”  à  DO   NOT  SELECT  “OK”  BEFORE  SIGNATURE  PAD  IS  PLUGGED  IN)    [    ]  Treatment  Estimate   (  Tx  History  à  right  side  click  paper  with  money  icon  à  select  appropriate   treatment  estimate  is  needed  for  à  click  “ok”  on  drop  down  à  select                        estimate_accepted_st.  à  click  “ok”  à  ensure  you’re  on  “st.  clinic”  in  drop   down  à  select  “ok”   [    ]  Disclose  and  OHI  (5  min)   [    ]  Scaling  (Depends  on  quantity,  tenacity,  and  depth  of  calc)              Sign  up  for  CI  Assessment  Check  Per  Quad  Scaling   [    ]  Polish  (10  min)              Sign  up  for  CI  Assessment  Check   [    ]  Fluoride  application  (5  min)   [    ]  Complete  codes  (5  min)   (Tx  tab  à  select  appropriate  “view”  on  right  side  à  double  click  status  of  code  à   click  appropriate  status  box)          CI  approves  code          Dismiss  patient   [    ]  Complete  final  assessment  and/or  prophy  note  (10  min)              CI  approval  necessary  before  leaving   Additional  Info:   • • • • • • • • • •



axiUm  help:  dial  extension  #5548 Amail:  envelope  at  bottom  of  EHR  screen Communication  Center:  to  schedule  a  “personal”  patient  –  Rm  321 Green  =  pt.  not  confirmed Blue  =    pt  confirmed  appointment Red  =  pt.  checked  in Black  =  pt.  seated  in  chair Grey  =  completed  pt. Red  “Alert”  =  medical  considerations  from  medical  history  (Mx) Green  “Alert”  =  payment  considerations o Call  Billing  office  Ext.  12622  –  Billing  Office  –  Rm.  321 o For  treatment  adjustments  and  questions  concerning  fees DH  PSC Desk:  271.8135  –  don’t  press  one  to  reach  the  desk

221  

PTP  MONOLOGUE  

st  

INITIAL  VISIT  PTP  MONOLOGUE  (1 Student  States:  

visit  of  series)

Patient presents as a ________________________________(age, race, sex) in apparent! poor, fair, good health with a (no chief complaint/chief complaint) of "________________________________".! This patient is _____________________(new, recall, DH Only) at the COD.! The patient’s last radiographs were: FMX ____________ BWX________________! Patient is currently taking: _______________________________________(meds) for _____________________________________________________(reason for meds).! Dental/medical considerations related to medication________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ Patient states _____________________________________(drug allergies/sensitivity/NKDA) to the following meds: _________________________________________ with a reaction of ___________________________________________________.! Patient reports a history of: (pertinent personal health history!information) ______________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ Patient reports a family history of: (pertinent immediate family health history information). __________________________________________________________________ Patient reports a personal dental history of: __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ Patient’s vitals are: BP ____________, Pulse___________BPM, Respirations_________RPM. 222  

 

 

 

SUBSEQUENT  VISIT  PTP  MONOLOGUE  (2nd....etc visit  of  series)

Student  states:

This is appointment no. _________________ with patient (state name)! There have been no changes in health history from the last appointment and/or there have been changes since the last appointment. If so, what changes?____________________________________ The patient’s significant health information includes: __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ The patient currently takes _________________________________________(state meds) for __________________________________________________________________ with dental/medical considerations of: ______________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ During ‘assessment’ I documented: (Chief Complaint, EIE, and any significant dental and perio findings of last appointment) __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ Discuss risk factors and treatment plan: __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ Today I plan to accomplish: __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________

 

223  

PERIODONTAL  CLASSIFICATION Classification   What  does  this   mean?  

Case  Type   Indicators  

Healthy  

Gingivitis  

Slight   Periodontitis  

Moderate   Periodontitis  

Severe   Periodontitis  

Congrats!   Great  job!  

Caution!   Important  to   reverse  and   maintain  

Treatment  Needed   Let’s  stop  the   disease  from   progressing  

Treatment  Needed   Extremely  important   to  stop  disease  from   progressing  

Referral  to   Periodontist  

Referral  to   Periodontist  

Type  IV   • >7  mm  pd • >5mm  CAL • BOP • Grade  II/III furcations   • >  33%  bone  loss • Inflammation • Host  modulation? • Pathogen  Testing • Genetic  testing •NSPT  4341   • OHI  1330   • Chemo  4381   Or  refer  to   Periodontist  

Type  V   • >7  mm  pd • BOP • >  33%  bone  loss • <  age  30 • Host  modulation? • Pathogen  Testing • Genetic  testing

3  months   • Perio  Maint              4910 • Chemo    4381  

Referral  to   Periodontist   Tx  and   Maintenance   q  2-­‐3  months  

Type  0   • 1-­‐3  mm  pd • No  CAL • No  BOP • No  bone  loss • No  calculus

• Prophy • OHI

Type  I   • 1-­‐4  mm  pd • No  CAL • BOP • No  bone  loss • Gingival Inflammation  

 1110   • Prophy              1110  1330   • OHI  1330  

6  months   6  months   • Prophy  1110   • Prophy              1110 • OHI  1330   • OHI  1330     6  months   • Prophy • OHI

6  months  

 1110   • Prophy              1110 1330 • OHI 1330

Type  II   • 4-­‐5  mm  pd • 1-­‐2  mm  CAL • BOP • No  furcations • <  10%  bone  loss • Inflammation • Pathogen  Testing

Type  III   • 5-­‐6  mm  pd • 3-­‐4  mm  CAL • BOP • Grade  I/II  furcations • <  33%  bone  loss • Inflammation • Host  modulation? • Pathogen  Testing • Genetic  testing

•NSPT    4341  or 4342   • Prophy  1110 (remaining  teeth)   • OHI  1330   • Chemo  4381   3/4/6  months   • Perio  Maint    4910 • Chemo  4381  

•NSPT          4341  or  4342 • OHI  1330   • Chemo  4381  

3/4/6  months  

3  months  

• Perio  Maint        4910 • Chemo 4381

Referral  to   Periodontist  and   Treatment?  

• Perio  Maint              4910 • Chemo 4381

3  months   • Perio  Maint              4910 • Chemo 4381

Aggressive         Refractory   Periodontitis  

VITAL  SIGN  PROTOCOL  

225  

GUIDELINES  FOR  PRESCRIBING  DENTAL  RADIOGRAPHS   Guidelines For Prescribing Dental Radiographs Patient Category

Child

Adolescent

Adult Dentulous

Primary Dentition (prior to eruption of first permanent tooth)

Transitional Dentition (following eruption of first permanent tooth)

Permanent Dentition (prior to eruption of third molars)

Posterior bitewing examination if proximal surfaces of primary teeth cannot be visualized or probed

Individualized radiographic examination consisting of periapical/ occlusal views and posterior bitewings or panoramic examination and posterior bitewings

Individualized radiographic examination consisting of posterior bitewings and selected periapicals. A full mouth intraoral radiographic examination is appropriate when the patient presents with clinical evidence of generalized dental disease or a history of extensive dental treatment

Full mouth intraoral radiographic examination or panoramic examination

Posterior bitewing examinations at 6-month intervals or until no carious lesions are evident

Posterior bitewing examination at 6- to 12month intervals or until no carious lesions are evident

Posterior bitewing examination at 12- to 18month intervals

Not applicable

No clinical caries and no high-risk factors for caries**

Posterior bitewing examination at 12- to 24-month intervals if proximal surfaces of primary teeth cannot be visualized or probed

Posterior bitewing examination at 18- to 36month intervals

Posterior bitewing examination at 24- to 36month intervals

Not applicable

Periodontal disease or a history of periodontal treatment

Individualized radiographic examination consisting of selected periapical and/or bitewing radiographs for areas where periodontal disease (other than nonspecific gingivitis) can be demonstrated clinically

Individualized radiographic examination consisting of selected periapical and/or bitewing radiographs for areas where periodontal disease (other than nonspecific gingivitis) can be demonstrated clinically

Not applicable

Growth and development assessment

Usually not indicated

Periapical or panoramic examination to assess developing third molars

Usually not indicated

New Patient* All new patients to assess dental diseases and growth and development

Recall Patient* Clinical caries or highrisk factors for caries**

Posterior bitewing examination at 12- to 24-month intervals

Individualized radiographic examination consisting of a periapical/occlusal or panoramic examination

Usually not indicated

Edentulous

PATIENTS  WITH  SPECIAL  NEEDS   “Patients  with  specific  oral  and  general  systemic  conditions”   -­‐Wilkins,  2013   Wilkins,  11th  Edition  presents  the  following  as  some  conditions  which  indicate  a  patient  has   special  needs:     Pregnancy   Cleft  Lip  and/or  Palate   Endocrine  Disorder   Older  Adult  Patient   Edentulous  Patient   Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgery  Patient   Cancer   Disability   Physical  Impairment   Sensory  Impairment   Developmental  or  Behavioral  Disorder   Seizure  Disorder   Psychiatric  Disorder   Substance-­‐Related  Disorder   Respiratory  Disease   Cardiovascular  Disease   Blood  Disorder   Diabetes  Mellitus  

227  

A1C  LEVEL  CONVERSION  CHART  

"$-FWFM$POWFSTJPO$IBSU

XXXNBZPDMJOJDPSH

228  

CLINICAL  OPERATIONS  SECTION  V-­‐  Patient  Documents  

229  

ARESTIN  POST  OP  INSTRUCTIONS:   ARESTIN POST OP INSTRUCTIONS: §

Avoid eating hard, crunchy, or sticky foods for 1 week

§

Postpone brushing for a 12-hour period

§

Avoid touching treated areas

§

Postpone the use of interproximal cleaning devices (ex. Floss) for 10 days after administration of Arestin

§

Some mild to moderate sensitivity is expected during the first week after administration of Arestin

§

Notify the dentist promptly if pain, swelling, or other problems occur

230  

University of Oklahoma College of Dentistry Department of Dental Hygiene

WHITENING  PROCEDURE  INFORMATION  AND  CONSENT   •

Tooth whitening can, in many cases, restore the youthful color of your teeth.



As in all cosmetic enhancement procedures, there are variables and no results are guaranteed. This procedure does not add color to your smile, but rather returns your teeth to their natural youthful appearance. The type of discoloration affecting your teeth, your dietary habits and maintenance, and the overall condition of your teeth may affect the outcome of the treatment and the length of your results. Additional charges may be incurred for special cases.



Tooth sensitivity may occur during tooth whitening and persist for several days. You may experience “zingers” (shooting sensations that last for a few seconds). The sensitivity is temporary and will resolve with time. The sensitivity may be relieved by a mild analgesic such as Advil or Tylenol. A desensitizing agent may also be used in the bleaching tray overnight until sensitivity subsides.



Exposed root surfaces are grooves, notches or depressions where the teeth meet the gums. These will be isolated from the whitening gel, yet may be sensitive during and/or shortly following the treatment. Exposed root surfaces will not whiten.



Dental restorations such as bridges, crowns (caps), veneers and fillings WILL NOT lighten evenly with other teeth and may need partial or complete replacement. The College of Dentistry DOES NOT replace functional restorations based on color.

I understand the nature and purpose of the tooth whitening procedure and I understand the risks, benefits, possibility of complications as well as the expected results of the tooth whitening procedure. I have been given an opportunity to ask and have my questions answered. I further acknowledge that no guarantees have been given to me regarding the results of this procedure and that I may refuse this procedure without jeopardizing any current or future dental treatment with the College of Dentistry.

Patient Signature

Date

231  

University of Oklahoma College of Dentistry Department of Dental Hygiene

IN-­‐OFFICE  WHITENING   INSTRUCTIONS FOR PATIENT

Ø No red wine, grape juice, blackberries, blueberries for 3 days. Ø Drink colas through a straw. Ø If you must drink coffee, brush your teeth immediately. Ø If you are happy with the shade change, whiten once at home with custom bleaching trays. Ø If you desire a lighter shade, you may continue whitening with custom bleaching trays. Ø If at any time you experience sensitivity, apply desensitizing gel in trays and wear them for several hours or at night. This may need to be done a several days in a row prior to applying bleach again.

Ø If discomfort persists for more than a few days, contact your dental hygiene student at and s/he will schedule a consultation appointment.

232  

The   University   of   Oklahoma  

College  of  Dentistry  

AUTHORIZATION  FOR  VERBAL  RELEASE  OF  PROTECTED  HEALTH  INFORMATION or Treatment/Education Records Last Name: Other Names Used: Address: Home Phone: (

I

First:

Middle:

SS#:

Date of Birth:

)

Work Phone:

(

)

give my permission to: Name of Physician, Provider, and/or Department/Clinic

To release information regarding appointment dates/times and my protected health information (or, if I am a student, my treatment/education record), including but not limited to, insurance, address, phone number, test results, health care information, and treatment to the following: Name of Person:

Name of Person:

Entity:

Entity:

Relationship to Patient:

Relationship to Patient:

Exceptions:

Exceptions:

*Psychotherapy notes may not be released using this form. The Authorization to Release form must be used. I understand that: •

• •

I may revoke this Authorization at any time, in writing. My revocation will not apply to information already retained, used or disclosed in response to this Authorization. Unless revoked, the automatic expiration date will be 12 months from the date of the signature. Unless the purpose of this Authorization is to determine payment of a claim or benefits, the provision of treatment or payment for my care may not be conditioned upon my signing of this Authorization. For non-students, Information used or disclosed under this Authorization may be subject to re-disclosure by the recipient and no longer protected by federal privacy regulations. Student records may contain continuing privacy protections in accordance with 34 CFR Part 99.



THE INFORMATION AUTHORIZED FOR RELEASE MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION WHICH MAY INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF A COMMUNICABLE DISEASE OR A NONCOMMUNICABLE DISEASE.



The information authorized for verbal release may include protected health information related to mental health. Release of mental health records or psychotherapy notes may require consent of the treating provider or a court order. The information authorized for verbal release may include drug/alcohol abuse treatment records. This category of medical information/records is protected by Federal confidentiality rules (42 CFR Part 2). The Federal rules proh bit anyone receiving this information or records from making further release unless further release is expressly permitted by the written authorization of the person to whom it pertains or as otherwise permitted by 42 CFR Part 2. A general authorization for the release of medical or other information is not sufficient for this purpose. The Federal rules restrict any use of the information to criminally investigate or prosecute any alcohol or drug abuse patient. As a result, by signing below I specifically authorize any such records included in my health information to be released.



283  

PATIENT  SURVEY   DENTAL HYGIENE PATIENT SURVEY The University of Oklahoma College of Dentistry Department of Dental Hygiene Clinical Site: HOW ARE WE DOING? The Oklahoma University College of Dentistry (OUCOD) Dental Hygiene Department is dedicated to providing highest quality oral health care to our patients. What you think of our services is very important to us in meeting our goal of quality care. Individual answers are confidential. Please take a few minutes to complete this survey and drop it in the box as you exit the clinic. Thank you for helping us make the OUCOD a better place to receive dental hygiene care. Please check the box that best describes your opinion using the following key: 4 = Strongly agree 3 = Agree 2 = No opinion 1 = Disagree 0 = Strongly Disagree

4 1.

I received professional and competent care by the dental hygiene student. Student name ______________________________________________________

2.

School policies were made clear to me.

3.

The student seemed organized and efficient.

4.

The student thoroughly informed me of the status of my oral health.

5.

I was able to contact my dental hygiene student if needed

6.

The student explained what was going to happen before each procedure.

7.

3

2

1

The student made me feel protected from catching a disease or infection.

8.

The student discussed treatment costs with me.

9.

The student kept discomfort to a minimum.

10.

At the completion of treatment, the student informed me of when I needed to return for continuing care.

11. The instructor treated me with courtesy and respect. Instructor name_______________________________________________________ 12.

I will refer my friends and/or family to this clinic.

The following questions are optional and individual answers will be kept confidential. Age:_________

Gender:

Race/Ethnic Background: a. White/Caucasian b. Black c. Native American

Male

Female d. f.

Hispanic e. Oriental Other

Please circle the letter that includes your family income level: a. less than $16, 000 per year b. between $16, 001 and $49, 999 per year c. $50,000 or more per year E.

Please circle the letter that indicates the highest level of education you have completed? 1. less than high school 4. Associate degree 2. high school 5. Baccalaureate degree 3. some college or trade school coursework 6. Graduate degree

Thank you very much for your time and assistance! 12 Section 12 Forms.doc HSC 5066 Rev 6/07

284  

0

INSTRUCTIONS  FOLLOWING  ROOT  PLANING   PROCEDURE:

Root planing is a procedure whereby the roots of the teeth are cleaned and smoothed, even below the gumline, to remove deposits of plaque, calculus (tartar) and other irritants which contribute to your periodontal disease. Root planing combined with your daily effective plaque control should improve your periodontal condition.

MOUTHRINSES:

Following the appointment, you may rinse with warm water, or warm salt water (1 tsp. to 8 oz of warm water). You may rinse as often as you feel is necessary. Rinsing will help keep your mouth clean and promote healing. Use any prescribed mouthrinse as directed.

ORAL HYGIENE:

Brush very thoroughly, but gently, as you have been directed. Follow any additional plaque control measures that you have been shown. A clean mouth heals faster.

BLEEDING:

You may notice some blood clots or minor oozing of blood immediately following the appointment. Do not attempt to wipe the clots away. Continue to clean your mouth as instructed. The gums may even bleed slightly for a few days but this is normal and should gradually decrease over time. If heavy bleeding occurs, please call.

DISCOMFORT:

There may be some discomfort following root planing for a day or two. If necessary, you make take a mild pain medication that you normally take for a headache (such as Tylenol). If pain is persistent, please call. Occasionally, an abscess will occur. You may also notice sensitivity to cold, heat and certain foods (such as sweets) but this should gradually diminish. Good plaque control will help, but please advise us if the sensitivity persists.

ANESTHETIC:

If a local anesthetic was used during your appointment, be careful that you do not bite your lips or tongue if they are numb. The numbness will last approximately 1-4 hours.

ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS: PHONE NUMBER: 285  

Do You Need To Have Your Teeth Cleaned? Dental hygiene students at OU College of Dentistry will clean your teeth at a reduced cost. To determine if you qualify, a 1- hour screening appointment at a cost of $14 is required

CLEANINGS range from $29 to $260 Call 271-7744 to schedule a 1 hour screening appointment to see if you qualify today! (insurance accepted)

286  

DIRECTIONS   FOR   CARE   AFTER   TREATMENT  WITH   FLUORIDE   VARNISH  

After the application you will feel a coating and may notice a difference in color while the varnish remains on your teeth. To obtain the maximum benefit during the 4-6 hour treatment period, we ask that you take the following care after you leave our clinic: § Do not remove the varnish by brushing or flossing for at least 4-6 hours. § If possible, wait until tomorrow morning to resume normal oral hygiene. § Eat a soft food diet during the treatment period. § Avoid hot drinks and products containing alcohol (i.e.: beverages, oral rinses, etc.) during the treatment period. A thorough brushing and flossing will easily remove any remaining varnish. Your teeth will return to the same shine and brightness as before the treatment.

Directions For Care After Treatment With Fluoride Varnish After the application you will feel a coating and may notice a difference in color while the varnish remains on your teeth. To obtain the maximum benefit during the 4-6 hour treatment period, we ask that you take the following care after you leave our clinic: § Do not remove the varnish by brushing or flossing for at least 4-6 hours. § If possible, wait until tomorrow morning to resume normal oral hygiene. § Eat a soft food diet during the treatment period. § Avoid hot drinks and products containing alcohol (i.e.: beverages, oral rinses, etc.) during the treatment period. A thorough brushing and flossing will easily remove any remaining varnish. Your teeth will return to the same shine and brightness as before the treatment.

287  

University of Oklahoma College of Dentistry

PATIENT   RIGHTS   AND   RESPONSIBILITIES   The University of Oklahoma College of Dentistry recognizes the importance of developing a relationship of mutual trust between the patient, the student, and the teaching faculty as dental care providers. As such the College of Dentistry offers it’s patients the following guidelines to form a structure within which successful, timely, and satisfying dental care may be given and received.

Patient’s Rights The patient has the right to receive treatment from students, faculty, and staff that is considerate of the patient’s dental needs, respectful of their dignity, and mindful of the confidentiality that rightfully exists between the patient and the College of Dentistry. The patient has the right to expect reasonable continuity of care and completion of treatment in a timely manner upon acceptance and assignment to a student. The patient has the right to emergency care in accordance with the conditions of their acceptance as a patient. The patient has the right to be given a clear and understandable explanation of the treatment recommended sufficient to obtain an informed consent including alternatives to treatment, benefits and risks (if any) of recommended and alternative treatment, and the consequences of refusing treatment. The patient has the right to refuse treatment however upon rejection, the College reserves the right to discontinue the patient’s treatment in the program if such alternative care is inconsistent or incompatible with the College’s mission or treatment philosophy. The patient has the right to be fully advised in advance, of the expected cost (estimated) of the total treatment planned and of the treatment to be rendered at each scheduled appointment. The patient has the right to know the rules of the College of Dentistry and the regulations that apply to his or her conduct as a patient. The patient has the right to receive treatment that always meets or exceeds the profession’s standard of care.

Patient Responsibilities The patient shall provide, to the best of their knowledge, accurate and complete information about present conditions, past illnesses, hospitalizations, medications, and other matters pertaining to the patient’s health. It is also the patient’s responsibility to report any changes in the condition of their health to the student and supervising faculty. The patient is responsible for following any recommended post treatment instructions given by the student, on behalf of the supervising faculty including follow-up visits. The patient is responsible for the consequences of their actions in refusing treatment or in failing to follow post treatment instructions provided by the student on behalf of the supervising faculty. The patient is responsible for keeping scheduled appointments, and when unable to do so for any reason, to notify the student of the need to reschedule. The patient (or legally responsible party) is responsible for assuming the financial obligation is fulfilled promptly. The patient is responsible for being considerate of the rights of other patients, staff, students, and faculty of the College of Dentistry. The patient should expect the College of Dentistry to provide only that treatment which supervising faculty deems to be appropriate given the information provided and circumstances observed.

288  

COPY SHOULD BE SECURED WITH PATIENT’S OTHER SCREENING DOCUMENTS Dear Dental Hygiene Program Applicant, Thank you for your interest in the Dental Hygiene Program at the University of Oklahoma College of Dentistry. Prospective patients are selected for our dental hygiene program according to the educational needs of the students. Based on your screening, we regret to inform you that we will be unable to provide dental hygiene treatment for you for the following reason(s): Treatment expectations are not within the scope of the student clinic Dental Hygiene needs are too complex Dental Hygiene needs are not difficult enough to be considered a good teaching

case

Patient availability is not compatible with clinic scheduling Financial difficulties Health complications Other

Patient Name _______________________________________________ Patient Signature

__________________ Date _______________________________

Parent/Guardian Signature if patient is a minor or disabled

Date

Patient’s signature verifies his/her receipt of this information.

_____________________________

Supervising Faculty Signature and Stamp

Date

Copy to be scanned into patient’s electronic chart

289  

CLINICAL  OPERATIONS  SECTION  VI-­‐  Technology  Failure  Back-­‐Up   Documents,  Miscellaneous,  Fees,  etc.

290  

CONSENT  FOR  DENTAL  HYGIENE  PROCEDURES   University of Oklahoma College of Dentistry Department of Dental Hygiene This information is provided to help you understand your recommended dental hygiene treatment before treatment begins and to be certain you understand treatment procedures, expected benefits and risks, alternatives, consequences of no treatment, and cost so that you are well informed and confident that you wish to proceed. The dental hygiene student treating you will discuss this information with you and answer your questions. PLEASE BE SURE TO ASK ANY QUESTIONS YOU WISH. Based on information of your medical and dental history, x-rays (if taken), assessment of your teeth and gums, reported dental habits, and information you have given about your needs and wants, it has been determined that the following treatment procedure(s) is/are recommended for you: Preventive Oral Prophylaxis (Routine Dental Cleaning) Scaling and polishing to remove plaque, calculus (tartar), and stains in order to maintain health and prevent disease. Nonsurgical Periodontal Therapy (Disease Treatment) With Local Anesthesia With Nitrous Oxide Analgesia Periodontal Maintenance Maintenance appointments after completion of non-surgical or surgical periodontal therapy, to prevent recurrence of disease. Procedures consist of removing plaque and calculus (tartar) from above and below the gumline, root planing, polishing as needed, and fluoride therapy. Additional Procedures: *********************************************************************************** *** Nonsurgical Periodontal Therapy is a procedure whereby the teeth are scaled and smoothed, above and below the gumline, to remove deposits of plaque, calculus (tartar), infectious fluids, and other irritants that contribute to periodontal (gum) disease. Local anesthesia and/or nitrous oxide may be used to prevent discomfort during the procedure. Benefits of treatment: • Regain health of periodontium (gums, ligaments and bone supporting the teeth) • Arrest the progression of periodontal disease and inflammation, and create an environment that allows gingival (gum) tissues to heal. Risks may include: • Sensitivity to heat and cold. This is usually temporary and improves over days or weeks. • Rarely, an abscess may form in an area of infection. • In areas of significant gum disease with inflammation, the gums may recede after scaling and the tooth may appear slightly longer. • Tissue trauma and tenderness following instrumentation. Alternatives: • No treatment • • Consequences of no treatment: • If treatment is not administered, the condition may lead to advanced periodontal disease, including gum recession, bone loss, loose teeth, and eventual tooth loss. Muscle soreness • Allergy (extremely rare) or adverse reaction (rare) • Interaction with prescription or non-prescription drugs (please inform the student dental hygienist of any you are taking)

291  

Alternatives • No anesthetic • Oraqix, a topical anesthetic gel



Consequences of no treatment: Discomfort of varying degrees during treatment Nitrous Oxide Analgesia, a method of conscious inhalation sedation, increases patient relaxation and comfort during dental procedures. Benefits: • Potential for increased comfort and relaxation during treatment • Risks may include: • Should not be administered with recent heart attack, emphysema, chronic bronchitis, middle ear problems, pregnancy, nasal obstruction, or chemical dependency recovery. (please inform the student dental hygienist of any of these conditions) Alternatives • No nitrous oxide • Consequences of no treatment:

Nitrous oxide is used to reduce anxiety and promote relaxation during treatment. Most patients do not require nitrous oxide analgesia; however, patients with high dental anxiety may have decreased ability to tolerate non-surgical periodontal therapy.

292  

******************************************************************************************* I confirm that I have read and fully understand the treatment that has been recommended, as well as the risks, benefits, alternatives, and consequences of no treatment. I have been given the opportunity to ask questions regarding treatment and my questions have been answered fully and satisfactorily. I understand that during the course of the procedure(s), unforeseen conditions may arise that necessitate procedures different from those contemplated. I, therefore, consent to the performance of additional procedures(s) that the student dental hygienist or his/her instructors may consider necessary. I acknowledge that no guarantees or assurances have been made to me concerning the results of the procedure(s). My signature verifies my consent to the treatment recommended. Patient Name Patient/Relative or Guardian Signature

Date

(if patient is a minor/otherwise incompetent to sign) Relationship (if signed by person other than patient)

Certification: I hereby certify that I have explained the nature, purpose, benefits, risks of, and alternatives to (including no treatment and attendant risks), the proposed procedure(s). I have offered to answer any questions and have fully answered all such questions.

Student Dental Hygienist Signature ____________________________ Faculty Signature _________________________________________

293  

O’LEARY’S  PLAQUE  INDEX  FORM  

294  

OKC  DENTAL  HYGIENE  FEES   2015-­‐2016  

D0191H  –  Hygiene  Screening        $14.00   D0180H  -­‐  DH  Assessment        N/C   D0120  –  periodic  oral  eval  (DDS)        $29.00   Includes  Bitewings  (use  N/C  codes  D0272.1/D0274.1)   D0120.1  –  periodic  oral  eval  (DS4)      N/C   If  bitewings  are  exposed  on  a  day  other  than  the  day  of  exam,  use     code  D0272.1  (2  BWX)  or  D0274.1  (4  BWX)  so  that  no  charge  is  assessed  to  the  patient   **all  x-­‐rays  must  be  recorded  &  coded  in  the  EHR**   D0210  –  intraoral  complete  series    $43.00   D0220  –  PA,  first  film    $11.00   D0230  –  PA,  each  additional  film      $11.00   D0272  –  BW  2  films      $20.00   D0274  –  BW  4  films      $30.00   D1330.1  –  oral  hygiene  instructions  N/C   D1110  –  prophylaxis,  adult      $29.00   D11101  Prophylaxis  –  adult  8-­‐14  teeth      $24.00   D11102  Prophylaxis  –  adult  
View more...

Comments

Copyright © 2017 PDFSECRET Inc.